Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part III: The Phoxocephalidae J. LAURENS BARNARD and MARGARET M. DRUMMOND SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY ? NUMBER 245 SERIES PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Emphasis upon publication as a means of "diffusing knowledge" was expressed by the first Secretary of the Smithsonian. In his formal plan for the Institution, Joseph Henry outlined a program that included the following statement: "It is proposed to publish a series of reports, giving an account of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made from year to year in all branches of knowledge." This theme of basic research has been adhered to through the years by thousands of titles issued in series publications under the Smithsonian imprint, commencing with Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge in 1848 and continuing with the following active series: Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology Smithsonian Contributions to Astrophysics Smithsonian Contributions to Botany Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth Sciences Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology Smithsonian Studies in Air and Space Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology In these series, the Institution publishes small papers and full-scale monographs that report the research and collections of its various museums and bureaux or of professional colleagues in the world cf science and scholarship. The publications are distributed by mailing lists to libraries, universities, and similar institutions throughout the world. Papers or monographs submitted for series publication are received by the Smithsonian Institution Press, subject to its own review for format and style, only through departments of the various Smithsonian museums or bureaux, where the manuscripts are given substantive review. Press requirements for manuscript and art preparation are outlined on the inside back cover. S. Dillon Ripley Secretary Smithsonian Institution SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY ? NUMBER 245 Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part III: The Phoxocephalidae J. Laurens Barnard and Margaret M. Drummond SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS City of Washington 1978 A B S T R A C T Barnard, J. Laurens, and Margaret M. Drummond. Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part III: The Phoxocephalidae. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 245, 551 pages, 269 figures, 1978.?Phoxocephaiidae are found to be the most diverse family of benthic marine amphipods in southern Australia. This study reports on 88 species in 26 genera. Most of the taxa are described as new. The Phoxocephalidae of the world are reorganized by the description of 8 new subfamilies and the removal of all but 2 species from Paraphoxus either to new genera or by indication that new genera must be described. Some taxa of Australian phoxocephalids are shown to be the most primitive known to exist, especially Pontharptnia and a new subfamily Tipimeginae. Lines of evolutionary deployment radiate outward from Australia to South America and then northward into the northern hemisphere. The expected close relationship to urothoids and pontoporeids is briefly discussed; in addition, an affinity to Ponto-Caspian gam- maroids is also explored. Extraordinarily dense populations of phoxocephalids are found in embayments of Australia, especially Western Port and Port Phillip Bay. OFFICIAL PUBLICATION DATE is handstamped in a limited number of initial copies and is recorded in the Institution's annual report, Smithsonian Year. SERIES COVER DESICN: The coral Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus). Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (Revised) Barnard, Jerry Laurens, 1928- Gammaridean Amphipoda of Austrialia. (Smithsonian contributions to zoology, no. 103, 139, 245) Bibliography: pt. 1, p. 318; p i 2, p. 135; pt- 3, p. Includes index. Contents: Pt. 3. Barnard, J. L. and Drummond, M. The Phoxocephalidae. 1. Amphipoda?Australia. 2. Crustacea?Australia. I. Drummond, Margaret M. II. Title. III. Series: Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian contributions to zoology, no. 103, etc. QL1.S45 no. 103. etc. 591'.08s [595'.371] 72-601600 Contents Page Introduction 1 Acknowledgments 1 Organization of the Study 6 Materials 6 Methods 7 Mechanics of Presentation 7 Terms 8 Text Abbreviations 8 Figure Abbreviations 8 Counts and Measurements 9 Nomenclature 11 Presentation of Species Data 11 Illustration Technique 12 Taxonomic Characters of Phoxocephalidae 15 Evaluation of Females 16 Standard Description of Male Phoxocephalid 26 Male Phoxocephalids 26 Minor Attributes 27 Senility 29 Summary of Taxonomic Evaluations 29 Phoxocephalid Environment 29 Phoxocephalidae in Australia 29 Biogeography of Phoxocephalidae 31 Phoxocephalid Evolution 34 Origin of Phoxocephalidae 34 Evolutionary Descent in Phoxocephalidae 37 PHOXOCEPHALIDAE 39 Key to the Subfamilies of Phoxocephalidae 39 PONTHARPINIINAE 40 Pontharpinia Stebbing 40 Pontharpinia pinguis (Haswell) 41 TIPIMECINAE 46 Key to the Genera of Tipimeginae 46 Tipimegus, new genus 47 Key to the Species of Tipimegus (Adults) 49 Tipimegus thalerus, new species 49 Tipimegus dinjerrus, new species 55 Tipimegus kangulun, new species 58 Tipimegus kalkro, new species 64 Tipimegus stebbingi (J. L. Barnard) new combination 70 Tipimegus species 4N 70 Tipimegus species 5N 70 iii SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY IV Page Booranus, new genus ' ' Key to the Species of Booranus '2 Booranus weemus, new species '2 Booranus tikeri, new species 76 Booranus wangoorus, new species 81 Trichophoxus K. H. Barnard 85 Trichophoxus capillatus K. H. Barnard 86 Waitangi Fincham 86 Waitangi rakiura (Cooper and Fincham) 87 BROLGINAE 87 The Brolgin Group of Genera 87 Relationships of the Brolgin Group to Metaphoxus and Phoxoce- phalus 89 Key to the Genera of Brolginae 89 Mandibulophoxus J. L. Barnard 90 Key to the Species of Mandibulophoxus 91 Mandibulophoxus uncirostratus (Giles) 91 Mandibulophoxus gilesi J. L. Barnard 91 Cunmurra, new genus 92 Cuntnurra itickerus, new species 93 Brolgus, new genus 96 Keys to the Species o/ Brolgus 97 Brolgus tattersalli (J. L. Barnard), new combination 98 Brolgus millinus, new species '04 Brolgus mahmak, new species '08 Brolgus tavelus, new species " 3 Brolgus koongarrus, new species "** Elpeddo, new genus " 8 Elpeddo kaikai, new species " 9 Ganba, new genus '24 Ganba pellati, new species '25 Kuritus, new genus '29 Kuritus nacoomus, new species '30 Wildus, new genus '33 Key to the Species of Wildus '34 Wildus thambaroo, new species '34 Wildus mullokus, new species '38 Wildus} fuegiensis (Schellenberg), new combination '44 Wildus? waipiro (J. L. Barnard), new combination '44 Paraphoxus Sars 144 Paraphoxus oculatus (Sars) 145 Paraphoxus} simplex (Gurjanova) 145 Allocation of Species in Paraphoxus 145 LEONGATHINAE 146 Leongathus, new genus 146 Leongathus nootoo, new species 147 JOUBINELLINAE 152 Key to the Genera of Joubinellinae 152 NUMBER 245 Page Joubinella Chevreux 153 Key to the Species of Joubinella 153 Joubinella species 1 154 Joubinella species 2 154 Matong, new genus 154 Matong matong, new species 155 Kotla, new genus 161 Kotla batturi, new species 161 Yammacoona, new genus 166 Yammacoona kunarella, new species 167 PARHARPIMINAE 174 Parharpinia Stebbing 175 Key to the Species of Parharpinia 176 Parharpinia villosa (Haswell) 176 Parharpinia warte, new species 185 Protophoxus K. H. Barnard 189 Protophoxus australis K. H. Barnard 190 BIRUBIINAE 190 Key to the Genera of Birubiinae 191 Birubius Barnard and Drummond 191 The Evolutionary System in Birubius 193 Key to the Species of Birubius (Females) 193 Aids to Identification in Birubius 199 1. Birubius panamunus Barnard and Drummond 201 2. Birubius lorus, new species 207 3. Birubius nammuldus, new species 212 4. Birubius myallus, new species 216 5. Birubius kareus, new species 222 6. Birubius apart, new species 228 7. Birubius cartoo, new species 234 8. Birubius thalmus, new species 239 9. Birubius muldarpus, new species 242 10. Birubius gallangus, new species 247 11. Birubius mayamayi, new species 251 12. Birubius wirakus, new species 260 13. Birubius chintoo, new species 264 14. Birubius karobrani, new species 268 15. Birubius booleus, new species 272 16. Birubius babaneekus, new species 276 17. Birubius gelarus, new species 281 18. Birubius quearus, new species 285 19. Birubius narus, new species 288 20. Birubius gambodeni, new species 292 21. Birubius maamus, new species 299 22. Birubius lowannus, new species 304 23. Birubius kyeemus, new species 309 24. Birubius batei? (Haswell), new combination 312 25. Birubius kokorus, new species 320 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY VI Page 26. Birubius kinkxis, new species 32J 27. Birubius munggai, new species 329 28. Birubius ularitus, new species 334 29. Birubius eleebanus, new species 338 30. Birubius jirrandus, new species 313 31. Birubius yorlunus, new species 351 32. Birubiu eake, new species 357 33. Birubius kabbulinus, new species 362 34. Birubius taldeus, new species 365 35. Birubius yandus, new species 370 36. Birubius maldus, new species 375 37. Birubius wulgaru, new species 380 Yan, new genus 388 Key to the Species of Yan 390 Yan tiendi, new species 390 Yan errichus, new species 393 Tickalerus, new genus 396 Tickalerus birubi, new species 398 Kulgaphoxus, new genus 402 Kulgaphoxus borralus, new species 404 Kulgaphoxus cadgeeus, new species 408 Microphoxus J. L. Barnard 414 Microphoxus minimus J. L. Barnard 415 Metharpinia Schellenberg 415 Metharpinia longirostris Schellenberg 416 PHOXOCEPHALINAE 416 Key to the Genera of Phoxocephalinae 416 Phoxocephalus Stebbing 417 Key to the World Species of Phoxocephalus 418 Phoxocephalus bassi (Stebbing) 418 Phoxocephalus kukathus, new species 422 Phoxocephalus tunggeus, new species 427 Phoxocephalus rupullus, new species 431 Phoxocephalus burleus, new species 435 Phoxocephalus keppeli, new species 441 Phoxocephalus species 441 Phoxocephalus holbolli (Kr0yer) 441 Phoxocephalus homilis J. L. Barnard 441 Phoxocephalus kergueleni (Stebbing) 441 Phoxocephalus regium K. H. Barnard 442 Phoxocephalus tenuipes Stephensen 442 Jerildaria, new genus 442 Jerildaria joubiphoxus, new species 443 Leptophoxoides J. L. Barnard 446 Leptophoxoides molaris J. L. Barnard 447 Leptophoxus Sars 447 Leptophoxus falcatus falcatus (G. O. Sars) 448 Leptophoxus falcatus icelus J. L. Barnard 448 NUMBER 245 yjj Page Metaphoxus Bonnier 448 Key to the Species of Metaphoxus 449 Metaphoxus tuckatuck, new species 449 Metaphoxus yaranellus, new species 456 Metaphoxus mintus, new species 460 Metaphoxus frequens J. L. Barnard 465 Metaphoxus fultoni (Scott) 465 Metaphoxus pectinatus (Walker) 465 Metaphoxus tulearensis, new species 466 Metaphoxoides Ledoyer 466 Key to the Species of Metaphoxoides 467 Metaphoxoides picardi Ledoyer 467 Metaphoxoides zavorus, new species 467 Diogodias, new genus 467 Key to the Species of Diogodias 468 Diogodias littoralis (Cooper and Fincham), new combination 468 Diogodias longicarpus (Ledoyer), new combination 468 Diogodias platyrostris (Ledoyer), new combination 468 Vasco, new genus 468 Vasco brevidactylus (Ledoyer), new combination 469 Hopiphoxus, new genus 469 Hopiphoxus simillimus (J. L. Barnard), new combination 470 Rikkarus, new genus 470 Rikkarus lea, new species 471 Japara, new genus 474 Japara papporus, new species 475 Kondoleus, new genus 480 Kondoleus tekin, new species 481 Limnoporeia Fearn-Wannan 487 Key to the Species of Limnoporeia and Uldanamia 488 Limnoporeia kingi Fearn-Wannan 489 Limnoporeia maranowe, new species 489 Limnoporeia yarrague, new species 495 Limnoporeia woorake, new species 501 Limnoporeia ungamale, new species 506 Limnoporeia wakkine, new species 511 Limnoporeia kalduke, new species 517 Uldanamia, new genus 522 Uldanamia pillare, new species 522 HARPINIINAE 528 The Harpiniin Group of Genera 529 Key to the Genera of Harpiniinae 529 Coxophoxus J. L. Barnard ? ? 530 Coxophoxus hidalgo J. L. Barnard 530 Coxophoxus coxalis (K. H. Barnard) 530 Basuto, new genus 530 Basuto stimpsoni (Stebbing), new combination 531 Proharpinia Schellenberg 531 vJjj SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Page Heterophoxus Shoemaker 532 Pseudharpinia Schellenberg 533 Pseudharpinia dentata Schellenberg 534 Harpiniopsis Stephensen 534 Harpinia Boeck 535 Appendix: Australian Samples and Localities 537 Literature Cited 539 Index 545 Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part III: The Phoxocephalidae J. Laurens Barnard and Margaret M. Drummond Introduction The Phoxotephalidae in Austrialian marine shal- lows constitute the largest familial element of Am- phifxxla discovered so far on that continent. Most of the taxa are newly described. This study reports on 88 species in 26 genera, comprising about 40 percent of the known taxa worldwide. Both Aus- tralia and the world in general remain poorly ex- plored for this group. Australia appears to have the most primitive known assemblage of phoxocephalids as represented by: the endemic Pontharpiniinae; its satellite the Tipimeginae, composed of several genera from both Australia and New Zealand; the Brolginae, com- posed of five genera with more advanced members being found in South America and the northern hemisphere; and the Birubiinae and Parharpini- inae, with lines of dispersal towards the American continents. Almost all of the phoxocephalid characters or generic attributes have been found, at least in rudi- mentary form, in the Australian fauna. The only other major center of distinctive attributes in the J. Laurens Barnard, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institu- tion, Washington, D.C. 20560. Margaret M. Drummond, Marine Pollution Studies Group, Fisheries and Wildlife Divi- sion, Ministry for Conservation, 605 Flinders Street Extension, Melbourne, Victoria 3000 Australia. family is found in the subantarctic islands or the cold-temperate part of South America where the Proharpinia-Pseudharpinia-Heterophoxus (Harpini- inae) center of distribution is located. Phoxocepha- lids in other parts of the world, though known only sketchily, appear to be advancements from or de- scendents out of these two centers, Australia and Subantarctica. Although these two foci may have been primary centers of evolution in the group, they might simply be relict areas in which certain primitive taxa have been preserved. The Phoxocephalidae appear to have their closest morphological counterparts not only in the ponto- poreid-urothoid-haustoriid family groups but also in the primitive pontogammarid groups of the Ponto-Caspian basin. The latter relationship, how- ever, is strongly disjunct both morphologically and geographically in the present time. There may have been a closer relationship geographically in times of Pangaea. The immense diversity of amphipodan species in the bays of Victoria, especially that of Western Port (= Westernport), deserves special mention in the context of this study. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.?In Australia our study has been helped in many ways by a number of individ- uals and organizations. In particular, we acknowl- edge the debt to Mr. A. Dunbavin Butcher, Deputy Director of Conservation in Victoria, who, as Direc- tor of Fisheries and Wildlife, was in large part SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY pan STEP BARRCW ISLAND^ Indian Ocean [ HOUTMAN ABROLHOS ISLANDS * GARDCN ISLA SCALE 1 : 10 001 000 BASS STRAIT FIGURE 1.?Map of Australia showing major collecting localities. responsible for initiating the vital surveys in West- ern Port and Port Phillip Bay. We have appre- ciated his continued interest in our study. The Ministry of Conservation of Victoria has listed this present monograph as Publication Number 6 of their Environmental Studies Series. These surveys were supported by subventions from the Government of Victoria and from indus- try. The Crib Point Benthic Survey, confined to a small area around the newly-constructed refinery and productive of an enormous amphipod collec- tion, was financed entirely by British Petroleum Australia Ltd. Four firms, British Petroleum Aus- tralia Ltd., The Broken Hill Proprietary Co. Ltd., Esso Australia, Ltd., and John Lysaght (Australia) Ltd. (all now represented at Western Port) spon- sored, jointly with the Victorian Government, the more extensive Western Port survey of 1973-74. The Port Phillip Environmental Study was a joint project of the Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works and of the Victoria Department of Fish- eries and Wildlife. Within the Division of Fisheries and Wildlife, appreciation is due: Dr. Alistair J. Gilmour, As- sistant Director of Marine Pollution Studies, who has given us much practical help and advice; Dr. Gary C. B. Poore of the Marine Pollution Studies Group, who placed at our disposal Phoxocephalidae from the Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study and supplied all station data for that large collec- tion; Mrs. Danuta Karpow, who, in addition to assisting ably in the laboratory, has collated the NUMBER 245 BASS luttt t ? laclain Stall*!* 121-127 laid 2 : laclaOs Statical 221-233 laid 1 : laclari** Statiaa* 333-331 FICURE 2.?Map of Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, showing collecting localities. SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY LESEMB BASS STRAIT FIGURE 3.?Map of Western Port, Victoria, showing collecting localities. species list; and the skippers and technical crews of the Division's Research vessels, whose care in the taking and initial treatment of samples resulted in the assembling of a first rate collection for us to study. We wish to thank Mr. John McNally, Director of the National Museum of Victoria, Dr. D.J.G. Grif- fin of the Australian Museum, Dr. R. W. George of the Western Australia Museum, and Dr. David C. Lee of the South Australian Museum for providing facilities for examining their collections, and for loan of material; Dr. L. Collett of the New South Wales State Fisheries for loan of material; and Dr. D.J.G. Griffin, Dr. Roger Lincoln, British Museum (Natural History), Dr. Torben Wolff, Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Copenhagen, and Dr. Charles Pettit of the Manchester University Museum, United Kingdom, for help in the search for ma- terial. We are also indebted to Dr. A. A. Fincham, British Museum (Natural History), for an advance copy of his study (1977) on Waitangi. We are grateful to Miss Helen Fisher of The Australian Museum and Miss Cathy Drummond of the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Lands NUMBER 245 HASTIN6S CRIB POINT BENTHIC SURVEY AREA 1115 1114 S?r?.T -, At ?* kJ ?? ** *? cm \ . ? ? ? ? ? X UM (Mat ^? -~*" \ FICURE 4.?Map of Western Port, Victoria, showing Crib Point Benthic Survey collecting localities. SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY and Forests, New South Wales, for the opportunity to examine phoxocephalid collections and relevant data from, respectively, the Shelf Benthic Survey and the New South Wales State Fisheries Estuarine Benthic Survey. The Australian maps were prepared by the Cen- tral Draughting Section of the Ministry for Con- servation in Victoria, under the direction of Mr. D. J. Lloyd. The Draughting Section of the Mel- bourne and Metropolitan Board of Works kindly loaned, for copying, the original map of Benthic Sampling Stations in the Port Phillip Bay Environ- mental Study. The Smithsonian Institution fund for support of the study of taxomony in Indian Ocean biota fi- nanced the work of Wilma A. Findley, Carolyn L. Cox, and Biruta Akerbergs, who inked our draw- ings and readied them for publication. Charline M. Barnard and Anne B. Cohen prepared the bibliog- raphy and collated the manuscript. We thank Dr. E. L. Bousfield, National Museum of Canada, for offering valuable suggestions and support during the five years consumed in this study. On behalf of the Smithsonian Institution the senior author grate- fully acknowledges the generous gift of duplicate specimens tendered by the various sources. Our editor, Barbara T. Spann, contributed many im- provements to our work. ORGANIZATION OF THE STUDY.?Because a large percentage of the world taxa in Phoxocephalidae are newly described in this treatise, the opportunity is taken to present a revision of the family by creat- ing new keys and diagnoses for all genera and by discussing the important elements of morphological diversification and the major evolutionary events that have occurred. This synthesis replaces and re- vises the phoxocephalid compilation given by J. L. Barnard (1960). Because few studies on.elements of the Phoxocephalidae have appeared since 1960, the replication of keys to species in several non-Austral- ian genera such as Harpinia, Harpiniopsis, and Heterophoxus is unnecessary. Keys and diagnoses of all genera, lists of all known species in heavily re- vised genera, and updated lists in unmodified genera are given, however, so that a broad per- spective to generic level can be presented. The main contributions to phoxocephalid taxon- omy since 1960 include the description of Limno- poreia by Fearn-Wannan (1968), Coxophoxus by J. L. Barnard (1966a), Metaphoxoides by Ledoyer (1968), a new species of Metaphoxus by J. L. Bar- nard (1967) (here relegated to a new genus), a new species of Paraphoxus by J. L. Barnard (1972b) (here relegated to a new genus), new species of Metaphoxus by Ledoyer (1973) (here relegated to new genera), other new species described by J. L. Barnard (1962, 1964a, 1972), a review of Mediter- ranean phoxocephalids by Karaman (1973) and a review of western Atlantic species by Bousfield (1973). MATERIALS.?The bulk of our material comes from three Victorian surveys, conducted in Western Port and Port Phillip Bay l>etween 1964 and 1974 by the Department of Fisheries and Wildlife (since 1973 a Division of the Ministry for Conservation in Victoria). These are: the Crib Point Survey (CPBS), carried out in Western Port in 1965, preceded by a small preliminary survey in 1961 and followed up with seasonal samplings at five selected stations until 1970; the Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study (PPBES), 1968-72; and the Western j>ort Bay Environmental Study (WPBES), 1973-74. In addition to this material we also had at our disposal, through the good offices of The Australian Museum and the New South Wales State Fisheries respectively, phoxocephalid collections from two surveys recently undertaken in New South Wales: Shelf Benthic Survey (SBS), in waters off Sydney; and New South Wales State Fisheries Estuarine Benthic Survey (EBS) in the Georges River, Jervis Bay, Botany Bay, and Lake Macquarie. We have gleaned all available material from the Australian Museum, Sydney; the Western Austral- ian Museum, Perth; the South Australian Museum, Adelaide; and the National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne. Ralph H. Miller (RHM), of the University of Melbourne, loaned us a large private collection of plankton samples taken over the period 1967-70 in the Crib Point area of Western Port. Some of our personal collections from the Western Australian intertidal (JLB AUS), and from New South Wales (MMD), also have contained phoxocephalids in- cluded in this report. Through examination of the more than 5300 phoxocephalids in warm-temperate Australia pro- vided from these sources, we have identified a large number of species, but this is probably a very small proportion of those still to be discovered in Aus- tralian waters. When one considers that 90 percent NUMBER 245 of our material has come from sampling programs confined mainly to a few protected embayments, and that from the one third million square miles of open-sea coastal shelf around Australia we have seen fewer than two score samples, it may be antici- pated that, as different areas are explored, substan- tial additions will be made to the phoxocephalid taxa. A condensed list of samples comprises the Ap- pendix; station localities in Western Port and Port Phillip Bay are presented in Figures 2, 3, and 4; and other localities from which material has come are shown in Figure I. The position of West Island, near Kangaroo Island, is shown to correct the er- roneous arrow in J. L. Barnard (1972a:3, fig. 1). METHODS.?In the quantitative surveys of West- ern Port (WPBES) and Port Phillip Bay (PPBES) most of the l>ottom samples were collected with a 0.1 m2 Smith-Mclntyre benthic grab, operated from one of the Division's research vessels. Intertidal flats had to IK- sampled at high tide from a flat- bottomed barge. Additional dredgings were carried out at some of the Western Port stations for quali- tative appraisal. Immediate gross sorting of each sample was ef- fected on hoard the vessels by washing the contents of the grab through a graded series of sieves (the minimum mesh aperture being 1.0 mm), and pre- serving the residues in a 5 percent neutral solution of formaldehyde in seawater for storage. Subsequent separation of organisms from sediment and the final sorting of organisms into higher taxa was done in the laboratory, by hand, with the aid of magnifying lamp and stereomicroscope. Sorted ma- terial was stored in 70 percent ethyl alcohol. Samples collected in Port Phillip Bay (Figure 2) were obtained on intersections of a simple grid sys- tem (PPBES). The 52 stations of the Western Port Survey of 1965 (CPBS) were disposed along a num- ber of radii centering on Crib Point, and concen- trated within an area of 915 hectares (Figure 4). The WPBES (1973-74) samples were obtained from stations more widely spread, and randomly selected from within three habitats: intertidal flats, shallow sublittoral areas to a depth of 5.5 m, and deeper sublittoral areas (Figure 3). Each sample was ob- tained from a station at which numerous environ- mental conditions were also recorded, but these data and the ecology of the phoxocephalids will be reported in other media. Mechanics of Presentation The format of this study is designed to include an overview of world Phoxocephalidae to generic level. A phyletic system is proposed (page 37) and the text is presented in the order of that system (with the exception of the genera Rikkarus, Japara, Kondoleus, and Limnoporeia, which, for ease of discussion are presented in a different order). Non- Australian taxa are intermingled with Australian taxa to facilitate discussion of the interrelationships of higher taxa. Within diverse genera the Austral- ian (and New Zealand) species are presented first in phyletic order, followed by an alphabetical ar- rangement of exotic species. Presentation of the lat- ter is limited to their synonymy and distribution. At the present time the knowledge of minute mor- phology of the exotic species necessary to incor- porate them into a world phyletic system is un- available. By arranging the species of large genera such as Birubius (37 species) into clustered phyletic systems, the discussion of interrelationships has been con- densed. In each cluster one species is selected as the model to which the following species are compared (Figure 82). Later clusters are compared to antece- dent clusters by groups. Convergence and replica- tion of evolutionary trends occur in numerous clus- ters otherwise remotely related to each other. This occurrence is so common that we have appended an exposition of unusual replications in Birubius as an example ("Aids to Identification in Birubius"). This follows the system designed for Paradexamine by J. L. Barnard (1972b) and might aid future stu- dents of evolution in this group to detect possible pathways of descent by early recognition of con- vergences. All world genera are rediagnosed and described so as to match the new diversity of detail necessary to the elaboration of Australian taxa. Generic diagnoses and descriptions are produced according to a model suitable to the Australian group. The programming lists a set range of alternatives for each character. If data relative to this character are not available, the alternatives are listed in brackets. Keys to all subfamilial groups, genera, and their species are newly constructed, but new keys are not provided for groups not studied since 1960. Several new genera comprising species groups heretofore assigned to Parnphoxus will be"*described 8 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY in a later paper. Each species presentation begins with "Descrip- tion," based on females where possible, a condensed description of the male and juvenile when known, and usually paragraphs with the headings "Obser- vations" (concerning characters not included in the description and minor anomalies exhibited by the specimens described) and "Variations" (noting, in most cases, normal deviations evidenced by any of the specimens associated with the taxon). Often a section under the heading "Illustrations" is in- cluded to explain anomalies, omissions, and com- parisons pertaining to the figures. Designations under the headings "Holotype," "Type-Locality," and "Voucher Material" follow. Paragraphs under "Relationship," (and occasionally "Remarks," hav- ing reference to problems not concerned with rela- tionship) and condensed terminal sections under "Material" and "Distribution" complete the presen- tation. Further explanation of this format is con- tained under "Presentation of Species Data." TERMS.?To save space and cut printing costs, various grammatical and syntactical devices have been used. For example, we have often used sub- stitute terms such as "long" for "elongate," and terms with "ad" endings such as "laterad" or "ventrad," refering to the flow or direction of a character, e.g., setae "extending ventrad," meaning setae extending in a ventral direction. The term "ordinary" is used frequently to con- dense what would otherwise be laborious and often replicated descriptions of certain characteristics bet- ter visualized than described. Whenever the term is used the reader is advised to turn to illustrations to see the average condition implied and to cross check diagnoses of other genera to see alternatives. For example, the alternatives to "article 2 of antenna 1 ordinary" are: "especially shortened" and "espe- cially elongate." The only alternative to "pereopod 5 ordinary" is "pereopod 5 especially small," and the only alternative to "pereopod 5 article 3 ordi- nary" is "article 3 greatly enlarged." The alterna- tive to "dactyl normal" is "dactyl vestigial." The terms "normal" and "ordinary" are used in the con- text of our present knowledge of phoxocephalids; they may require modification after future discov- eries. The word "medium" is used to denote a condi- tion halfway between extremes; thus a medium spine is neither "elongate" nor "shortened." The terms are employed only where alternatives are dis- tinctive and mostly self-explanatory. The phrase "continuously spinose" is applied to rami of uro- pods 1-2 to denote the presence of spines more or less evenly distributed on the apical third of each ram us. The term "Mark" (M.) followed by a number 0-100 refers to a point on an appendage, article, or ramus, the distance from which point to the base of the structure is expressed as the jKMtentage of the total length of that structure. For example, a spine at Mark 70 (or M. 70) on the outer ramus of uro- pod 3 lies 0.70 (or 70 percent) of the distance from base to apex of the stated ramus. TEXT ABBRF.VIATIONS AM The Australian Museum, Sy?lncy CPBS Crib Point Bcuthir Survey. Western Port EBS New South Walr* State Kishnir* F.Muarine Ben- thic Survey JLB AUS collected by J. I.. Barnard M. Mark, nee definition herein on page 8. MMI) collected by Margaret M Drummond NMV National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne NSW New South Wale* PPBF.S Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study RHM samples from the plankton collection of Ralph H. Miller, University of Melbourne SAM South Australian Museum, Adelaide SBS Australian Museum Shelf Bcuthir Survey T total WAM Western Australian Museum, Perth WPBES Westernport Bay Environmental Study FIGURE ABBREVIATIONS fused in specimen drawings) A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P 0. R antenna prebuccal from lateral head dactyl of pereopod coxa accessory flagellum gnathopod peduncle inner plate or ramus right lacinia mobilis spine, seta, or denticle lower lip mandible molar outer plate or ramus pereopod cuticle uropod 5 maxilliped T telson U upper lip from anterior V palp W pleon (pleonites 1-3 bearing epimera; pleonites 4?6, also referred to as urosomites 1-3, comprising urosome; often shown with attached structures: telson and uropods 1-3) X maxilla Y see legend under illustration Z calceolus NUMBER 245 n o P r s t u V y oblique opposite in situ reduced setae removed right part ventral enlarged Lower case letters on the left side of labels denote specimens cited in the legends and voucher material in the text; lower case letters on the right side of labels (or affixed to the drawings as is often the case with "e" and "s") indicate the following: a alternative view c eyes omitted d dorsal e broken / flat h half i medial ; unenlarged / lateral tn abnormal For other lower case letters see definition in legend. Where space does not allow a horizontal alinement of the label, the resulting vertical arrangement has the same order of elements top to bottom as found in the horizontal from left to right. COUNTS AND MEASUREMENTS (Figure 5).?Body length of amphipods in this study is computed from a lateral parabolic line drawn from the apex of the rostrum through the middle of the head, along the dorsal gut margin to the posterior limit of pleonite 6 at its posteroventral corner. Measurements are made generally in tenths of millimeters, but in species where numerous specimens of very similar sizes are compared, the level is extended to hun- dredths of millimeters. Length of head is measured from apex of rostrum through the midaxis to a posterior point precisely tangential to the posterior limit of the dorsopos- terior corner of the head as seen in lateral aspect. This length is quoted herein as a percentage of the total body length and includes that part of the head telescoped into body segment 1. The observation of total body length is not highly satisfactory because of segmental telescoping after death. Body size, length, or other precise measurements are not highly reliable and are not used in amphipod taxonomy as extensively as in other fields of study. Ocular pigmentation is included in the descrip- tion of each species as a weak but potentially valu- able characteristic. Most of our materials were pre- served originally in formaldehyde and then transferred to alcohol and held one or more years before examination. Most of the CPBS specimens were held up to four years in formaldehyde before being transferred to alcohol. The eyes are generally reddish brown. PPBES and WPBES specimens, on the other hand, were held only a few weeks in for- maldehyde before being transferred to alcohol. The eye pigment is dark purplish-black in these speci- mens. Occasional species retain ocular pigment for many years, others do not. Eyes termed as "stained" are evenly but translucently pigmented. A standard cycle of preservation and examination as described by J. L. Barnard (1970) might reveal good descrip- tive differences in ocular pigment in the Australian phoxocephalids. Spine formulas on articles 4 and 5 of antenna 2 concern the facial spines, quoted from distal to proximal. On article 4 in certain species, the first spine group, often restricted to one spine, occurs at the dorsodistal corner and is often attached medi- ally; in other species this spine is absent or is joined laterally by other spines forming the first group. The ventral counts of setae on article 4 do not in- clude the basal plusetules which in most phoxo- cephalids occur medially but which in our illustra- tions are heavily inked for clarity rather than being reduced to dots to denote their medial position. On article 5 the dorsal margin is termed naked if no armaments other than one dorsodistal setule group are present. Facial spines near the dorsal margin are usually easy to distinguish but the api- calmost facial spine is often shifted so close to a pair of ventrodistal spines that the three appear to be in one group. In Birubius, if three of those ventrodistal spines are present, one is removed to the facial formula, usually quoted, for example, 1-2-2. Aesthetascs are usually present on the primary fiagellum of antenna 1, though not on all articles. Commonly they are borne on all except proximal articles 1-3 and the terminal article (Birubius mayamayi, Brolgus tattersalli, Parharpinia villosa, etc.). In other species they are confined to the distal articles, or may be absent altogether; and in one species they are present on all articles. The descrip- tions mainly differentiate between gross abundance or size of aesthetascs, without further elaboration of detail. In descriptions of calceoli on antenna 2 of males, a condensed flagellar formula, e.g., "28, 2, 3, 5, 7 . . . 27," includes the total number of flagellar articles first, followed by the sequence of segments having attached calceoli, beginning with article 2 and ob- serving the progression 2, 3, 5, 7, up through article 10 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 5.?Location of measurements for body and separate parts (see "Figure Abbreviations" for key to symbols not defined in this legend); use of term "Mark" (on R3 the point marking end of article 1 of inner ramus designated M 100; length of outer ramus expressed as a percentage of the line that measures the length of inner ramus article 1; in this case Af 84); five kinds of molars (designations A-E correspond to developmental stages described on page 19); setal count on arti- cle 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 (Y ? article just described, left side of Y = anterior, L ? long, 5 ?= short, NO = not counted in formulae). 27. When a variation in this formula is added, the first term (total number of articles) and/or the final term (last article bearing a calceolus) are omitted if they are identical to their counterparts in the orig- inal statement of the formula. Usually the basal attachments can be recognized if the calceoli are lost. On maxilla 2 medial setae on the inner plate obviously belonging to the distal fan are discounted as medial. NUMBER 245 11 An apicoventral seta or setule on the inner plate of the maxilliped is discounted in the descriptions except in the Brolginae where it comes to taxo- nomic prominence. Location of measurements for length and width of articles 5-6 of gnathopods 1-2 and articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopods 3-5 are shown in Figure 5. Such measurements were taken in mm from the expanded drawings which for this publication were reduced to the 44?15 percent level. These measure- ments are expressed in species descriptions as unre- duced ratios. The basic measurements in mm are taken primarily from the holotype but considerable variation occurs in these dimensions from specimen to specimen; these data are therefore to be used only as gross approximations of conditions typical for the species. Precision in establishing exact ranges and frequencies of these ratios is left to the student of population structure. Counts of setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 include on the posterior margin all setae except those in the clump at the postero- distal corner, but on the anterior margin include all setae at the antcrodistal corner and on both of the anterior edges where two such edges are present. Other counts of setae and spines on pereopods 1-2 refer to facial setae on articles 4 and 5, posterior spines on article 6 and the presence or absence of thick posteroproximal spines on article 5. The state- ment "facial setae on article 4 of pereopods 1-2 = 5 and 6" refers to the presence of 5 setae on article 4 of pereopod I, and 6 setae on article 4 of pereo- pod 2. If a single number is quoted, each pereopod bears the stated number. Counts of spines on article 6 refer to the lateral row first and the medial row second. In the example, "posterior spines of article 6 on pereopods 1-2 = 5 + 6 and 5 + 7 plus mid- distal seta," each pereopod has 5 lateral spines but pereopod 1 has 6 medial and pereopod 2 has 7 medial spines. The middistal seta is set between the rows and occurs on both sets of pereopods. Facial ridge formulas on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 occasionally have the letter "s" included to de- note a shortened ridge, for example, the formulas might read 1 + 1, 1 + 0, and Is + 0 for pereopods 3, 4, 5. Counts of posterior setae on epimera disregard the dorsalmost setule or seta, if disjunct; in such case that setule is described in a subsequent phrase. The length of article 2 on the outer ramus of uropod 3, is cited in the descriptions as a decimal, being the calculation of the length of article 2 as a fraction of the length of article 1. NOMENCLATURE.?Except where noted, all new names derive from the aboriginal languages of Aus- tralia. All new generic names, regardless of ending, are masculine in gender. Those Australian species names not agreeing in ending with their genera are nouns in apposition. Names are derived from ap- propriate adjectives or legendary descriptives of gods, star clusters, biological analogues, or natural phenomena. PRESENTATION OF SPECIES DATA.?The description of a species generally follows a standardized form established for this study, although occasional de- viations occur in order to accomodate unusual morphological conditions. "Description of Female" (or "Male" if the female is unknown, poorly known, or included in our col- lections in subadult condition only) is based on the holotype and other adults, usually restricted to 10 or fewer individuals. Such specimens, supplemen- tary to the holotype, are listed under "Voucher Material." As nearly as possible, descriptions of species within any genus consider the same set of characters and use the same terminology and order to facilitate congruency. From genus to genus, how- ever, slight to great differences do occur in species descriptions owing to different taxonomic states. A female has been selected as holotype wherever possible. Females of Phoxocephalidae provide a better taxonomic standard than males because males have not been uniformly collected and be- cause males undergo numerous transformations of characters in adulthood. Small juveniles of several species, except those from the 1965 (February- April) survey, are largely uncollected. The smallest of these are lost through 1 mm sieves. Most non- adult material in many species is composed of large juveniles or specimens called "subadults," within one or two instars of reaching sexual maturity. These subadults take the form of females. Little attention has been accorded to variation in spine and setae counts on gnathopods, pereopods, and most mouthparts, but antennae, epimera, uro- pods, and telson of all voucher specimens have been examined for spine and setae counts or other gross variables. Details of minor characters are confined to statements about either the holotype or a similar adult. For example, setation count on article 2 of 12 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY the first four legs is usually restricted to observa- tions made on one specimen. Such constraint to a narrow typological limit is not intended to be definitive, but should be sufficient to give some in- dication of interspecific distinctions that may, in the future, be worth statistical study. In addition to noting minor variations within the voucher material, the section "Observations" con- tains miscellaneous information and notes on spe- cial or uncommon features not included in the de- scription, any of which may be of potential concern to the validity of the taxonomic appraisals. Unless otherwise specified, comments in this section refer to the species as a whole, not just to individual specimens. Unusual deviations found in voucher and non- voucher materials are discussed under "Variations." Where females are used as the basis of a specific description, the attendant "Description of Male" is variable in form and content. Males undergo sev- eral instars of transformation from the femalelike morphology of the subadult to the terminal male stage. Male distinctions are therefore more or less strong depending on the degree of this transforma- tion. Fully terminal males of several species have not been found. Details of transformation are re- served for a more intensive project studying life histories of amphipods. In previous studies such as that of J. L. Barnard (1960) in the eastern Pacific Ocean, males were rarely found in bottom grabs but frequently were caught in neritic tows or near night lights strung from ships in shallow water. In contrast, males have been caught abundantly in the bottom grabs from southern Australia. However, a few neritic tows have produced males of certain species not found in benthic samples. A "Standard Description of Male Phoxocepha- lids," applicable especially to Birubius, the domi- nant Australian genus, is presented on page 26. The details of this standard description are omitted from the specific descriptions of males unless war- ranted by deviations from the pattern. Occasional setal counts on various appendages are cited to demonstrate similarities to or distinctions from the female, especially in cases where good male ma- terial is available. Because the description of the male is included for the purpose of providing a contrast with the female and because significant distinction between the sexes may vary from species to species, male attributes lacking distinction from the females are omitted and the format is adjusted to accomodate specific needs. Where necessary, a section under the heading "Illustrations" is included to explain anomalies in the graphic presentation. If an illustration of any particular part is omitted, reference may be made to a comparable illustration for another species; or, if such illustration is inadequate to portray special variations or peculiarities, these are described under "Observations" or "Variations." Sample localities for illustrated specimens have not been listed in the figure legends since this information may be de- rived by correlating the locality designations found under "Type-Locality" and "Voucher Material" with the data included in the "Appendix," supple- mented by Figures 2-4. Details of "Illustration Technique" are presented below. Under "Voucher Material" will be found a list of the specimens, in addition to the holotype, used for illustration and for confirmatory observations, e.g., occasionally an array of variously sized adults is used to check variation in spine and setae counts. These specimens, designated in illustrations by lower case letter, usually have been dissected com- pletely. The parts are preserved in small vials and deposited in the National Museum of Victoria or in the museum from which they were borrowed. Affinities of the species are discussed in "Rela- tionship." The discussions are far from exhaustive. The strongest information concerning one or a few closely similar species is presented but replications from species to species are omitted. In the most complicated section (the 37 species of Birubius), keys, discussions, and an evolutionary chart assist in the comparisons; the members of that genus are arranged loosely in a phyletic order. Many aspects of growth are poorly understood and in each com- parison between species the differences have been limited to those of highest possible qualitative value. To the reader is left the task of comparing illustrations and descriptions to find distinctions that have been ignored for reasons of possible variability but which in the future may be useful to the student of populations and thereby ulti- mately to the alpha taxonomist. The section under "Material" contains a synop- sis of identified material using the abbreviations defined above under "Text Abbreviations." ILLUSTRATION TECHNIQUE.?The following ma- NUMBER 245 nipulations have been undertaken to present reas- onably consistent views of morphology. Generally, unless otherwise specified in the following para- graphs or in the labels appearing on drawings, illustrations herein present a left lateral view. Head: The lateral aspect is composed with the eyes and rostral edges in line side to side. Generally, the anteroventral part of the head is in full view with the basal article of antenna 2 shown flush to the side. The dorsal view is presented with the rostrum fully extended and flush dorsally. Setae and spines are omitted from antennae attached to the head. Antenna 1 is viewed with the so-called ventral margin projecting laterally. Antenna 2 normally extends outward towards the observer but it is bent downward in the cephalic view to show the full width of the articular faces. Antennae: Antenna 1 is so attached to the head that the margin termed "ventral" projects more or less laterally, the dorsal margin turned medially. In the view of the excised antenna the appendage is rolled into a position so that the broadest lateral faces of articles 1-3 are shown to the viewer. On the excised antenna 2 the same manipulation is performed but without crushing articles 1-2 before they are illustrated. Occasionally articles 1-2 are omitted from the illustrations. Later pressing of the cover slip presents the full face of articles 4-5. Prebuccal Complex: The upper lip and epi- stome are the most unsatisfactory parts for illustra- tion. Fully facial anterior views are obtained with- out distortion by frontally orienting the head with attached prebuccal complex; but the complex is soft and distortable and the ventral margin of the upper lip changes appearance with the slightest change in orientation. A frontal view may show a slight ventral concavity, an oblique dorsal view may show a strong concavity, whereas various other oblique views show truncation or convexity and may bring into focus a small midhump. Certain species lack humps and bear concavities in any view so that we have abandoned reliance on prebuccal anterior views for important specific distinctions. Although no Australian taxa, except Booranus, have the produced epistomal cusp so common to species in the eastern Pacific Ocean, the prebuccal complex is illustrated for holotypes of most species to show subtle differences in conformation. Mandible: The palpar hump is described as absent, small, medium, or large in many species without specifying its precise dimensions. Such measurements can be learned by examining the variations depicted in several species. The degree of bulbosity in mandibular molars may vary ac- cording to preservational techniques; thus extensive shadow illustration of this feature is deemphasized. Mandibular spines are shown in the illustrations as pressed flat in unnatural orientation; this flattening may cause the spines to fall in a variety of planes, thus resulting in their orientation being different from drawing to drawing. Lower Lip: This is another appendage that is difficult to illustrate because it often preserves poorly, is difficult to orient, and requires the most tedious of manipulations. The lower lip is difficult to excise in phoxocephalids without breaking con- nections closely appressed to the first maxillae and mandibles. The bundle of parts containing the lower lip and the pair of first maxillae is excised and mounted on a slide with the coverslip initially elevated by sand grains and then lowered so as to flatten the mandibular lobes of the lower lip with- out crushing other parts. The oral view of the lower lip is outlined first, deep focusing is employed to obtain aboral structures, then the maxillae are teased away from the base of the lower lip, the lat- ter turned over, and additional configuration at the base of the inner lobes is added to the illustration, the entire view being converted to an aboral aspect. Maxilla 1: The appendage is first flattened suf- ficiently to give a view of the flattest face of the inner plate, which is illustrated aborally. Later the coverslip is pressed first to flatten the outer plate and again to press the palp as flat as possible; how- ever, the palp is rarely flattened to its full width and thus is drawn in oblique view to avoid crush- ing of its base and apex. The inner plate often overlaps the outer plate so greatly that in the illus- tration the inner plate is moved medially so as to prevent confusion from overlapping lines. Maxilliped: A coverslip is mounted lightly over the appendage to flatten the inner plate first and, after that is illustrated orally, subsequent pressings of the coverslip are used to flatten the outer plate and then progressively the segments of the palp. Only half of the appendage complex is shown. Gnathopods (legs 1-2): The medial view of the right members is drawn preferentially but lateral views of left members are illustrated if opposite sides are in poor condition; minor variations in 14 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY setation on the lateral and medial sides of these appendages have been ignored. Article 2 of these appendages is not illustrated, although setal counts on anterior and posterior margins are given in the descriptions. Pereopods 1-2 (legs 5-4): The main taxonomic features are found on the outer or lateral surfaces of these appendages. Article 2 is not illustrated al- though setal counts are cited in the text. Setal and spine counts of articles 4-6 are compared in the descriptions. Pereopod 2 is usually similar to pereopod 1 though often very slightly stouter. Pereopods 3-5 (legs 5-7): Although the main taxonomic features are found on the lateral sur- faces, the medial apex of article 6 on pereopod 5 merits description because of specific variables in the degree of terminal digitation or in the develop- ment of fringe and combs. Epimera: The carcass of the amphipod is rolled so that the epimera are shown as flush laterally as possible, although epimera 1-2 roll inward slightly along the ventral margin. In identifying phoxo- cephalids one must scan the epimera under high power microscopy to detect any missing setae by finding the sockets retained in the cuticle. Uropods and Telson: Uropods 1-2 are illus- trated as attached to the animal with supporting views of medial margins in many species where spine sizes and counts on medial margins have com- parative value interspecifically. In preserved phoxo- cephalids uropod 3 is usually thrust anterodorsad against the telson; this is the relationship shown in the lateral view of the pleon and attached struc- tures. Uropod 3 and the telson are better viewed from the dorsal aspect after dissection. In making the drawing of the exised uropod 3 the appendage is rotated so that the widest flattening of the rami occurs consistent with avoiding any crushing of the peduncle. Either right or left uropod 3 may be illustrated. The telson is especially difficult to mount and flatten in phoxocephalids. Direct exci- sion from pleonite 6 is almost impossible because the telson is usually cleft more than 90 percent to the base. Therefore, pleonite 6 is removed to a slide, the tubular pleonite broken ventrally, the sides spread outward fan-wise, and then teased away from the telson, especially at the basolateral corners; unless this is done the telson will not flat- ten basally. Cuticle: The elements of the cuticle are so small that oil-immersion microscopy scarcely resolves their structure. Sufficient items of taxonomic inter- est have been found nevertheless, to present a brief analysis of cuticle for each species. Perhaps the most favorable locality for viewing is the posterior lobe of coxa 5 (the coxa of pereopod 3, leg 5). This part is superior to epimera which are difficult to flatten without destructive excision and superior to large flat coxae such as coxa 4 because coxa 5 generally has all of the gross variables one might encounter. In many species the epimera lack bulbar setules and in many other species coxae 1-4 lack variants of bulbar setules such as pipes and may also lack striations or have polygonal structures atypirally formed. Environmental abrasion is reduced on coxa 5 posteriorly. Reconstructions have sometimes been necessary because of faulty material; the most frequent of these involves the edges of coxae and second articles of pereopods 3-5 which in death and preservation often shrivel microscopically to the extent that corners have sharp points, or develop notches in specimens that were about to molt before death and in which the cuticle has pulled away slightly from the subcuticular flesh. These extensions and in- vaginations have been smoothed over in the illus- trations. Setae and spines often have been altered to present a clear picture of their relationship; their directions of pointing have been moved, not their origins or insertions. Armaments missing on appendages or epimera have occasionally been re- constructed on the illustration by observation of conditions on opposite side of the specimen. Rare specimens, especially natatory males, in which the dorsal part of the eyes is depressed by preserva- tional defect (dissolution of fatty supportive tissue by alcohol), have been reconstructed in the lateral view so as to inflate or move dorsally the mass of ommatidia into what we believe is a natural posi- tion; this defect does not show from the dorsal view because lateral shrinkage evidently does not accom- pany the dorsal collapse. Enlargements: As normally practiced in am- phipodan taxonomy illustrations are given without scales of enlargements. Terminal adults do not necessarily have a fixed size and may vary with season and environmental conditions. The uni- formity of natatory males suggests to us that they may have a fixed size but this would be exceptional in Amphipoda. NUMBER 245 15 Drawings of specific parts are magnified in pro- portion to other parts as follows: pereopods 3-5 are drawn at the same magnification; gnathopods 1-2 are enlarged to a common but unique degree; pereopods 1-2 are drawn at a common magnifica- tion, one which is greater than that for pereopods 3-5, in order to show details of articles 5 and 6; coxae 1-4 are drawn to a scale common to their group but distinct from those of the various ap- pendage groups; maxilla 1 is more highly magni- fied than is maxilla 2; antenna 2 is usually en- larged to a greater degree than is antenna 1; mandibular bodies are drawn at larger or smaller magnifications than are palps depending on details to be shown; telsons are enlarged more than is uropod S; head and pleon are drawn at distinct magnifications; when separate from the urosome, uropod 2 is enlarged more than is uropod 1; cuticle is enlarged to the maximum degree with oil- immersion lens (X 1200) and then reduced in the figures herein presented to a level of 45 percent of the magnified image. All other parts are enlarged sufficiently to portray taxonomic details. Ink Renderings: All structures on the views of cuticle have been inked in solid lines despite the fact that the bulbs and pipes are below the chitin; the chitin, however, is so clear that these structures appear suspended in space as in the ink. rendering. The bases of many spines and setae are inked solid even though they are inserted into appendages as shown by their extended bases. Dashed or dotted lines indicate structures lying behind or below the main appendage. In the figure(s) illustrating each species, the chief specimen depicted is identified first in the figure legend. Any illustrated subsidiary specimens are assigned lower case letters that (1) are identified with the proper specimen in the legend and (2) appear as components on the left side of the labels on the drawings of the part reproduced from such specimens. Taxonomic Characters of Phoxocephalidae Phoxocephalidae are among the most richly diverse of amphipod groups in taxonomic char- acters. Almost all external parts of the body, includ- ing head, mouthparts, gnathopods, pereopods uro- pods, telson, epimera, and coxae, bear characters of both specific and generic value. The only fully stable conditions in the family are: the relationship between the general form and relative sizes of pereopods 4 and 5; the subchelateness or chelateness of the gnathopods; and the maintenance of the fol- lowing parts (often lost in other families): inner ramus of uropod 3, strong cleft on the telson, dactyl on the maxilliped, palps on the maxilliped, multi- articulate accessory flagellum, inner lobes and man- dibular lobes on the lower lip, and rami on uropods 1-2 (although inner rami occasionally are reduced or fused to the peduncle). The following characters typical of conceptually primitive phoxocephalids may be obscured by re- duction or loss: rostrum, flagellum of antenna 2, thickness of articles and degree of fossorial setation on pereopods, setation or spination of epimera and uropods 1-2, presence of article 2 on outer ramus of uropod 3, size of uropod 3, and elongation of the flagellum on male antenna 2 (sexual character). Numerous valuable characters in Phoxocephalidae have previously been ignored or underemphasized. Until this study the primary character alternatives in phoxocephalidan taxonomy were: (1) tritura- tiveness or simplicity of mandibular molar; {2) presence or absence of a large palpar hump on the mandible; (3) presence or absence of an ensiform process on article 2 of antenna 2; (4) presence or absence of eyes; (5) bi- or uniarticulation of palp on maxilla 1; (6) presence of a process on article 3 of maxillipedal palp; (7) proportions of the max- illipedal dactyl and its apical nail; (8) enlargement and eusirid (predatorial) adaptation of gnathopod 1; (9) thickness of article 2 on pereopod 3; and (10) presence or absence of apicodorsal spines on various rami of uropods 1-2 (J. L. Barnard, 1960, 1969a). In earlier days the size of article 4 on pereopod 4 and the similarity or dissimilarity of gnathopods were characters also used in phoxocephalid taxon- omy (Stebbing, 1906). Size of article 4 on pereopod 4 as a useful character was deemphasized (J. L. Barnard, 1960) and we have found that this re- mains true. Such a character alternative signals a potential generic distinction between two species but better characters are available to rectify the generic diagnoses. The dorsal shape of the rostrum has occasionally been used as a generic character (Bousfield, 1973) but our studies indicate that the usefulness is vagarious. Barnard and Drummond (1976) presented a list of characters newly utilized in the study of Austra- 16 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY lian phoxocephalids. At least 250 characters in each species have been examined and assessed in the Australian study and many of these are highly use- ful at specific and generic levels of classification. Many are characters not heretofore widely used even in many other families, for example: fine structure of mandibular molars, setation patterns on mandibular palps, proportions of the setal dis- tribution on article 2 of antenna 1 and article 5 of antenna 2, facial spine and setal distributions on articles 3-4 of antenna 2, presence or absence of cones on the lower lip, setation counts on the inner plate of maxilla 1, degree of cleft between inner lobes of the maxillipeds, linear or nonlinear arrangement of facial setae on article 3 of the maxillipedal palp, presence or absence of posteroproximal setae on article 5 of pereopods 1-2, presence and si/e of the midapical subdactylar spine on article 6 of pereo- pods 1-2, apical ornamentation of dactyls on pereo- pods 1-2, size and shape of article 3 on pereopod 5, presence or absence of facial setae on article 2 of pereopod 5, presence or absence of combs in various places on pereopods and uropods including medial surfaces and rami, presence or absence of long flexible setae on epimera and uropods (at generic level), numbers of and shape of apical setae on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3, presence and degree of development of thick spines on uropods and urosomal surfaces, lengths of rami on uropods 1-2 with special attention to inner ramus of uropod 2, size and position of glandular tissue in urosome, and the presence and number of apical, dorsal, and lateral spines on the telson. The shape of prebuccal parts was used at specific level by J. L. Barnard (1960); subsequently, generic characters have been discovered in those parts. We continue to find great value in the shape and orna- ments of the maxillipedal dactyl, the size of the palpar hump on the mandible, and general aspects of gnathopods, but we have also found classificatory value in the finer structure of gnathopods in terms of anterior setation on article 6, degree of posterior concealment of article 5 on gnathopod 2, and minute difference in size between the pairs of gnathopods. One subfamily, Tipimeginae, is charac- terized by minuteness of pereopod 5 and within this subfamily, shape and ornamentation of epi- meron 3 have generic value. Convergence in phoxocephalids is rampant. This has led to a very unsatisfactory state of classification in phoxocephalids of the northern hemisphere (J. L. Barnard, 1960) where convergence has occurred in what are primarily highly advanced phoxocepha- lids with apparent origins from the more primitive stock in the southern hemisphere. An overview of those from Australia has revealed what appears to be a more satisfactory solution to the interrelation- ships of world phoxocephalids, a solution that relies on the importance of what were considered, hereto- fore, to be minor characteristics. For example, ge- neric value is found in anterior setation on the hands of gnathopods, the presence or absence of an en- larged inner peduncular spine on uropod 1. and the presence or absence of supernumerary setation or spination on the telson. Even more importantly, the ancestry of Paraphoxu.% oculatus, ihe type species of a genus whose name has lx*cn used lo em- brace a host of phoxotcphalids now seen to IK* mis- classified, now can In- traced. The classificatory difficulty is well illustrated by demonstrating the convergence between I'mn/ilioxiis oculatus and a sympatric species, "P." spinosus from the northern hemisphere. No valuable char- acters to distinguish them generically were found by J. L. Barnard (1960) but study of Australian phoxocephalids demonstrates that Paraphoxus ocu- latus is the highly evolved product of the Brolginac so abundant in the southern hemisphere. "Para- phoxus" spinosus must be transferred to a new genus which will be distinguished on the following slim characters: presence of more than 3 spines on the molars, presence of 3 (not 2) setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1, presence of 3 setae on epimeron 3, presence of two full rows of spines on article 4 of antenna 2, full enlargement of the apicomedial spine on the peduncle of uropod 1, poor develop- ment of the apical nail on the maxillipedal dactyl, and the ordinary elongation of article 5 on gnatho- pod 2. Restudy of "P." spinosus has not been com- pleted but it would appear to be a very advanced product of the Parharpiniinae on which telsonic and molarial setation has decreased but which is distinguished from the Brolginae in having more than 3 molarial spines and more than 2 setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1. Other examples of convergence and classificatory difficulties will be reserved for a later paper on reevaluation of northern phoxocephalids. EVALUATION OF FEMALES.?An evaluation of taxo- nomic characters in Phoxocephalidae, as based on NUMBER 245 17 the Australian fauna and on a survey of the taxo- nomic literature, is presented below in morpholog- ical order from head to telson. The same order is employed under "Description of Females" found in the presentation of individual species. Head: The rostrum is elongate, untapered, and flattened dorsally to form a visor in primitive phoxocephalids. Overall, the head is more elongate than in most nonphoxocephalid amphipods but this is not necessarily a condition correlated with fossorial behavior because, on the one hand, non- fossorial amphipods such as ampeliscids have an elongate head and, on the other hand, in many genera of other fossorial amphipods in the Gam- maridae (sensu lato), Oedicerotidae, and Synopiidae the head is not necessarily elongate. Despite these exceptions noted, the rostrum may have a fossorial function in many sprues. In subfamilies such as Brolginae, Phoxocephali- nae, and Harpiniinae the head is maintained in unaltered degree; but in several subfamilies such as Birubiinae and Joubinellinae the rostrum be- comes narrowed from side to side, often becomes shortened, and occasionally becomes obsolescent. To some extent the most grossly reduced rostra are associated with other adaptations suggesting com- mensal istic behavior or functions apart from bur- rowing {Kondoleus). These adaptations include nonskid cuticle, reduced flagela of antennae, pred- atorial gnathopods, pygidization (reduction in complexity or increase in rigidification of urosomal structure), development of raptorial spines on pereopods 1-2, or marked change in structure of spines on antennae and uropods. Such modifications may be found in Kotla, Yammacoona, and Japara. But in a single genus, Birubius, the rostrum pro- gresses from the fully developed condition through a series of evolutionary lines to a condition in B. wulgaru in which it scarcely exists. The rostrum alone is not necessarily a good generic character because of these vargarious evolu- tionary sequences. The narrowed rostrum was at one time believed to mark the trichophoxin kind of evolutionary stock in the old umbrella Para- phoxus-Pontharpinia-Parharpinia classification but we now recognize that Trichophoxus itself belongs in a group entirely distinct from other phoxocepha- lids and that the species formerly included in that umbrellar designation belong to several distinctive subfamilies and many genera. Eyes: Ocular structures are ommatidial in phoxo- cephalids. Little is known of taxonomic significance in eyes at generic level except that Pseudharpinia is maintained apart from Heterophoxus mainly on the absence of eyes even though J. L. Barnard (1966a) found the normally oculate Heterophoxus oculatus to be blind in depths below 200 m off California. Eyes are degenerate in Phoxocephalus holbolli but present and well developed in many other members of the genus. Color of ocular pigment in life is poorly known in phoxocephalids although we have seen several species in life with deeply black eyes. In preservative these eyes remain black from distant perspective but usually appear deep purple under high magnifica- tion. Most species of the subfamily Phoxocephalinae have almost perfectly clear eyes in preservative, thereby suggesting that they have red pigments in life, as red pigments disappear quickly after preser- vation. We presume that a modicum of taxonomic information would be available in freshly preserved collections (J. L. Barnard, 1970). Eyes in oculate males become greatly enlarged. These males often swarm in neritic waters and are attracted to night lights (Fage, 1932, 1933). We know of no anoculate and benthic deep-sea species whose males have been caught in epibenthic fishing and we presume that anoculate males have reduced swarming behavior. Antenna 1: Article 1 is elongate and stout and article 3 is much shortened and narrow in phoxo- cephalids. Article 2 varies in length but usually falls into one of two groups, long or short (see evolutionary scheme of Figure 6). The entire an- tenna is generally rotated slightly outwards so that the hypothetically primitive lateral surface faces somewhat dorsally; this becomes more pronounced in those species with very broad bodies and heads and small rostra and is similar to the condition in the broad-bodied haustoriids. Penicillate setules are well developed on the ventral margin of article 1 and become very dense in adult males. The dorso- distal apex of article 1 is often slightly produced but has no value in taxonomy in the present scheme because the degree of extension would have to be measured by micrometrical means. The ventral setae on article 2 are of great generic value. They occur in two gross variations, either widely spread in a crescent ventrally or confined apically. In most cases the apical confinement is restricted to genera 18 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY with shortened article 2. Occasional specific differ- entiation is made between setae that are widely spread and those confined to the proximal third of the article. In a few taxa the setae are closely con- tinuous or severely reduced in number. The primary and accessory fiagella are multi- articulate. The articles may be elongate or very short but little use has been made of this feature taxonomically (for an exception see Birubius maamus herein). Aesthetascs of several sizes may be found on the distal articles, rarely as far proximally as article 1, and usually restricted to one aesthetasc per article. Occasional aberrations in the fiagella of antenna 1 occur. The males of Elpeddo kaikai and Wildusi fuegiensis have unusual first antennae re- sembling those of lysianassids in which article 1 of the primary flagellum has become swollen and richly furnished with aesthetascs. Antenna 2: Article 1 is either simple or bears a weak to greatly enlarged process. When the process is present, it and the antenna are termed "ensi- form." The largest ensiform processes are confined to a few genera in the subfamily Harpiniinae but these processes are weakly developed in several genera of other subfamilies and in undescribed subfamilies from the eastern Pacific Ocean. Article 2 is very short, largely hidden from lat- eral view. It bears a gland cone medioventrally. Article 3 is relatively stout in phoxocephalids. In primitive phoxocephalids such as Pontharpinia and Tipimegus, as in the Ponto-Caspian gammarids, it bears abundant facial setae, but these are reduced to 2 in almost all others, and may be absent in sev- eral species recorded in the literature. In Birubius the 2 setae are small but the more proximal mem- ber is usually much the smaller. Article 4 bears facial spines organized into one or more rows in all phoxocephalids as far as known, except Joubinella. In some of the genera of Biru- biinae and Harpiniinae the spines are mainly con- fined to a subapical position so that they almost appear to be marginal rather than facial. The ven- tral margin of articles 4-5 is often richly furnished with setae of one or more size groups. In the more primitive taxa, such as Pontharpinia, the long setae are intermingled with a group of short penicillate setules but in more advanced taxa the penicillate setules become reduced to a few proximal members. The apicoventral face may bear one or more thick spines. The antennal spines become jewel-like spheres in Kondoleus. Article 5 is generally shorter and thinner than article 4 and in most taxa of such groups as Har- piniinae and Brolginae article 5 is especially small. Both articles 4 and 5 become enlarged in males but in groups in which article 5 is small in the female, the male article 5 does not enlarge as much as in groups such as the Birubiinae. in which article 5 is large in the female. Thick apicofacial spines often occur in females but are reduced to setules in males of many species. Midfacial spines may be present or absent infragenerically in Birubius but in such groups as the Tipimeginae the absence of facial spines is marked as a generic character. The flagellum in females is usually shorter than twice the combined length of articles 4?5 of the peduncle but it becomes elongate and proliferate in all male phoxocephalids except those of the genus Harpinia. This may also be true in some taxa of Pontharpiniinae and Tipimeginae but we have not confirmed this at present. Prebuccal Complex: The presence or absence of sharp, anteriorly projecting tooth on the epistome has been a useful character in specific identification of phoxocephalids (J. L. Barnard, 1960). In the most commonly encountered prebuccal condition the upper lip and epistome are mostly fused to- gether with the weakly distinct upper lip domina- ting the epistome. In several genera, however, such as Japara, Kondoleus, and Tipimegus, the two parts are fully articulate and one must presume that the variables encountered are relatively uniform at generic level. Tipimegus and Booranus are well dis- tinguished by differences in prebuccal parts. Mandible: The body of the mandible is large but never as heavily modified as in certain haus- toriids. A few genera, such as Mandibulophoxus, and Yammacoona, have that part of the mandible to which the palp is attached strongly extended; this is known as the palpar hump. Right and left incisors are generally dissimilar. The most commonly encountered right incisor is a flat cutting edge bounded on each end with a blunt tooth and with a third inner and subapical tooth partly hidden by the lacinia mobilis. Occasionally in certain taxa the cutting edge is divided into four or more teeth (Kondoleus, Tipimegus). The left incisor commonly is composed of two weakly divided branches each of which has one or more additional subdivisions, rarely with a more evenly NUMBER 245 19 distributed series of teeth. The right lacinia mobilis has proved to be in- valuable for specific identifications in this study. This structure has been ignored in earlier literature and often depicted so poorly that its character cannot be determined. The evolutionary deployment (Figure 82) of Birubius is based on the progressive simplification of the right lacinia mobilis. The pre- sumed line of development commences with a broad, flabellate, and denticulate piece which becomes clearly divided into two pieces, the distal- most of which remains flabellate, whereas the prox- imal branch assumes the appearance of a conical raker spine. In the next stage the distal branch is also reduced to a simple conical form, then decreas- ing in size until, with its loss, the right lacinia mobilis almost fully resembles an ordinary raker spine. There may be instances in which the right lacinia mobilis is actually lost (Birubius eleebanus and B. wulgaru). An equally logical supposition would be that the right lacinia mobilis becomes more complex by the fusion of one raker spine to a primordial lacinia mobilis so as to form the intermediate condition but the decaying progress found in Birubius fits the advancement of other characters, such as general loss of setation and reduction in rostrum. The right lacinia mobilis of Pontharpinia, the primitive phoxocephalid, appears to be composed of just the distal flabellate piece, so we hypothesize that the ancestral Birubius was characterized by the joining of a raker spine to the lacinia mobilis but that this new adaptation rapidly was reversed through the progression we have outlined in Figure 82. In any event the right lacinia mobilis is highly variable in other phoxocephalids, sometimes appearing to be a simple broad flake and in other places appearing to have a proximal branch that resembles a raker spine. The left lacinia mobilis is more stable than the right in phoxocephalids. It generally consists of a palmate piece with 4-6 apical teeth, rarely with the teeth blunted or reduced (Kotla), but often in Birubius with the middle teeth shortened. Raker spines are well developed, numerous, and not generally diverse in phoxocephalids except that a few proximal rakers are sometimes smaller than the others, suggesting that rakers are proliferated basally as growth of the animal proceeds. Between raker spines there are frequently accessory pluse- tules, alternating with rakers, but these are lost in such aberrant clusters as the Birubius babaneekus group where the rakers themselves become very short and broad. In earlier literature only two kinds of molar were recognized, triturative and non-triturative, but we now find at least five basic kinds of molars in phoxocephalids (Figure 5) and one may see from inspection of our illustrations that further subdivi- sions may be necessary in the future. Stage one, the primitive molar (Figure 5: A), we presume to be the fully triturative form typical of Pontharpinia and Phoxocephalus and a few other genera. This molar is not precisely like that found in gammaroid am- phipods but is a subcylindrical acetabulum-like pro- jection with a weakly hollowed apex surrounded by a crown of teeth. The second stage (Figure 5: B) is represented by Leongathus in which the molar ap- pears as if only one side of the cylinder and its teeth have remained. Stage three (Figure 5: C) appears in the Tipimeginae in which the remaining half of the molar becomes more conical and retains only three or four of the teeth, apparently semiarticulate. This form might be hypothesized to have developed from either stage two or stage four as the apparent articulation of the teeth suggests that they could be enlarged articulate spines. Stage four (Figure 5: D) is found in most phoxocephalids and comprises a small conical or pillow shaped protrusion on the apex of which occur 4 or more splayed and small semiarticulate spines. One may see from the illustra- tions that this kind might be subdivided into sev- eral subgroups based on size, number and plumosity of the spines and the particular shape of the molarial body itself. We see major categories of classification in Birubius alone as "elongate plaques," "short bulbs," "soft cones," and "molar absent but position marked by spines alone." The final stage (Figure 5: ?) is typical of Brolginae in which only three or fewer semiarticulate spines re- main. These often become enlarged, or become joined basally, and occasionally arise from a dis- tinct basal plate. We do not suggest that these stages normally oc- cur in the sequence proposed in every evolutionary line. They have been arranged simply in an order of decreasing complexity. Nevertheless we do sug- gest that the missing links between the fully tritura- tive and the weakly spinose nontriturative molars might be represented by stages two and three and 20 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY which might well be called "semitriturative" and "pseudotriturative" to reflect their distinctions and possible functions. The presence of a 3-articulate mandibular palp is a stable feature of Phoxocephalidae. Article 1 is rarely elongate or armed with setae. Article 2 is elongate, usually bears at least 2 setae, and occa- sionally, bears facial setae in more primitive taxa. Article 3 is well developed, setose facially, usually truncate obliquely, bears stiff apical spine-setae but only in occasional males are setae developed on the inner margin (Tipimegus). In primitive phoxoceph- alids the outer margin bears a notch armed with one or more setae, but in the more advanced phoxo- cephalids these setae have shifted onto the face of article 3 or are lost entirely. They may occur in units or pairs (or greater counts) on one or both faces of article 3. The trend appears to be towards total loss in the more advanced taxa. Lower Lip: Phoxocephalids have well developed mandibular lobes and fleshy inner lobes. The inner lobes are tightly appressed or partially fused to- gether, with the apices almost truncate or weakly bulbous. The widely separated outer lobes have moderately extended mandibular lobes apically rounded or weakly attenuate. In all but primitive phoxocephalids each outer lobe has one or a few salivary cones (extensions of meatal ducts). Thick- ened setae may also occur in the vicinity of the cones and some of these may prove to be additional cones. Inner and outer plates are often minutely setulose (pubescent) along apical margins. Maxilla 1: In comparison to primitive gam- maroids the inner plate in phoxocephalids becomes enlarged relative to the outer plate but has lost most of its setae. The apex is usually rounded broadly and carries either 4 or 2 setae in the major- ity of phoxocephalids. The primitive Pontharpinia carries more than 4 shortened setae but Phoxoceph- alinae have lost all setae on the inner plate and the surface area is expanded. In Birubius the usual setation pattern consists of one large inner facial pluseta, a second often somewhat smaller and more terminal pluseta, and 2 much smaller apicolateral setae. In many Brolginae the 2 apicolateral setae apparently have been lost. The outer plate bears 5, 7, 9, or 11 spines; in rare cases an even number of spines occurs (Japara). The spines are often divided into 2 sets of 5 and 4 or 6 and 5, the smaller set comprising small forked spines, the larger set comprising large spines, the medialmost of which are serrate medially, the lat- eralmost of which are very stout and poorly serrate. In many genera one of the large lateral spines, usually spine 2, is especially thickened. In the genus Japara, the innermost spine is diverted to the medial margin and points medially. Many of the Brolginae have an additional medial cusp forming a false spine lying almost flush, and therefore hid- den, along the normal medialmost serrate spine. Variations in fineness of serrations, as in Kuritus, have specific usefulness in taxonomy. The palp of maxilla 1 is either uni- or biarticu- late but it is rarely reduced to any degree. A baso- lateral wing usually occurs on the acclivity of the outer plate below the juncture of the palp. Article 2 is much longer than article 1 and is apically and often facially armed with spines and setae. Facial setae are especially well developed in Tipimeginac. There is little difference between the palps of right and left sides. Maxilla 2: The pair of plates forming this struc- ture is relatively uniform. Unlike many members of Gammaridae, the inner plate lacks an oblique facial row of setae. In Brolginae and especially in Phoxo- cephalinae the plates are shortened and apically rounded and the setation is heavily reduced. Maxilliped: This is well developed, with only an occasional taxon showing some reduction in the size of the plates (Phoxocephalinae, Yammacoona). The apical armament on the inner plate of the primitive phoxocephalid appears to consist of evenly extending elongate setae but in the majority of phoxocephalids one or more (usually not more than 3) short and very stout apical spines have ap- peared and the setation density has decreased. The trend in the more advanced evolutionary lines such as Brolginae and Phoxocephalinae is towards a de- crease in setation and/or narrowing of the inner and outer plates. In several of the Phoxocepha- linae the broad and heavily spinose and setose outer plate typical of the primitive phoxocephalid be- comes very thin and the armament is reduced to 4 or fewer spines. This is associated with other losses of fossorial adaptation in those taxa. The richly setose palp of the primitive phoxocephalid follows this same pattern of reduced setosity, but the palp with the most abundant and scattered facial setae on article 3 occurs in the Tipimeginae. This article becomes strongly produced apically in the Lepto- NUMBER 245 21 phoxus group but is more weakly produced in a variety of other unrelated taxa. The inner plates of Kondoleus bear remarkable basal salivary spouts. The primitive dactyl appears to be long, ungui- form, and armed with a poorly developed apical nail which in more advanced taxa becomes much more elongate while the article itself may become shorter and stubbier. Supernumerary setules de- crease in number in the advanced taxa though ex- ceptions do occur in Microphoxus and several of the harpiniins, where accessory apical setules be- come almost as elongate as the nail. Coxae: In amphipods the coxae are a specializa- tion of the body form to be discussed apart from their respective legs. Conformation of the coxae in phoxocephalids is very stable and basic compared with the extremes of diversity found in many other families of amphipods. Coxa 1 is generally adz- shaped and unreduced in size, coxae 2-3 are elon- gate rectangles, and coxa 4 forms a broad shield with a posterodorsal excavation bounded by a posterior tooth. Only in the rarest cases do these first 4 coxae be- come heavily modified (Kotla, Kondoleus), though in a few taxa, such as Birubius booleus and Ticka- lerus birubi, coxa 1 is rectangular and elongate. Coxa 4 is more often variable in size and form, being either large or extremely large (Basuto). The ordinary coxa 4 has distinct anterior, ventral and posterior margins below the posterior tooth but in many cases the posterior and ventral margins merge, so that the resultant posterior margin becomes divergent from the tangent of the anterior margin; and rarely the ventral margin becomes so short that the coxa appears subacuminate (Birubius nammul- dus). Anterodorsal humps are especially prominent in the Tipimeginae. The presence or absence of ventral setae on coxa 4 is a very useful taxonomic character in Birubius and in other genera. Apparently all phoxocephalid coxae 1-4 bear a small anteroventral setule usually surrounded by a clear bulbar halo, though occasionally this halo is reduced or absent as in the Birubius taldeus group. Coxa 4 almost always bears a second example of this setule at the posteroventral corner, this occa- sionally becoming weakly elongate. Only a few genera, such as Booranus, have additional ventral setules of extremely small size. All phoxocephalids have elongate setae on coxae 1-3. These are severely reduced in number in many of the advanced taxa such as the Phoxocephalinae but the greatest reduction has been found in the Birubius taldeus group where coxae 1?3 each have only 2 long setae. The occurrence of setae on the posterior margin of coxa 4 beyond the hypothetical posteroventral corner occurs mainly in the Tipi- meginae and in Pontharpinia, the most primitive taxa of the group. Coxal gills are generally found on pereonites 2-7 but they are absent or reduced on pereonite 7 in Tipimegus and Limnoporeia. In Limnoporeia they are absent on pereonite 2. Hence the formulas 2-7, 2-6, or 3-6 may prevail. The gill of coxa 7 is usually the smallest. Brood plates occur on pereon- ites 2-5 in all genera except Limnoporeia and Uldanamia where the plate of pereonite 2 is absent and the formula is 3-5 only. Gnathopods: The primitive gnathopodal state in phoxocephalids is presumed to be that reflected in large degree by Pontharpinia, in which gna- thopod 2 strongly dominates gnathopod 1. Unlike the condition prevailing in gammaroids, article 5 of gnathopod 2 in primitive phoxocephalids is so short that the posterior margin is hidden from con- tact with the environment by the abutment of articles 4 and 6. This condition is termed "cryptic article 5." If this is an obligatory characteristic of primitive phoxocephalids and if phoxocephalids in- deed are descendants of gammaroids then the ma- jority of phoxocephalids have undergone a reversal in the sense that article 5 becomes more elongate in many of the more advanced lines of phoxo- cephalids, especially in the Birubiinae and unnamed subfamilies of the eastern Pacific Ocean. A close approximation of the cryptic condition is, however, maintained in the advanced Phoxocephalinae and Harpiniinae although one may see that the most advanced brolgin, Paraphoxus, has lost some of the degree of masking found in several of the more primitive Australian brolgins. The functional morphology of gnathopods, even in the well studied gammaroids, is very poorly known. Gnathopodal function is clearly for grasp- ing, cleaning other appendages, lowering the top heavy center of gravity of the body at appropriate times, and manipulating objects by means other than grasping. Such a prehensile member is useful in grasping objects of the inert environment, grasp- ing other biota in a predatorial mode, grasping the opposite sex during copulatory amplexus, and pos- 22 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY sibly assisting in the transfer of spermatophores from male to female. Among numerous other more finely characterized functions, shoving capabilities could be envisioned that include defense or moving eggs about in the brood pouch. We hold to the belief that the first true amphipod had gnathopod 2 fully developed as a grasping de- vice but that the general trend in many evolution- ary lines is the reduction in size and prehensility of that appendage with comcomitant loss or readapta- tion of many of the grasping functions found in the more primitive amphipods. We theorize that the most primitive amphipods had both gnathopods 1-2 of equal size and prehensile capability but that the usefulness of gnathopod 1 in tandem with gnathopod 2 was quickly lost by natural selection in favor of new functions, particularly that of cleaning anterior appendages and manipulating small environmental particles. This follows the logic of accepted peracaridan theory that the maxillipeds, once fully thoracic, are now mostly cephalic and that the result of such a trend would be that any order of crustacean succeeding amphipods would be one with gnathopod 1 also assuming cephalic functions. The tendency for free thoracic segment 3 now occasionally to develop a prehensile ap- pendage is confirmed in such gammai ideans as Endevoura (Lysianassidae), Parandeniexis (Stego- cephalidae), and Falklandella (Gammaridae, sensu lato). There are many examples, of course, where en- largement of gnathopod 1 to a condition dominant over gnathopod 2 has occurred, but we consider these as "derived" evolutionary rather than as examples of primitive conditions in which gnatho- pod 2 is undergoing an evolutionary enlargement to catch up with gnathopod 1. The aorid examples are obviously instances in which an enlarged gnathopod 1 has selective advantage to the tube dwellers. The pelagic predatorial examples of Joubinella and Trischizostoma are clearly cases where the predatorial mode is well served by ex- tensible and raptorial first gnathopods. In the cases with which we are most concerned, such as certain species of Gammarus and Anisogammarus in which gnathopod 1 is only subtly larger than gnathopod 2, we suggest that the distinctions in function are also very subtle and that gnathopod 2 is not simply adapting slowly to match gnathopod 1. Most of these gammarid taxa have gnathopods complexly ornamented and spined to such a degree as to be incomparable to the more simplified and probably more primitive predatorial kind of gnathopod seen in the Baikalian acanthogammarids (Dybowsky, 1871). The selective adaptability of gnaihopods would appear to be rapid and extensive in an evo- lutionary sense as noted by J. L. Barnard (1970), for example, the axial reversal of gnathopods in certain corophiid amphipods. If one therefore assumes that Joubinella is simply a predatorially adapted case, then one may state that phoxocephalids are well advanced over their probable gammaroid ancestors in respect to gnatho- pods. Gnathopod 1 is fully modified in shape and structure to match the ordinary kind of gnathopod seen in the very advanced gaminaridean families and genera such as the nonaorid corophiids, tali- troideans, and dexaminids. The enlarged and highly prehensile gnathopod 2 is retained in phoxocepha- lids in subfamilies otherwise noted for their highly advanced adaptations such as thin-mem bered pereopod 3 of Harpiniinae and reduced complexity of mouthparts in Phoxocephalinae. Gnathopod 2 of the otherwise ordinary Birubiinae has reached the most advanced or reduced state, where in many taxa it has article 5 elongate and in overall form almost precisely matches gnathopod 1. The severe initial reduction in article 5 of gnathopod 2 has been partially reversed in the advanced Phoxo- cephalinae and Harpiniinae and fully reversed in the Birubiinae and Tipimeginae. In the latter group and in unnamed subfamilies of the eastern Pacific Ocean a further adaptation has been added to the gnathopods in the form of an apicoanterior brush of setae and spines on the hand. The palms have become shorter and more transverse than in other phoxocephalids. A somewhat similar situation oc- curs in the limnoporeiin group of Phoxocephalinae where the thin probe-like gnathopods have become strongly chela te. Pereopods 1-2: These appear to be universally fossorial in the Phoxocephalidae. Article 4 of both pairs is elongate and often greatly broadened. In the best adapted fossorial species it is heavily setose posteriorly but a reduction in setosity does occur, most notably in advanced species of Birubius where pereopod 2 may have as few as 5 posterior setae on article 4. Article 5 occurs in two main forms in Phoxo- cephalidae. In the Tipimeginae it is elongate and NUMBER 245 23 bears only terminal posterior setae whereas in most other phoxocephalids article 5 is swollen and bears posterior setae well proximal towards article 4. In most phoxocephalids one or more of the apicopos- terior setae on article 5 are heavily thickened as spines and in several species of Birubius (especially species 22-28) one or more of the proximal setae are likewise thickened. Article 5 bears apicomedial combs in the Tipimeginae. Article 6 is elongate and thin but the posterior margin is furnished with two rows, lateral and medial, of spines or setae (or mixtures of both, especially in the Brolginae and Phoxocephalinae). In many advanced taxa, especially those which may live on extremely fine sediments, these spines are reduced in prominence, either by a lesser number or a greater flexibility. Many phoxocephalids also bear an apical seta or spine near the base of the dactyl, situated between the two posterior rows. This seta is severely reduced in such genera as Birubius and occasionally may be absent, whereas in the Tipimeginae it is large and often superen- larged as a thick spine longer than the dactyl. The primitive dactyl of phoxocephalids is com- plex in the sense that it bears (1) an apical nail mostly immersed in all taxa, (2) an inner tooth forming a crotch in which is inserted a stiff but sinuous setule, and (3) a medial or outer basal plusetule. In certain taxa of Tipimeginae the med- ial setule is lost and in the most advanced brolgins the inner tooth is lost but the raphe marking the insertion of the setule is retained. Pereopods 3-5: All are fossorial and pereopods 4-5 maintain their special relative sizes and shapes throughout the family although numerous modifi- cations occur that have taxonomic value. The prim- itive phoxocephalid apparently was characterized by extensive fossorial adaptations in breadth and setosity of pereopods 3-5 but advanced taxa have many of these severely reduced. Article 2 of the basic pereopod 3 is broad and of even dimensions axially, but the Harpiniinae are characterized by a very thin article 2 scarcely matching the width of article 3. Article 2 tapers in the Parharpiniinae and Mandibulophoxus. Posterior and, to some extent, facial, setosity is well developed on article 2 of primitive phoxocephalids and is maintained to some extent in the Parharpiniinae but most odier groups have lost these features. Article 4 and, more or less, article 5 of pereopods 3-4 is very broad in primitive groups but in the more advanced Brolgi- nae, Parharpiniinae, Phoxocephalinae, and Har- piniinae the stoutness and spinosity of pereopods 3-4 are greatly diminished. In many cases one might presume this to be an adaptation to fineness of sediments especially in the deep-sea Phoxocepha- linae and Harpiniinae. But, as diminution also occurs in the Birubiinae from the shallows of Aus- tralia it may have other adaptive significance. The hatchet shield of article 2 on pereopod 5 is consistent throughout Phoxocephalidae and resem- bles that seen in pontoporeid amphipods. All shal- low water Australian phoxocephalids have a rela- tively uniform article 2 in terms of the posterior teeth, which are very small, actually the size of serrations, whereas in several northern groups and deep-sea groups some of these teeth become greatly enlarged or fully developed as spikecusps. The ven- tral margin of article 2 apparently was heavily setose in primitive phoxocephalids (Pontharpinia, Tipimegus) but these setae are lost or reduced to the level of microscopic setules in the majority of phoxocephalids. Weak ventral serrations on the primitive members become greatly enlarged in cer- tain advanced harpiniins (Heterophoxus) but are obliterated in the Phoxocephalinae and are ob- solescent in the majority of phoxocephalids only to crop up in several evolutionary lines of Birubius, possibly an indication of diverse origins of the sev- eral species groups. Facial setae on article 2 occur rarely, primarily in Pontharpinia and Tipimegus as a mark of their primitiveness. In Pontharpinia the setae occur in bundles as they do in Ponto- Caspian gammaroids, but in Tipimegus they are solitary. Pereopod 5 of the Tipimeginae is dwarfed, a condition unique to that subfamily. Also, article 3 is greatly enlarged in contrast to all other phoxo- cephalids except to some extent in the Harpiniinae and perhaps a few other non-Australian taxa. Arti- cles 4-5 are somewhat thin in Tipimeginae but in the odier phoxocephalids are more ovate or trape- zoidal. Apical combs on articles 5-6 have taxonomic value in several groups (Tipimeginae for example), and many species of Birubius have digitate proc- esses apically on article 6. Several males of Birubius and males of Japara bear enlarged and oddly shaped spines on article 5. The dactyl of pereopod 5 is usually well developed and in Pontharpinia has supernumerary marginal setae, but in Yan and 24 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Kulgaphoxus the dactyl becomes vestigial. Epimera: The shapes and armaments of the plates on the sides of pleonites 1-3 are so important to classification in this group of Australian species that we believe almost any adult can be identified to species by reference to epimera and a few other supporting characters. The epimera of primitive phoxocephalids might be envisioned as having marginal setae not only anteriorly, ventrally, and posteriorly but facially as well, if Tipimegus and Pontharpinia together can be considered to repre- sent the ancestral condition. Epimera 1-2 of the ordinary phoxocephalid each bears a facial ridge near the ventral margin but only in a few phoxocephalids do facial setae appear dor- sal to that ridge line. They are barely dorsal on epimeron 2 of Pontharpinia but fully so in many Tipimeginae. Facial setae are rare on epimeron 3 in species outside of the Australia-New Zealand area where they occur prevalantly in Ponthar- piniinae, Tipimeginae. and Birubiinae. In the Birubiinae the evolutionary trend is towards loss of both facial and marginal setae on epimera and this trend is characteristic of all other world Phoxo- cephalidae even in the Brolginae of Australia, a group characterized by the loss of all long setae on epimeron 3. Posterior marginal setae on epimera 1-2 are lost rapidly in most evolutionary sequences although they occur as far east as North America and may prove useful in tracing the ancestry of the American fauna. The crowding forward of facial setae below the lateral ridge in various species of Birubius is a useful taxonomic character. In Biru- bius special attention is devoted to the presence, absence, and size of a posterodorsal seta or setule on epimeron 3 in tracing phyletic descent. Pontharpinia bears a large posteroventral tooth on epimeron 3. This characteristic has been used by us as one of the starting points in delineating the evolution of the species groups in Birubius. This tooth is reduced or obliterated in most phoxo- cephalids though it crops up in various harpiniins and in the Waitangi group of the Tipimeginae. Urosome: Dorsal cuspidation of the body in phoxocephalids is rare and confined to the urosome. Kulgaphoxus and Tickalerus have a sharp dorsal hook on urosomite 3, which occurs also in Methar- pinia cornuta Schellenberg. The odd "Paraphoxus" vigitegus J. L. Barnard (1971) bears a dorsal hook on the urosome in a position presumed to be on urosomite 2. In that species and in many species of Birubius urosomites 1-2 are partially to fully fused together, a condition not otherwise common in the family. Lateral spination on the urosome appears to be of rare occurrence, having been found only in Birubius lorus and Trichophoxus capillatus. Ventral and ventrolateral setal brushes are common in Tipimeginae and a few other taxa and spines or setules are often found on urosomite 1 near the base of uropod 1. Conspicuous urosomal glands are seen in Kondoleus and Kulgaphoxus and in the former genus cause the urosome to bulge dorsally; meatal spouts also occur in Kondoleus. Uropods 1-2: These are very important in the generic classification of Phoxocephalidae. Basic uro- pods 1-2 have an elongate |>edunrle with widely spread dorsal spinosetation on both lateral and medial margins. The rami extend almost equally and are spinosc continuously to the apex. There is a general trend in advanced phoxo- cephalids to lose most of the medial and lateral spination or the peduncles so that the remnants are confined apit ally. Spines or setae generally become shorter and thicker. A subapical gap in dorsal spination of the rami on uropods 1-2 appears early in the evolutionary scheme but in almost every subfamily there is found a genus retaining almost continuous dorsal spination on one or more of the rami. Some of the Tipimeginae have 2 rows of dorsal spines on the inner ram us of uropod 1. In Birubius the remnants of continuous spination are marked in a few species by the presence of an acces- sory apical nail on one or more rami; and in the B. taldeus group this becomes vestigial and is termed an accessory setule. Apical nails are retained in many genera but in the most advanced Phoxo- cephalinae, for example, the apical nails are re- sorbed or so deeply immersed that they become almost indiscernible. The presence of basofacial setae on the peduncle of uropod 1 is primarily a valuable taxonomic feature of Birubius. The Tipimeginae are char- acterized by a ventral spike on the peduncle of uropod 1. In Pontharpiniinae, Tipimeginae, Brolginae, Parharpiniinae, and occasionally elsewhere, one of the apicomedial spines on the peduncle of uropod 1 becomes greatly enlarged and is shifted onto the apical margin disjunctly from the true inner mar- NUMBER 245 25 gin. We call this a "special enlarged spine." It is one of the main characters distinguishing Parhar- piniinae from Birubiinae. It has generic value in the former subfamily because in Protophoxus it occurs not medially but laterally. The peduncle of uropod 1 is shortened in Tipi- megus and the outer ramus of uropod 1 occasion- ally is shortened in the Phoxocephalinae. The inner ramus of uropod 2 becomes shortened and ulti- mately fused to the peduncle in Kotla, Kondoleus, and Matong. The spines on that uropod become very jewel-like in Kotla, but jewel-like spines are also seen in several of the undescribed genera in the eastern Pacific fauna. Combs on the rami of uropods 1-2 are an im- portant specific character in the Tipimeginae. In Brolginae and Phoxocephalinae apical combs on the peduncles of uropods 1-2 are important fea- tures but not universally distributed in those sub- families. Uropod 3: This is generally of the variramus type (Stock, 1971) in which the inner ramus of the female is shorter than the outer but is not fixed to a specific si/e ("feminine" form) and in the male the inner ramus elongates to match the outer ramus equally or subequally ("masculine" form). The inner ramus is poorly setose in juveniles and in adult females of many species though in other species it may be strongly setose. In males it be- comes heavily setose. The outer ramus usually bears a second article and in the female has sets of lateral spines in acclivities. In the male setae are present in addition to these spines. In primitive phoxo- cephalids article 2 of the outer ramus is of the elongate form, about 25 to 35 percent as long as article 1. This is generally similar to that of pre- sumed ancestral gammaroids. In advanced phoxo- cephalids such as Brolginae and Phoxocephalinae, setae and spines of uropod 3 become reduced but article 2 of the outer ramus is maintained in elongate form, whereas in other groups such as Birubiinae the setae are maintained but article 2 of the outer ramus becomes reduced in size. In genera such as Japara and male Matong, the second article is lost and in Kondoleus, Kotla, and Kulga- phoxus both rami of uropod 3 are also reduced to a size approximating the length of the peduncle. Apical setae on the outer ramus are reduced from the normal two to one in Brolgus but are increased to three in the Tipimeginae. Telson: The general shape, size, and degree of cleavage on the telson remain fairly stable in Phoxocephalidae though in some of the more ad- vanced groups such as Phoxocephalinae the telson becomes elongate. The spination patterns, however, have taxonomic significance at generic level. The ordinary phoxocephalid telson bears very few apical spines and setules and a pair of dorsolateral setules on each side, but the primitive phoxoceph- alid telson as represented by Pontharpiniinae, Tipimeginae, and Parharpiniinae and unnamed subfamilies of the eastern Pacific, has supernumer- ary dorsal and lateral spines or setae as are found in many of the presumed taxa of the ancestral gammaroid stock. Pontharpinia bears a large brush of dorsobasal setae on each side of the telson and the Parharpiniinae have extra dorsal setae or spines distinguishing them from the Birubiinae. The ordi- nary male phoxocephalid often has a single longi- tudinal row of tiny dorsal denticles on each lobe of the telson but primitive phoxocephalids in the Tipimeginae have these in broad patches. Some taxa have the dorsolateral setules shifted apically (Japara). Cuticle: The cuticle of ordinary phoxocephalids usually bears bulbar setules with moderately emer- gent bristles, often plumose, divided, or of ragged form. The actual surface is often faintly striate in the form of human fingerprint patterns (but not whorled); these striations have been examined with SEM and found to be the edges of long rows of overlapping scales. In various species of Birubius, Matong, and Kotla the cuticle becomes more com- plex by development of plaques around the bulbar setules. Parharpinia villosa has narrow pyramidal irruptions of the cuticle visible at low magnifica- tion. The ultimate non-skid cuticle is reached in such genera as Kondoleus where polygons are formed by an increasing density of overlapping scales to such an extent that they can be seen under low power microscopy and can be palpated by human touch. Well developed non-skid cuticle is associated both with species of clear fossorial mode (Parhar- pinia villosa) and with taxa bearing other morpho- logical advancements suggesting adaptation to an inquilinous mode (Kondoleus). Undoubtedly, electron microscopy will reveal a host of taxonomically significant structures in cuti- cles of amphipods and we trust that this will be- 26 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY come a routine procedure in the near future. In the views of cuticles we have taken, sufficient variation occurs, between the sexes of a species and between individuals of a species, to suggest that problems of age and elapsed time within an instar may be fac- tors to be considered in establishing the precise cuticular configuration. Proliferation of rudi- mentary bulbar setules may occur at or near sexual maturity, and at, near, or immediately after ecdysis; cuticular striations may be lost owing to edema just before ecdysis; scales may be best developed just prior to ecdysis; and ultimate body size may be positively associated with numbers of bulbar setules. The ordinary bulbar setule has an emergent plumose blade of length about equal to or slightly greater than the double follicular bulb from which Standard Description of Male Phoxocephalid (Mainly Birubius) Body slighter or smaller than in female; eyes greatly enlarged; article 1 of antenna 1 with medial patch of fuzz, ventral margin with additional setules; articles 3-4 of antenna 2 with dorsomedial fuzz, facial setae on article 3 shortened, ventral setae of articles 4-5 shorter and fewer than in female, article 5 and flagellum of antenna 2 elongate, furnished with calceoli; article 3 of mandibular palp with increased number of basofacial setae; setae on gnathopods and pereopods shorter and fewer than in female; article 2 of pereo- pod 5 and usually of pereopods 3-4 narrower than in female; epimera 1-3 usually broad- ened, posterior margins of epimera 1-2 pro- truding, posterior margin of epimeron 3 short- ened, setae often fewer; spines of uropods 1-2 smaller than in female, usually more numerous on peduncle of uropod 2, rami of uropod 3 "masculine," inner ramus elongate and setose on both margins, outer ramus with setae in addition to lateral spinosity of female; telson elongate, apical spines shortened, each lobe frequently with dorsal row of denticles; urosome smaller than in female; pleopods enlarged, peduncles powerful, peduncle of pleopod 3 conspicuously shortened. it grows, but length of the setule varies from species to species and from bulb to bulb on the same specimen. Several species have anomalous setules, branched or extremely short and scarcely emergent. MALE PHOXOCEPHALIDS.?Terminal male phoxo- cephalids differ from females in numerous sec- ondary sexual characteristics. In many cases prim- ary taxonomic characters also are modified so that the proper recognition of the two sexes of a species by taxonomists is occasionally obfuscated. Fully terminal males of several species are undescribed because samples of phoxocephalids obtained in bot- tom grabs often lack associated males of advanced age. Males apparently swim into the nekton of neritic waters, or become epibemhic, or are such powerful swimmers that they can escape grab de- vices descending towards the bottom. Neritic net hauls at night often contain male phoxocephalids but rarely females. Subadult males and "juvenile males" are com- monly found in the benthos. "Juvenile males" show the first external signs of sexual differentiation in a slight lengthening, due to proliferation of proximal articles, of the flagellum of the second antenna, and a slight increase in the size of the eyes. Apart from this, young males resemble the female, but the subadult males of some species are noticeably heavier bodied and rather larger than adult females of the same species from the same sample. Body conformation also changes greatly in the later in- stars, resulting, as a rule, in adult males of slighter build than the females. Details of transformation should be reserved for a more intensive project on the life histories of amphipods. The following morphological changes occur in males, but not all in any one taxon. Among those listed below are some believed to occur so con- sistently in male phoxocephalids that they have been incorporated into a standard male description (above) and then omitted from the specific descrip- tions of the males in this study: 1. Eyes enlarged, often so much so as to distend the head dorsally and laterally. 2. Modification of the rostrum, either thinner or shorter, occasionally more elongate. 3. Fuzz or pubescence, often composed clearly of aesthetascs, occurs medially on article 1 of antenna 1 and dorsomedially on articles 3-4 of antenna 2. 4. The ventral penicillate setules on article 1 of antenna 1 greatly increase in number. NUMBER 245 27 5. Aesthetascs occasionally become enlarged. 6. Calceoli develop on the primary flagellum of antenna 1 and on the flagellum of antenna 2 and often dorsally on article 5 of the peduncle on antenna 2. Usually one calceolus occurs on each of the first few articles of the primary flagellum of antenna 1 and upwards to 7 occur dorsally on article 5 of antenna 2. Clusters of male setae ac- company the calceoli of article 5, often more clus- ters than calceoli. Calceoli of antenna 2 are stated for at least one male of each species where known but these appear to be nondiagnostic at species level in the form we quote because right and left antennae may be in different phases of develop- ment; apparently male flagellar articles proliferate from article 1 and alternate in presence and ab- sence of a calceolus so that the formulas are vari- able within a species. Calceoli occur alternately to the penultimate article of the flagellum in fully terminal males but are rudimentary towards the apex in younger males. 7. The flagellar articles of antenna 2 proliferate and increase in length, thereby increasing the over- all length of antenna 2, often exceeding the body length. 8. Occasionally the upper lip becomes heavily cornified with the ventral margin becoming either less or more excavate than in the female. 9. Mandibular palp article 3 occasionally bears supernumerary setae on the inner margin, and the basofacial setae may become altered in number or length. 10. Minor changes in other mouthparts infre- quently occur, such as modification of the right lacinia mobilis and parts of maxilla 1 and the maxilliped. 11. Minor modifications in gnathopods and pereopods 1-2 often occur, such as reduction in numbers and lengths of setae. 12. Pereopods 3-5 are often modified to a small degree, article 2 of pereopod 5 usually becoming much narrower than in the female, less frequently so on pereopods 3?4; article 6 of pereopod 3, and especially of pereopod 4, becoming more elongate than in the female but other articles rarely modi- fied in proportion. 13. Males develop one penial process on each side of the seventh thoracic sternite just medial to the coxal articulation. 14. The pleopods become very powerful, with stout peduncles and enlarged rami bearing highly elongate setae; the peduncle of pleopod 3 in males usually is significantly shorter than that of pleopods 1-2. 15. While the pleosome becomes more powerful in male phoxocephalids the urosome usually dimin- ishes in size, becomes thinner dorsoventrally and often more elongate. Uropods 1-2 diminish in in size concordantly. 16. Epimera 1-3 are usually broadened antero- posteriorly and epimeron 3 occasionally is shortened posteriorly. The posterior margins of epimera 1-2 often are grossly protuberant and smoother than in the female, with setae on epimera 1-3 often de- creasing in length and number. 17. Uropods 1-2 usually undergo changes in the number and lengths of setae and spines, the most conspicuous modification being the proliferation and increase in length of spines on the peduncle of uropod 2. The spines on the inner ramus of uropod 2 are occasionally reduced or lost com- pletely. 18. Uropod 3 of female phoxocephalids outside of Australia usually has the inner ramus quite short and poorly setose. In most Australian species the female inner ramus is elongate more or less as in the male, but males usually have the inner ramus even more elongate, well exceeding article 1 of the outer ramus and usually far more setose; the outer ramus is either more setose or actually bears setae as well as spines (noting that some females also have setae). 19. The telson is usually more elongate and occa- sionally broader than in females, the apical spines are shortened and a long irregular row or linear patch of denticles develops dorsally and basally near the midline of each lobe. MINOR ATTRIBUTES.?The following characteris- tics are relegated to a low level of importance. Though most of them are illustrated for many species they are often consistent from species to species in a genus and unless yariability occurs they are omitted from discussion in the sections "Observations" and "Illustrations" when they have not been illustrated for a particular taxon. Because most cases of illustrative and descriptive omission occur in the diverse genus Birubius the following list of characters and comments primarily concerns that genus. Size or shape of cephalic protrusions adjacent to 28 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY eye and depth or shape of anteroventral corner of head are mostly illustrated but, because of head deformation after preservation and difficulty in replication of precise angles of observation, these characters have low taxonomic value. Minute mar- ginal setae on the dorsal view of the rostrum are omitted. Medial views of antennae are omitted except in the case of an occasional article 1 of antenna 1 of a male to show the medial patch of fuzz. Article 1 of antenna 1 in the female bears a midapical facial (lateral) setule; midapical setules of articles 2-3 are few in number (3-4 each). The distalmost seta on the lateral face of article 3 on antenna 2 is usually much longer than the prox- imal seta. Proximal spine groups on the lateral face of article 4 on antenna 2 are accompanied by an accessory setule that is always illustrated but not counted in the spine formulas and otherwise ac- corded no great taxonomic value. Ventral setal groups usually have the subbasal pair of plusetules omitted or reduced in prominence in the illustra- tions, or are often hidden medially. Foreshortening of facial spines is ignored. The apex on the flagellum of male antenna 2 bears one elongate seta and a short setule. The gland cone is hidden between the juncture of articles 2 and 3. The prebuccal complex is usually illustrated but de- scribed if not illustrated: the lateral view is gener- ally uniform in Australian species, any exceptions are noted, the anterior view is variable from species to species (see p. 13). The full body of the man- dible with attached palp is omitted, the palpar hump either being illustrated or described. Setules between mandibular raker spines are deemphasized and the texture of mandibular molars (extremely weak in any event), is ignored. Numerous views of the right lacinia mobilis (usually drawn from an aspect attained when the raker spines are fully extended), have been eliminated. Poor preservation and fleshiness of lower lips reduces their value in distinguishing taxa except for the presence or absence of meatal cones. Except where mentioned the outer plate of maxilla 1 is furnished with 11 spines in 2 groups of 6 and 5, the smaller group with outer bifid apices, and spine 2 of 6-group (second from lateral margin) thickened. Departures from normal include reduction to 9 or 7 spines. Right and left palps of maxilla 1 are approxi- mately similar. Fuzz striations or seriate ranks on maxillipedal palp article 4 are ommitted. "Or- dinary" gnathopods denote gnathopod 1 slightly longer and thinner in apical parts than gnathopod 2, and radical departure is so described, often in the main body of the description. The precise shape of crenulations on the palms of gnathopods has not been depicted. Coxae are taller than broad, coxae 1-4 with a small anteroventral bulbar setule, coxa 4 with additional small posteroventral bulbar setule. Departures occur mainly in those few species with the setule not clearly bulbar or in the pres- ence of supernumerary setules on coxa 4. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 is furnished with a short spine contiguous to the main apical spine. Pereopod 2 is usually not illustrated but in the main descrip- tion setal formulas on articles 4-5 of pereopods 1-2 are quoted. Except where severaly altered, dactyls of pereopods 3-5 have been ignored, al- though they have setules and protrusions similar to those found on pereopods 1-2 but in a degree of miniaturization. The ventral and posterior margins of article 2 on pereopods 5-5 are termed naked unless some of the setules have become elongate setae. Pleopods have been omitted en- tirely. Our assessment of certain characters may have been defective. Plumes and disjunct spines on mandibular molars or cuticular setules and orna- ments are so small as to be at the limits of light microscopy. Ventral setules on article 1 of antenna 1 are often damaged and subject to interpretation as to how far ventrally a setule must be placed to be included. Denticles on male telsons have not been studied with oil-immersion microscopy as the denticles are so small that superior results probably will be obtained with scanning electron micro- scopy. Long descriptive essays on spine and setal lengths and subtleties in shapes and sizes of other parts are generally omitted, although these subtleties are occasionally invoked to make comparisons between species. Setal plumosities are omitted in the vast majority of the illustrations. Discernible by re- fracted light in microscopic views they are too fine for accurate rendition. The presence or absence of plumes on certain setal groups on various appen- dages may someday be useful in studies of cryptic or sibling speciation but this aspect has not been pursued except in the Tipimeginae. Considerable success in detecting distinct but closely similar species has been possible with other characters. NUMBER 245 29 An understanding of "microspeciation" must come from studies utilizing vast materials from wide geographic ranges. SENILITY.?Amphipods apparently are subject to the exigencies of senility, surviving beyond useful reproductive stages and undergoing terminal dis- placements of morphology, perhaps in a final ecdy- sis. Several specimens in the collections supply weak evidence that these terminal anomalies may occur in reproductive adults as well as postparturative individuals. Extremely large adults are called "superfemales" or "superadults" and those with aberrancies, espe- cially the loss of brood plates, are termed "seniles." Superadults are most easily recognized because of gigantism; they may be 20-50 percent greater in body length than ordinary adults and, of course, are much more massive. In the literature they have often been called "intersexes," but that term is re- stricted herein to those individuals bearing both penes and brood plates. No special search for inter- sexes has been conducted in this study although 2 specimens of Birubius with both sexual character- istics have been found. Superadults often provide taxonomic difficulties because of character displacement or character con- vergence towards the typologically separated ordi- nary individuals of similar species. Occasional mu- seum collections are dominated by such individuals in certain species because they are large, easily seen with the naked eye and have been handpicked from massive samples while the less conspicuous adults of ordinary size have been discarded. Massive sam- ples screened through wide meshes often contain mostly superadults of amphipods. Because of fine- ness of screening, the survey samples of Western Port and Port Phillip Bay contain only a few super- adults in proportion to normal adults thereby indi- cating that they are an insignificant part of the populations of phoxocephalids in those bays. These superadults have usually been avoided herein as typological models for taxonomic exposition but frequently the complications of their morphological anomalies to the orderly identification of species are mentioned. For this reason they appear to occur more prominently in this study than they actually do in nature. SUMMARY OF TAXONOMIC EVALUATIONS.?The evolutionary trend within the Phoxocephalidae matches that of other groups of amphipods and that of the order as a whole. Hypothetically, phoxo- cephalids commence in primitive state as fully de- veloped fossorial organisms of large size with stout body, heavily spinose and thickened antennae and pereopods, and heavily spinose uropods. Then they undergo the following modifications in various evo- lutionary lines: reduction in fossorial mechanisms through decrease in body size, streamlining of pereopods, and reduction in spinosity. Primitive gnathopods are a fully diverse pair with gnathopod 2 enlarged and its article 5 shortened, but the most advanced members of most subfamilies have gnath- opod 2 reduced in size and beginning to assume the appearance of gnathopod 1. In some groups pygid- ization is occurring, to wit, the loss of complexity and articulation in the urosome through fusion of urosomites or the inner ramus of uropod 2 to the peduncle. One genus, Joubinella, has become fully nektonic and other joubinellins may be in the proc- ess of adapting to the inquilinous or commensalistic mode in benthic habitats. Phoxocephalid Environment PHOXOCEPHALIDAE IN AUSTRALIA.?Phoxocepha- lidae are a dominantly fossorial group of Amphi- poda with limited neritic phases. Both females and immature males are mainly benthic burrowers on coastal shelf sediments that have size ranges in median diameters of 0.12 to 0.93 pjn. Phoxocepha- lids appear to be highly sensitive to any conditions outside of the open sea and therefore are rarely reported from embayments regardless of salinities. Their primary evolutionary habitat has been on the fine grained sediments of fully marine coastal shelves (distributional data, J. L. Barnard, 1960). Secondarily, Phoxocephalidae have been found on intertidal sediments (for example, Microphoxus minimus in Panama, J. L. Barnard, 1960) and occa- sionally occur in intertidal samples of dominant epiflora where they probably burrow into tiny patches of trapped sediment (J. L. Barnard, 1969b). The discovery of 16 genera and 54 species of phoxocephalids in two embayments of Victoria is of considerable interest in light of previous knowl- edge about phoxocephalid ecology. In the sparse records (Reish and Barnard, 1967, Barnard and Reish, 1959, J. L. Barnard, 1964a, Bousfield, 1973) no such similar embayment has ever been reported to contain more than two or three species of phoxo- 30 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY cephalids. No other part of the world has such an abundance of phoxocephalids in the shallow open sea as does Australia, the next highest number being the 21 species of California. No unusual features have been discovered about the environment of Port Phillip Bay and Western Port to explain the high diversity of phoxocephalids in those confined waters. By the standards known for other world embayments one might describe the Australian bays as "species packed." Not only do these embayments contain many phoxocephalids but they contain many other amphipods as well. More than 150 species have already been identified (only partly published as yet, see also J. L. Barnard, 1972a, 1974; M. M. Drummond in preparation). This number approximates the total number of shallow-water amphipod species in the entire warm- temperate province of western North America and far exceeds the 45 species found in Bahia de San Quintfn, Mexico, by J. L. Barnard (1964a), an em- bayment somewhat similar to Western Port. The two bays of Victoria lie in the cool-temperate (but not cold-temperate) Maugean province that in- cludes Tasmania (Bennett and Pope, 1953, 1960, Knox, 1963). Thermal levels taken by the WPBES investigation in upper waters of adjacent Bass Strait varied between 13.0? (winter) and 19.6?C (summer) over the seasons. In Western Port water tempera- tures varied between 10? and 21? but in shallower waters they were 9.6? and 22.4? and on mudflats 7.8? and 29?. In Port Phillip Bay between 1947 and 1952 the means ranged between 7?-8? (winter) and 20? (summer) (Rochford, 1966). These values sug- gest a cool but appropriately categorized warm- temperate regime if the definition is limited to thermal 10?-20?C for 9 months of the year. This is the definition used in amphipod biogeography by J. L. Barnard (1962, 1969a, 1972b). Port Phillip Bay is a large, ovate bay of about 1950 km2, produced into a long western arm, and with a narrow entrance 3.22 km wide. Its maximum depth, occurring in a small area just inside the en- trance, is about 91 m, but average depth is very much less, and more than one-half of the total area is less than 14 m deep. The bottom is generally without major relief, sloping fairly evenly towards a large central area with depths in the vicinity of 22 m. Sediments are mainly clay and silty clay in the central area, sand in the east and sooth*, with sedi- ments intermediate between these in the northwest. Macroscopic vegetation is fairly sparse except around the periphery of the bay on submerged rocky outcrops (PPBES Report on Phase 1, 1968-71, Melbourne). Cell concentrations of phytoplankton are not extraordinary. Water circulation in the bay is slow, and total flushing takes five months. Salin- ity levels are very close to those of the open sea. Despite this wholly unextraordinary environ- ment, there is sufficient environmental diversity to enable at least 12 genera and 32 species of phoxo- cephalids to occupy this small body of water. Western Port is a much smaller, complex, tidal embayment, about 1500 km3 in area, which includes two large islands, the southernmost of which is so placed that it divides the wide entrance into two channels?the narrow Eastern, and the wider West- ern, Entrance. The freshwater and sediment input from the hinterland is very small. The water area covers 680 km-, of which imertidal flats and sand and mud banks account for 35 percent. The coast- line, including the islands, is 263 km long. Sediment is predominantly medium and fine sand, mixed with varying proportions of clay (Marsden and Mallett, 1975). Compared with Port Phillip Bay, the bottom is in much sharper relief; complex water movements result in more varied sediment in the larger chan- nels. Geologically, too, the areas are dissimilar (Marsden and Mallett, 1975). Dense beds of seagrasses cover about 38 percent (260 km2) of the total area of the bottom of Western Port. Zostera muelleri and Heterozostera tasmanica extend over most of the intertidal flats; Amphibolous antarctica is confined to a comparatively small area in the main channel. Mangroves (Avicennia marina), with salt marsh swamps, line 40 percent of the 263 km of coastline and occupy an area of 12.1 km2. It is suggested (WPBES Report, 1975) that the great extent of these two communities, seagrass and mangrove, could significantly influence nutrient cycling and productivity in the bay. In light of the significant proportion of biotic dominance by seagrasses, marshes, and mangroves, and our knowledge of similar embayments such as Morro Bay, California (Reish and Barnard, 1967), Newport Bay, California (Barnard and Reish, 1959), and Bahia de San Quintin (J. L. Barnard, 1964a), the Amphipoda should be heavily domi- nated (80 percent) by epifaunal rather than in- NUMBER 245 31 faunal kinds. When contrasted with this expecta- tion, the percent of infauna in the Australian embay- ments appears strikingly high: we record 49 species and 15 genera of phoxocephalids from Western Port but have found only 70 species of 35 epifaunal or nestling genera. At least 17 other species in 15 genera of infaunal or free living, nondomicolous amphipods have also been collected in Western Port. Amphipoda generally appear to be more diverse in southern Australia than in any other well studied marine area (J. L. Barnard, 1969a). More than 300 species (including those presented herein) have been reported from this area (Sheard, 1937, J. L. Bar- nard, 1972a, 1974) and yet only a few families such as the Dexaminidae and Phoxocephalidae have been studied extensively in a modern context. At least 50 family groups remain poorly studied and will undoubtedly be found to contain hundreds more of unknown species. The high diversity of amphipods in southern Australia suggests that the overall aspect of the time-stability hypothesis (Sanders, 1969) is operable in southern Australia but also that a factor of in- cremental allopatric evolution must be integrated into the system. The warm- and cool-temperate Aus- tralian environment remains sufficiently steady over long periods of time and is adequately diverse to accumulate and preserve numerous species; but those species must evolve and be naturally selected. Such events producing new species require incre- ments of instability sufficient to isolate populations without damaging the general biotic stability neces- sary to maintain the species already in existence. Four kinds of isolation can be suggested. The wide water distance between eastern Australia and the predominantly warm-temperate fauna of New Zealand is a possible divisory pathway. The enor- mous distance between western and eastern Aus- tralia separated by the environmentally undiverse Australian Bight represents another isolating me- chanism. If Lake Dieri flooded southern and mid- dle Australia during Pliocene times, its runoff to the sea could have further deteriorated an already poorly diverse environment. The amphipod fauna of southwestern Australia (J. L. Barnard, 1972a, 1974) has many insular characteristics. It resembles the fauna of New Zealand more than that of southeast- ern Australia, thereby suggesting that it is func- tionally isolated to some degree and may provide a place, especially during elevated sealevels, where division of pan-Australian populations may occur. Finally, southeastern Australia has, or has had in the past, numerous anchialine salt lakes such as Lake King, almost fully disjunct from the sea but providing environments in which amphipods, such as Limnoporeia kingi, can survive and perhaps be isolated for time sufficient to permit speciation. Fluctuating sealevels would allow for isolation and rejoining of these lakes to the sea. BIOCEOCRAPHY OF PHOXOCEPHALIDAE (Figure 6).? The compilation of genera and species in Figure 6 elucidates the dispersal of Phoxocephalidae from an evolutionary center in Australia to other parts of the world by disregarding early continental aggregation. Data enclosed in boxes represent deep- sea species for major ocean areas. Other data refer to shallow-water phoxocephalids. The Magellanic region and Falkland Islands represent one area, the remainder of Antarctica, including the South Georgia Islands (not included in Figure 6 but in- dicated by an arrowhead on lower left margin), represents a second area in the south. Other areas are self evident. Paraphoxus oculatus is considered to be a deep-water form. Shallow-water Phoxocephalidae appear to be more abundant and more diverse in Australia than in any other part of the world. This broad state- ment must be tempered strongly by the fact that many areas of the world have either never been explored adequately, or at all, for phoxocephalids. Two areas, the northeastern Atlantic and southern California, have been explored minutely but phoxocephalids in the eastern Atlantic are about one eighth as diverse as in Australia and in the southern California area about one third as diverse as in Australia. The Okhotsk Sea has been studied extensively with the conclusion that phoxocephalids are sparse there. Only two species occur in South Africa, another area now minutely explored. The numer- ous publications on Indian and Ceylonese am- phipods report only one species from those tropical shores. Antarctic and Magellanic regions have been widely studied but the number of reported phoxo- cephalids is fairly low; there is the possibility that survey techniques there failed to recover soft bottom amphipods in proportions equal to those from other habitats. The Magellanic region ap- SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 6.?World dispersal of Phoxocephalidae from Australian center (C = genera. S species. E - endemic species (where pertinent to text), numerals indicate number of genera or species). pears to be a major stopover on the long dispersal journey from Australia to the Californias and would be expected to have at least as many genera and species as does California (see Figure 6). Nevertheless, there is no evidence, other than in Magellanic South America, that phoxocephalids will be found elsewhere in terms of the vast abun- dance now known in Australia. Phoxocephalidae in the tropical shallows of the Indo-Pacific region are sparse and apparently dominated by the subfamily Phoxocephalinae as is the case in Madagascar or by Mandibulophoxus in India. The muddy east tropical Pacific shallows have representatives mainly of Birubiinae such as "Paraphoxus" floridanus or Microphoxus but the Galapagos Islands have a shallow-water species of Proharpinia, the northernmost oculate shallow- water member of Harpiniinae except for Hetero- phoxus oculatus which penetrates North American waters as far as Oregon. The California warm-temperate province and its neighbors to the north and south support a rich phoxocephalid fauna dominated by Birubiinae and by species such as "Paraphoxus" fatigans and "P." daboius (which probably should be removed to a new subfamily once the several new genera con- taining these species are described). None is a member of Birubius. Many of the eastern Pacific species in the undescribed subfamily bear weakly ensiform antenna 2 and one group carries tri- chophoxin gnathopods and has weakly enlarged article 3 on pereopod 5 but otherwise is distinct from trichophoxins. These groups are furnished with the elongate article 2 of antenna 1 suggesting relationship to birubiins rather than to brolgins but several species have reduced spination on the mandibular molars as in brolgins "Paraphoxus" cognatus appears to belong to a new genus probably allied to paraphoxins. California is therefore dom- inated by Birubiinae and a second new subfamily allied to Birubiinae, but, unlike Australia, it has few shallow-water paraphoxins and only one shallow-water harpiniin (Heterophoxus oculatus). The Magellanic and Antarctic sectors appear to have four brolgins (WildusT fuegiensis, Parharpinia obliqua, P. rotundifrons, Pontharpinia uncinata [the last three of indeterminant generic placement]); two birubiins (Metharpinia longirostris and M.T cornuta [probably distinct generically]); one par- harpiniin {Parharpinia sinuata); two species of Heterophoxus; two species of Proharpinia; and one species of Coxophoxus. The influence of brolgins from Australia is evident and the only parharpiniin to be recorded outside of Australia NUMBER 245 occurs in the Magellanic sector. Shallow-water harpiniins are also a predominant group here, the only place outside of the Galapagos Islands, New Zealand, northern Atlantic, or northwestern America where this group lives on coastal shelves. New Zealand probably has a rich phoxocephalid element. Nine species in eight genera, (of which only five are established) have already been de- scribed. The fauna of New Zealand is strongly related to that of Australia as shown by the occur- rence of Trichophoxus, a sibling genus of Tipi- megus; Protophoxus, a partner of Parharpinia; two genera represented by Waitangi rakiura, Para- phoxus chelatus, and P. spinibasus, again repre- senting trichophoxins; a brolgin, U'ildus waipiro; Paraphoxus pyripes, which appears to belong to a new genus of unknown affinity perhaps related to parharpiniins or brolgins; and one species each of Phoxocephalus and Proharpinia. The latter har- piniin reflects the subantarctic, non-Australian ele- ment in New Zealand. The northwestern Pacific shallows, including Japan and the Okhotsk Sea, have eight species primarily of birubiins in several new genera, plus one brolgin. The relationship to the northeastern Pacific is strong. The origins of this group, either across tropical shallows from Australia or against the prevailing southeastward oceanic drift from America, are obscure. Western Atlantic shallows are poorly explored except in the.New England area. The cold north has the predominantly north Atlantic Phoxo- cephalus holbolli and, apart from seven species of Harpinia, the other two known species ("Para- phoxus" epistomus and "P." spinosus) have siblings found in the eastern Pacific Ocean, suggesting that they passed through the mid-American isthmus in an eastward and northward direction. The northeastern Atlantic Ocean and Mediter- ranean Sea are well studied but generically impov- erished. Only Metaphoxus, Phoxocephalus, and Harpinia live in those seas. Harpinia is the domi- nant genus and is probably endemic to the area or, at most, has escaped by a polar route to high lati- tudes of the north Pacific. Harpinia is one of the most advanced and specialized genera of phoxo- cephalids; apparently its origins lie in the sub- antarctic harpiniin stock and its migration occurred via a bathyal pathway (as indicated by its blind- ness). The deep seas are dominated by blind harpiniins and a few other genera mainly of the subfamily Phoxocephalinae. Joubinella is found in bathy- pelagic waters but net tows through upper bathy- pelagic and neritic waters often capture nektonic males of various brolgin and phoxocephalin genera. In summary, the great diversity of phoxocepha- lids in Australia, the limited generic diversity and great morphological advancement of phoxocepha- lids in the northeastern Atlantic, and the domi- nance of the deep sea by harpiniins whose shallow- water representatives today live mainly in Sub- antarctica, suggest that Phoxocephalidae underwent their major subfamilial elaboration in the southern hemisphere and are in the process of invading fav- orable environments of the northern hemisphere. They may be meeting stiff competition from other fossorial families such as urothoids, pontoporeiids, and oedicerotids and may have withdrawn to some extent against an outward flow of those groups; but this appears unlikely in view of the fact that a subantarctic group of blind harpiniins has popu- lated deep sublittoral waters of the northeastern Atlantic. This odd occurrence suggests that the pathway for this immigration may have been the deep sea. Few oculate phoxocephalids have managed to overcome whatever barriers exist to keep them out of the northeastern Atlantic via a shallow-water route from the south. One of those has defective eyes {Phoxocephalus holbolli) and therefore may have moved along a bathyal route. One assumes that the Magellanic fauna is a de- scendant of the Australian fauna through the West Wind Drift or from original Gondwana connec- tions. From South America, phoxocephalids could have moved into the Antarctic and northward through the constricted east Pacific tropics charac- terized by muddy shores and upwelling. The west coast of the Americas therefore appears to have been a favorable pathway for phoxocepha- lids to move northward and to populate the Cali- fornias richly. Some of those species have close rela- tionships with the Japan-Okhotsk sector and may have immigrated from that region; but the opposite migratory path is more plausible than a path from Australia through east Asian seas. Several species passed into the western Atlantic during the opening of isthmian waterways. Phoxocephalids have not succeeded in the tropics except in Madagascar and in the muds of the east- 34 ern Pacific. South Africa has been strongly isolated from phoxocephalids. The west coast of Africa and lower latitudes of South America are poorly known. In so many distribution patterns of this kind where fossil evidence is lacking one may hypothesize two striking alternatives: (1) the Phoxocephalidae are now being constrained into a relict position and are surviving best in the deep sea, in the otherwise impoverished areas (for amphipods) such as the northeastern Pacific, or in highly isolated regions such as warm-temperate Australia and cold- temperate South America; or (2) the Phoxocephali- dae are a relatively youthful group blossoming in the southern hemisphere, and are in the process of immigrating into the northern hemisphere and in- vading the relatively youthful and very cold deep seas. Morphologically, phoxocephalids appear to be very advanced and efficient organisms, of late origin. Though fossorial, they, unlike any ha us tori ids or few pontoporeiids and urothoids, have both invaded the deep sea and developed numerous species of reduced fossorial appearance which may be adapted to a semifossorial role in their habitats. Not only the severe reduction of rostra but especially the development of non-skid cuticle in several of the Australian taxa suggest that the family is beginning to move out of its primarily fossorial role into an ecological position broadly known as inquilinous. Phoxocephalid Evolution ORIGIN OF PHOXOCEPHALIDAE.?Phoxocephalidae appear to have their closest direct morphological resemblance to Ponto-Caspian genera of the Gam- maridae (sensu lato) and somewhat more remote resemblance to the haustoriid-urothoid-pontoporeiid group of families. A cluster of genera to be called Pontogammarids and comprising genera such as Niphargoides Sars, Niphargogammarus Birstein, Uroniphargoides Stock, Compactogammarus Stock, Obesogammarus Stock, Paraniphargoides Stock, and Pontogammarus Sowinsky represent the focus of this discussion. Other genera belong to this group but lie outside the needs of the discussion. The group has been revised taxonomically by Stock (1974). The Pontogammarids appear to contain the fol- lowing attributes suggesting an evolutionary de- scent towards phoxocephalids: (1) fossorial pereo- pods 1-5; (2) shortened article 2 of antenna 1 with SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY apicoventral setation; (3) rich development of peni- cillate setules ventrally on article 1 of antenna 1; (4) elongate accessory flagellum; (5) reduction in size of article 3 of antenna 2; (6) dominance of antenna 2 by articles 4-5 of the peduncle but with a weakly expressed phoxocephalid tendency for reduction in article 5; (7) expansion of article 1 on antenna 2; (8) retention of the enlarged gna- thopod 2 with shortness of article 5: (9) shape and setation of pereopods 1-2; (10) expansion of article 2 on pereopod 5 with facial setation, often in the form of discrete setular bundles; (11) pres- ence of facial setae on epimera; (12) continuous dorsal spination or at least the presence of acces- sory apical nails on the rami of uropods 1-2; (IS) dominance of the outer ramus on uropod 3, with a distinct second article and somewhat to greatly shortened and subsidiary inner ramus, the rami elongate and lanceolate; (14) deeply cleft telson; (15) well developed inner lobes of the lower lip; (16) reduction of setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1 (infrequent). Not all of these are characteristic of all Ponto- Caspian genera cited. In Niphargogammarus, for example, a protophoxocephalid morphology is re- flected in the shortened article 3 of antenna 2, the well expanded article 2 of pereopod 5, and the shape of antenna 1. In Compactogammarus, an- tennae 1-2, mandibles (in the loss of C and D setae, see Stock 1974), and pereopod 5 are significant in this context, gnathopod 2 only weakly. All Phoxocephalidae differ from Ponto-Caspian gammaroids in the development of a rostrum, though this has become reduced in highly derived genera or species which can be linked hypotheti- cally to fully rostrate ancestors. All phoxocephalids have shortened articles 4-6 of pereopod 5 and article 2 extends even more distally and posteriorly than in Ponto-Caspian gammaroids. The phoxo- cephalid mandibular palp lacks an expanded apex on article 3. In no phoxocephalid is article 5 lobed on gnathopod 2 whereas all pontogammarids have a medium to strong lobe. Most phoxocephalids carry gills on pereonite 7 but one subfamily, Tipi- meginae, and the genus Limnoporeia, often lack these gills. No phoxocephalid bears a submarginal oblique row of setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1 but some of the more advanced pontogammarids have also lost these setae. The inner plate of maxilla 1 in phoxocephalids always lacks medial setae and NUMBER 245 35 rarely has more than 4 apical setae. All phoxo- cephalids bear facial spines on article 4 of antenna 2, though in the more advanced members these often become highly distal and scarcely facial. Only one pontogammarid, a species of Niphargo- gammarus, is known to have facial spines on arti- cle 4 of antenna 2. We hypothesize that a model ancestor of phoxo- cephalids would bear a fully triturative molar and enlarged gnathopod 2, similar to primitive gam- maroids, many pontogammarids, and to primitive living phoxocephalids, which we have identified as Pontharpinia. The enlarged gnathopod 2, however, is rapidly reduced in most phoxocephalid lines of evolution and even in several pontogammarids. Only five genera of phoxocephalids have a fully triturative molar: Pontharpinia, Phoxocephalus, Leptophoxoides, Joubinella, and Jerilderia and each of these also has an enlarged gnathopod 2; but in all of them article 5 is especially short, un- lobed and essentially cryptic, unlike that of any pontogammarid. Neither Phoxocephalus nor Jeril- deria can be considered close to the ancestral type because of the loss of segmentation in the palp of maxilla 1. Joubinella is a highly adapted nektonic genus, and Leptophoxoides is an apomorphic abyssal genus with heavily modified maxilla 2 and maxilliped. Pontharpinia comes closer to the ancestral grade than do the other extant genera because of the biarticulate palp on maxilla 1, the supernumerary setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1, the fully setose maxilla 2 (but lacking oblique facial row), the fully developed maxilliped, the rich setosity of the mandibular palp (but C and D setae absent), the presence of more than 2 setae or spines on article 3 of antenna 2, the absence of cones on the lower lip, the presence of facial setae in bundles on pereopod 5, the somewhat elongate articles 4-6 of pereopod 5, the presence of setosity on article 2 of pereopods 3-4, the presence of facial setae on epimeron 3, the apically spinose rami of uropods 1?2, and like many other primitive Australian phoxocephalids but not necessarily like ponto- gammarids, the fully magniramus uropod 3 with elongate and setose inner ramus in the female. The telson of Pontharpinia is heavily specialized and divergent from pontogammarids and other phoxo- cephalids. As has been noted above, in those genera of phoxocephalids with enlarged gnathopod 2, article 5 is nonlobate, and as in Pontharpinia, is usually cryptic, unlike any pontogammarids. If phoxo- cephalids with enlarged gnathopod 2 are considered to be those genera with strongest ancestral links, then the more advanced phoxocephalids generally have undergone a reversion to the elongate con- dition of article 5 concomitant with reduction in size of gnathopod 2. This condition is similar to many gammaroids and those few pontogammarids with reduced gnathopod 2. Phoxocephalids have many characters in com- mon with one or more genera of haustoriids, ponto- poreiids, and urothoids (the term "haustorioid" is used hereafter for this group of families). All haustorioids are characterized by reduced, almost mitten-shaped gnathopods; none bears the enlarged gnathopod 2 seen in various primitive phoxo- cephalids. Most phoxocephalids bear somewhat broadened hands with well developed dactyls fitting the palms, except for the Tipimeginae and a new genus typified by "Paraphoxus" variatus. Few haus- torioids (except Zobracho) have a rostrum as well developed as that found in Phoxocephalidae. Haustorioids and phoxocephalids share similar fossorial pereopods, antennae, and uropods but no haustorioid is admitted to the Phoxocephalidae because of the specific combination of the following characters in Phoxocephalidae: visor-like rostrum with expanded, deltoid article 2 of pereopod 5, and shortened stenopodous articles 4-6. No haus- torioid bears precisely the kind of triturative man- dibular molar found in primitive phoxocephalids (no pontogammarid bears this kind either), whereas a few haustorioids bear the enlarged kind found in pontogammarids or have an immensely enlarged and fuzzy molar. Many haustorioids have variously modified coxae whereas the coxae of Phoxocepha- lidae fit a consistent, almost invariable basic pat- tern. Many haustorioids have fully setose inner plates of maxilla 1 and have the oblique facial row of setae on the inner plate of maxilla 2. A few haustorioids carry facial spines on article 4 of antenna 2. Several have poorly cleft or greatly shortened telsons and pontogammarid-like man- dibular palps or shortened accessory flagella. Although phoxocephalids, pontoporeiids, haus- toriids, and urothoids may have a common ancestry and this ancestral line may have proceeded out- ward from a gammarid precursor similar to the 36 pontogammarid form, the direct linkages between phoxocephalids and haustorioids (sensu lato) have not been preserved in the modern fauna (as known at this time). Phoxocephalids generally retain plesiomorphic gnathopods, whereas haustorioids retain plesiomorphic maxillae on which numerous specializations have been superimposed. Despite the vast degree of convergence among the various groups, almost every genus of both phoxocephalids and haustorioids can be compared minutely and found to have characters which prevent a simple, parsimonious, incremental evolutionary system to be erected between the groups. For example, Uro- thoe is furnished with a rostral area and pereopod 5 of incipient phoxocephalid character but the mandibular incisors are highly apomorphic, where- as phoxocephalids invariably possess plesiomorphic incisors. A model ancestor can be hypothesized to diverge into both phoxocephalids and urothoids, or into pontoporeiids and phoxocephalids; but this ances- tor remains as close morphologically to ponto- gammarids as it does to pontoporeiids, urothoids, or phoxocephalids. The conclusion is reached that erection of a model ancestor for phoxocephalids within those groups, or extrapolation from Phoxo- cephalidae of an ancestor for haustorioids is fruit- less in light of present knowledge. Ancestry in organisms like pontogammarids for at least ponto- poreiids and phoxocephalids remains the most parsimonious solution in light of known mor- phology. The relationship of Phoxocephalidae to Ponto- Caspian gammarids is tenuous geographically. The nearby Mediterranean Sea and eastern Atlantic Ocean are greatly impoverished of Phoxocephalidae; apparently all eastern Atlantic phoxocephalids are highly advanced members of the family. If phoxo- cephalids did descend from early pontogammarids the thesis must be proposed that a pontogammarid escaped eastward through a Tethyan seaway to an Australian-like environment highly remote from the Ponto-Caspian basin and Mediterranean Sea. Many increments of evolution then took place, but the ensuing barrier between the Ponto-Caspian Basin and the phoxocephalid center has prevented more than a token return of phoxcephalids into the adjoining modern sea basins. This barrier was probably a complex of thermal, competitive, and geographic elements. Perhaps drying of the Medi- SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY terranean basin in the Pliocene extinguished any surviving links between pontogammarids and phoxocephalids, although other groups such as sarothrogammarids survived in the trans-Gibraltar eastern Atlantic (J. L. Barnard, in prep.). The modern position of continents and thermal regimes stretches credibility that phoxocephalids, which appear primarily adapted to nontropical environments, could pass easily from the south warm-temperate through the tropical regime to northern cool waters. One might therefore suppose that the protophoxocephalids would have had an equally difficult time passing from Ponto-Caspian regions into the southern hemisphere, and there- fore one might suggest that the events required positions of continents and mild (not torrid) thermal regimes conducive to a continuous environ- mental pathway from the Ponto-Caspian basins to the Australian regime. Modern environments do not appear favorable to widespread dispersal of phoxocephalids away from Australia, suggesting that the attenuated faunas of many areas are the result of a coincidence between the major events in phoxocephalid evolu- tion in Australia and environmental conditions more or less similar to those now prevailing. Phoxocephalids are burrowers. Shallow-water species might be expected to have more difficulties in dispersing by rafted materials than nestling or domicolous amphipods. Although the West Wind Drift is a good transporting mechanism and may have brought about a connection between Aus- tralia and South America, the physical difficulties encountered by a fossorial amphipod in such a migration must be enormous. Dispersal of shallow- water phoxocephalids is probably hampered by long sea distances and torrid tropical waters which suggest that Australia moved into its present posi- tion and marine environmental regime after the protophoxocephalid reached those shores but be- fore much outward dispersal of the group had oc- curred. The poor return of phoxocephalids from Australia to the northern hemisphere suggests that the Australia-South America connection through Africa in the time of Gondwanaland persisted long after the arrival of phoxocephalids. The very impoverished situation in South Africa today and the sparse fauna of South America, how- ever, suggest either that Australia was already iso- lated before the phoxocephalid arrival and that NUMBER 245 37 modern distributions reflect dispersal across wide water gaps, or that once split away from Australia, South African and South American sublittoral zones deteriorated environmentally. EVOLUTIONARY DESCENT IN PHOXOCEPHALIDAE (Figure 7).?If Pontharpinia is taken as a model approaching the primitive phoxocephalid, the lines of descent to various more advanced subfamilies are marked by the following trends. Tipimeginae: Reduction in overall size of pereopod 5, with increase in size of article 3, loss of posteroproximal setae on article 5 of pereopods 1-2, elongation of article 2 on antenna 1, loss of trituration on molar, resulting in a pseudotritura- tive form, reduction in size of both gnathopods, almost mitten-shaped with thin hands bearing heavy anterior setation, and development on uro- pod 1 of a large ventral spike. The Tipimeginae retain facial setae on pereopod 5, dispersed facial setae on palp article 3 of the maxilliped, numerous ornaments on article 3 of antenna 2, extra apical setation on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3, facial and posterior setae on the epimera, broadly fossorial pereopods 3-4 and a relatively enlarged molar bearing 3-4 enlarged spines and having the appearance of being derived from the cusps of a triturative molar. Tipimegins also have an enlarged midapical spine on article 6 of pereopods 1-2,and a medial comb on article 5 of those pereopods. An- tenna 2 is weakly ensiform and coxa 4 is heavily setose posteriorly. Brolginae: Reduction of mandibular molar to a small hump bearing 3 or fewer elongate spines more or less congealed basally, often with a basal plate, reduction of gnathopod 2 in advanced mem- bers with elongation of article 5, reduction in breadth of articles 4-5 on pereopods 4-5, simplifica- tion of epimeron 3, with loss of all but a few setae or setules, smooth rounding of the posterior margin, and occasional retention of a special peduncular spine on uropod 1. Leongathinae: Reduction in mandibular molar to a semitriturative condition in which one edge of the discoid molar is toothed much as one side of a triturative molar is toothed. Joubinellinae: Weak to strong elongation of article 2 on antenna 1, reduction of molar in ad- vanced members to a nontriturative hump with articulate spines. Parharpiniinae: Reduction of mandibular molar and gnathopod 2, elongation of article 5 on gnatho- pod 2, development of supernumerary dorsal spina- tion on telson, retention of special spine on pedun- cle of uropod 1, and distal tapering of article 2 on pereopod 3. Birubiinae: Weak to strong elongation of arti- cle 2 on antenna 1, reduction of mandibular molar to a nontriturative hump with articulate spines, reduction in size of gnathopod 2 with elongation of article 5. Phoxocephalinae: Loss of segmentation in palp of maxilla 1, simplification of epimeron 3 and re- duction in setation on maxilla 2. Harpiniinae: Reduction in width of article 2 on pereopod 3, and, in advanced members, the develop- ment of an ensiform process on antenna 2. The general trends in phoxocephalid evolution therefore appear to be reduction in complexities of setation or spination on most parts of the body thought to have fossorial importance, such as the antennae, pereopods 1-5, uropods 1-2, mandibu- lar palp and epimera, the reduction of molarial complexities, loss of palpar segmentation on maxilla 1, loss of setae on inner plate of maxilla 1 and the face of maxillipedal palp article 3, on the mandible and maxilla 2, reduction in numbers of spines on the outer plate of maxilla 1, development of salivary cusps (cones) on the lower lip, reduction in thickness of mandibular palp, reduction in size of gnathopod 2 with reversional elongation of arti- cle 5, loss of thickness on articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 and on article 2 of pereopod 3, loss of the spe- cial spine on the peduncle of uropod 1, and reduc- tion in body size. Within certain evolutionary clusters such as Biru- biinae a trend occurs towards the reduction of the rostrum and loss of segmentation on the urosome. In the Phoxocephalinae there appears to be a trend towards elongation of the telson. In the Harpini- inae a significant number of species has developed macrocuspidation on article 2 of pereopod 5 and the ensiform process on antenna 2 reaches its maxi- mum development and is retained even in the most advanced taxa such as Harpinia. The deep-sea benthos has been invaded almost ex- clusively by the Phoxocephalinae and Harpiniinae. Genera of the latter subfamily are found in the deep sea or in cold north Atlantic middepths. The loss of eyes apparently is universal in species in- habiting depths in excess of 600 m; body size is re- 38 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY ? = ? PONTHARPINIINAE BIRUBIINAE 20 Birubius 21 Yan 26 Microphoxus 22 Tickalerus 1 23 Kulgaphoxus borralus 24 Kulgaphoxus cadgeeus 26 Metharpinia s Mandibulophoxut PHOXOCEPHALINAE 27 Phoxocephalu* I 28 Jerilderia 29 Leptophoxoidei so Leptophoxut VI r 36 Japara 31 Metaphoxua 37 Rikkarus J/ 38 Limnoporeia \ 39 Kondoleus Metaphoxoidet Diogodia* Va$co 36 Hopiphoxus 44 Heterophoxus ? 46 Pseudharpinia 46 Harpiniopgis 47 Harpinia FIGURE 7.?Evolutionary pattern of subfamilies and genera (except Waitangi) of Phoxocephalidae (z ? unreduced; short thick arrow points to long or short article 3 of pereopod 5; for identifica- tion of other symbol labels in key see "Figure Abbreviations"). NUMBER 845 39 duced and almost all the supposed fossorial mecha- nisms are weakened, apparently as an adaptation to fineness of sediments. In one of the new Californian genera typified by "Paraphoxus" bicuspidatus epimeron 3 becomes shortened posteriorly in females as well as males; this trend occurs in Australian males of Birubius. Australian phoxocephalids exhibit all of the evo- lutionary trends seen in exotic genera except for the full development of an ensiform process on an- tenna 2 and enlarged cusps of pereopod 5. These latter developments are confined to subantarctic shallow water Harpiniinae and their deep-sea de- scendants. PHOXOCEPHALIDAE DIAGNOSIS.?Head elongate or shortened (special- ized) but flat dorsoventrally and usually bearing a flat, sagi tally arched, visor-like rostrum, this occa- sionally obsolescent, lacking ventral retrorse pro- trusion. Eyes when present ommatidial. Article 1 of antenna I elongate, accessory flagellum multi- articulate. Mandibular molar small, either fully triturative or nontriturative and bearing spines, palp present, 3-articulate. Lower lip with strong in- ner and mandibular lobes. Palp of maxilla 1 well developed. Maxilliped with 4-articulate palp. An- terior coxae of normal length or coxae 1-3 never significantly and individually reduced in size; basic gill formula, 2-7 but occasionally 3-7 or 2-6. Gnathopods either subchelate or chelate, wrists poorly lobate or not lobate, gnathopods never mit- ten shaped. Pereopods fossorial, heavily spinose and/or setose; only pereopod 4 (rarely 3) elongate, pereopod 5 much shorter than pereopod 4, article 2 enlarged, shield-like, articles 4-6 thin relative to article 2; pereopod 5 strongly distinct in size and shape from pereopod 4. Uropod 3 biramous. Telson laminar, cleft. DESCRIPTION.?Body stout to medium in thick- ness, anterior pereonites not strongly compressed forward; body never carinate or processiferous an- terior to urosomite 3. Peduncle of antenna 2 with facial spines (except Joubinella). Mouthpart field quadratiform. Inner plate of maxilla 1 poorly setose, usually with 4 or fewer apical setae (primi- tive forms with 6 small setae also mostly apical). Inner plate of maxilla 2 rarely with fully medial setae, never with oblique submarginal row of setae. Outer plate of maxilliped always developed and spinose. Urosomites free or fused together in vary- ing degree. SEXUAL DIMORPHISM.?Major distinctions con- fined to elongation of flagellum on male antenna 2, increase in size of peduncle on antenna 2, develop- ment of calceoli, development of male setular bun- dles on antenna 2 (rarely on antenna 1), occasional increase in size of aesthetascs or rarely change in sizes of articles on antenna 1; increase in size of eyes; uropod 3 of female usually with short, poorly setose inner ramus, elongate in male, both rami more setose in male; pleopods becoming more powerful with peduncle of pleopod 3 somewhat shortened; body somewhat smaller but more stream- lined than in female; urosome reduced and pleo- some increased in size relative to female. Minor differences including increased setation on impor- tant swimming appendages but reduction of setae where streamline flow impeded (epimera for exam- ple); gnathopodal distinctions virtually absent. TVPE GENUS.?Phoxocephalus Stebbing. COMPOSITION.?The following new subfamilies: Birubiinae, Brolginae, Harpiniinae, Joubinellinae, Leongathinae, Parharpiniinae, Phoxocephalinae, Pontharpiniinae, Tipimeginae. REMARKS.?In all but a few genera or species this family is easily recognized by the large dorsally compressed rostrum, the characteristic shape and small size of pereopod 5 relative to pereopod 4 and in the presence of facial spines on the peduncle of antenna 2. One genus, Joubinella, lacks facial spines on antenna 2 but retains a large rostrum, while sev- eral genera and species have reduced rostrum but retain the characteristic pereopods 4-5 and facial spines on antenna 2. The combination of any two of these characters serves to distinguish phoxocepha- lids from similar genera in the gammaroid-hausto- rioid-platyischnopid family clusters. Key to the Subfamilies of Phoxocephalidae 1. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of thin form HARPINHNAE Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form 2 2. Palp of maxilla 1 uniarticulate PHOXOCEPHALINAE 40 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate 5 3. Article 3 of percopod 5 enlarged, mandibular molar pseudotriturative, of form C (Figures 5: c, 16) TIMMECINAE Article 3 of pereopod 5 not enlarged, mandibular molar not pseudoiriturative 4 4. Mandibular molar semitriturative, of form B (Figures 5: B. 58) LEONGATHINAE Mandibular molar not semitriturate 5 5. Article 2 of antenna 1 especially shortened 6 Article 2 of antenna 1 elongate 8 6. Mandibular molar triturative, of form A (Figures 5: A, 8) PONTHAWINIINA* Mandibular molar not triturative 7 7. Mandibular molar of special form E (Figure* 5: E, 37) bearing 3 or fewer spinet usually with common base, article 2 of pereopod 3 not tapering distally, telson lacking super- numerary dorsal spination BROLCINAK Mandibular molar of form D (Figures 5: D, 105) bearing articulate spines not all organized into common base, usually 4 or more widely spread spines, article 2 pereopod 3 tapering distally, telson bearing supernumerary dorsal spination PAHHAKPINIINAE 8. Gnathopods 1 or 2 or both enlarged JOUBINELLINAE Gnathopods 1 and 2 both small BWUBIINAE PONTHARPINIINAE DIAGNOSIS.?Article 2 of antenna 1 shortened. Mandibular molar fully triturative. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate. Setation on maxilla 2 ordinary. Gna- thopod 2 significantly enlarged. Article 2 of pereo- pod 3 of broad form; pereopod 5 with slightly en- larged article 3. SPECIAL CHARACTER.?Telson with large setal brushes. DESCRIPTION.?Article 5 of antenna 2 reduced. Epimeron 3 of nonrounded classification. Apices of peduncles on uropods 1-2 not combed. TYPE GENUS.?Pontharpinia Stebbing. COMPOSITION.?Unique. Pontharpinia Stebbing Pontharpinia Stebbing, 1897:32-33. DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female; article 2 of antenna 1 espe- cially shortened, ventral setae widely spread; article 1 of antenna 2 weakly ensiform, article 3 with nu- merous setae and setules, facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows plus special apical long spines and short posterior spines, article 5 especially thin. Right mandibular incisor with 3 teeth, molar strongly triturative, medium, usually bearing fuzz, palpar hump medium. Palp of maxilla I biarticu- late, inner plate with 5+ setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary, apex of palp article 3 weakly protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, mostly immersed, short. Gnathopods dissimilar; gnathopod 2 strongly enlarged; article 5 of gnathopod 1 of ordinary length, free, on gnathopod 2, cryptic, with weak eusirid attachment, palms oblique, hand of gnatho- pod 2 broadened; hands of both gnathopods poorly setose anteriorly. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 not setose posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod S of broad form; articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad to medium, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 setose posteri- orly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 strongly setose ventrally, article 3 slightly enlarged, dactyl normal but with supernumerary setae. Epimera 1-2 lacking long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge except weakly on epimeron 2; epimeron 3 ordinary. Peduncle of uropod 1 norm- ally elongate, without apicoventral spike, with spe- cial enlarged apicomedial spine, peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 not combed, inner ramus of uropod 1 with 2 rows of marginal spines, all rami continu- ously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying 3 short, apical setae. Telson with only one apicolateral spine on each lobe plus setules, with special brush of dorsal and lateral setae. Urosomite 1 bearing one or more midventral crescents or bundles of setae and sparse apicoven- tral setae near base of uropod 1; urosomite 3 with- out dorsal hook or special process. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed, uncon- stricted. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male absent, calceoli on male primary flagellum of an- tenna 1 present. Calceoli on male antenna 2 un- known. Prebuccal parts ordinary, extended forward, NUMBER 245 41 poorly separated from each other, upper lip domi- nant. Right lacinia mobilis simple, flabellate; article 1 of mandibular palp short, palp thick, apex of article 3 oblique, article 2 with outer setae. Lower lip lacking cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines (one spine especially thickened). Inner plates of maxilliped thick, ordinarily setose. Gills present on coxae 2-7. Coxae 2-4 without special antero- dorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin and stiff, midapical spine pres- ent. Article 2 of pereopod 5 with facial setae in bundles. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines widely spread, medial spines widely spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with medial spines widely spread. Peduncle of uropod 3 bearing extra sub- apical setae or spines. Telson with midlateral setules on each side highly proximal, reduced to one mem- ber on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Urothoe pinguis Haswell, 1880a [raonotypy]. COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?Pontharpinia is considered to be the most primitive known phoxocephalid even though it possesses many advanced attributes. Like Phoxocephalus and Leptophoxoides it bears fully triturative molars and enlarged gnathopod 2, two characteristics assumed to be primitive, but unlike the more advanced Phoxocephalus and Leptophox- oides it has more setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1, continuously spinose rami on uropods 1-2, and facial setae on article 2 of pereopod 5, all characters which might be marks of relationship to gammaroid- haustorioid ancestors. Other characters not necessarily confined to Pon- tharpinia but assumed to be primitive or basic to the phoxocephalid stock are: dispersed and numer- ous apical setae on the inner plate of the maxilliped (none of these formed into short stubby spines); dis- persed facial setae on article 3 of the maxillipedal palp; fully developed rostrum; presence of posterior setae on article 2 of pereopods 3-4 and on coxa 4; setose dactyl of pereopod 5; broad articles of pereo- pods 3-4; fully setose maxilla 2; setal brushes on the telson; widely spread ventral setae on article 2 of antenna 1; short article 2 of antenna 1; widely spread ventral setae on epimera 1-2; ventral seta- tion on urosomite 1; subapical setae on peduncle of uropod 3; outer setosity on palp article 2 of man- dible; widely spread medial spinosity on peduncles of uropods 1-2; more than 2 apical setae on article 2 of outer ramus on uropod 3; absence of postero- proximal setae or spines on article 5 of pereopods 1-2; presence of an inner tooth on the dactyls of pereopods 1-2; and finally, but very importantly, the fully flabellate right lacinia mobilis lacking a proximally fused raker spine. Plesiomorphic characters in Pontharpinia are considered to be: short and almost cryptic article 5 on gnathopod 2; weakly ensiform antenna 2; ante- rior setae on coxa 1; obsolete basofacial setae on uropod 1; basal setules of telson reduced to one on each lobe. Characters of unknown evolutionary position are: special peduncular spine on uropod 1; absence of posterior seta on epimera 1-2; absence of double spine rows on the inner ramus of uropod 1; absence of lateral spination on the urosome; short and im- mersed apical nail on the maxillipedal dactyl; un- equal flagella of antenna 1; lack of anterodorsal humps on coxae 1-4; absence of facial setae on coxae 6-7; absence of cones on the lower lip; almost fully amalgamated upper lip and epistome with up- per lip dominant; and diverse sets of facial spines on article 4 of antenna 2. Pontharpinia pinguis (Haswell) FIGURES 8-10 Urothoe pinguis Haswell, 1880:325-326, pL 19: fig. 2; 1882: 240-241. Pontharpinia pinguis.Stebbing, 1906:146 [in part]. Paraphoxus pinguis.?J. L. Barnard, 1960:274-277, pL 44. Not Pontharpinia pinguis.?Stebbing, 1897:33-34, pi. 9B; 1910:635 [= Tipimegus stebbingi]. DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 24 percent of total body length, greatest width about 55 percent of length, rostrum unconstricted, narrow, elongate, strongly exceeding apex of article 3 on an- tenna 1. Eyes small, either stained or clear of pig- ment. Article 1 of peduncle on antenna 1 about 1.7 times as long as wide, about twice as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 11 setules, produced dorsal apex with one setule, article 2 about 0.4 times as long as article 1, with apicoventral cycle of 14-15 setae, primary fiagellum with 12 articles, about 0.85 times as long as peduncle, first article elongate, bearing sparse short aesthetascs, accessory flagellum with 11-12 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 0-15-10-1 or 0-11-9-5 and 6 special apical spines (Figure 8: fA2), dorsal margin SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 8.?Pontharpinia pinguis (Haswell), female "a," 12.2 mm (c ? female "c," 13.2 mm; / female "t," 126 mm). NUMBER 245 FIGURE 9.?Pontharpinia pinguis (Haswell), female "a," 12.2 mm (/ ?= female "f," 12.60 mm). 44 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY ? FIGURE 10.?Pontharpinia pinguis (Haswell), female "a," 12.2 mm (c / = female "t," 12.6 mm). female "c," 135 mm; with notches each bearing 4-5 setae and one spine, ventral margin with numerous long setae and groups of short to medium spines, no ventrodistal spine, article 5 about 0.65 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin bearing group of short setae, ventral margin with numerous setae, 2-3 ventrodistal short to medium spines, fla- gellum about 0.7 times as long as articles 4?5 of peduncle combined, with 13 articles. Mandibles with medium palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth; left incisor with 3 humps in one branch; right lacinia mobilis flabellate, denticulate; left la- cinia mobilis with 5 teeth; right and left rakers 10; molars subcylindrical, triturative; palp article 1 short, article 2 with one long inner apical seta and 14 other long and short inner setae, and 13 outer setae, article 3 about 1.1 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 19 spine-setae, basofacial form- NUMBER 245 45 ula = 0-5. Inner plate of maxilla 1 especially large, broad, bearing 3 apical and 3 lateral and facial short setae, palp article 2 with 10 apical-lateral- medial marginal spines and submarginal setae. In- ner plate of maxilla 2 narrower and shorter than outer, outer with 7 apicolateral setae, inner with 5-6 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 4 large thick apical spines, 5 apicofacial setae, 4 medial setae; outer plate with 9 medial and apical spines, 7 apicolateral setae; palp articles 1-2 lacking apico- lateral seta, medial margin of article 2 strongly setose, article 3 with about 20 facial setae, pair of lateral setae, nail of article 4 short, almost im- mersed, with 2 accessory setules. Coxa 1 expanded distally, anterior margin weakly convex, main ven- tral setae of coxae 1-4 = 11-14-14-37, coxa 1 with extra set of 5 medial setae, with brush of antero- ventral setae, posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 slightly shortened or as long as others, anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, poste- rior margin almost straight, posterodorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin short, undulant, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 2:3. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1_2 = 14-22-21-15, short anteriors = 5-54(+ 10 facial)-5-4, long anterior = 24(+ 19 facial}-5-25-7; gnathopods enlarged, especially gnathopod 2, width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 23:38 and 26:59, length ratios = 46:62 and 44:80, palmar humps small and large respectively, palms strongly oblique, article 5 of gnathopod 1 ovate, posterior margin rounded, article 5 of gnathopod 2 short, cryptic, triangular, almost lobate. Pereopods 1-2 similar, lacking combs medially, facial setae formula on article 4 = 6 and 6, on article 5 = 10-11 and 11, main spine of article 5 extending to M. 55 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior arma- ment with dense distal brush of setal-spines, spine formula of article 6 = 12+14 or 12+13 plus large middistal spine, spines especially thin, acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule short, midfacial pluseta short, highly distad. Coxae 5-7 posteroven- tral seta formula = 22-(26+)-20. Only article 4 of pereopods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 1-1-2, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 57:60:30:14, of pereopod 4 = 65:60:32:10, of pereo- pod 5 = 72:13:12:6, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 92:54:45:47, of pereopod 4 = 76:48:45:64, of pereo- pod 5 = 103:34:26:23, article 2 of pereopod 5 ex- ceeding middle of article 5, heavily setose ventrally and facially, article 2 of pereopod 3 tapering proxi- mally, posterior margins of article 2 on pereopods $-4 densely setose, setae short, dactyls elongate, dactyl of pereopod 5 with stiff inner setae, medial apex of article 6 finely combed, bearing 3 short digital processes. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, posterior margin convex, anteroventral margin with brush of 6 medium setae, ventral face and margin with 8 medium to long setae; postero- ventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, posterior margin convex, facial setae = 19, above and below 2 ridges; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 with large tooth, posterior margin straight, setose, ven- tral margin naked, face with 2-3 oblique rows of 1-6-13 or 2-3-2-12 (etc.) setae from posterior mar- gin to middle. Urosomite 1 with 2 ventral setae at base of uropod 1, 3 brushes of midventral setae from proximal to distal = 10-11, 4-7, and 10-11, articulation line complete; urosomite 3 protuberant dorsally, with 8 basal setae on each side. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate small apical nails and accessory nails; continuously spinose outer ramus of uropod 1 with 13-18 dorsal spines (counts here including accessory nails), in rows of 12 and 6 or 13 and 5, inner ramus with 7; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 10-16 dorsal spines, inner with 6, some spines on outer rami paired; peduncle of uropod 1 with 6-8 apicolateral spines and setae, no basofacials, medially with 11-12 marginal setae and spines, some in groups, plus apical enlarged special spine; peduncle of uropod 2 with 5-6 dorsal spines, me- dially with 5 spines widely spread; apicolateral corner of peduncle on uropods 1-2 lacking comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 5 ventrolateral spines, dorsally with lateral spine and setule, medial spine and setule, rami masculine, inner extending to M. 100+ on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 2 setae, medial and lateral margins setose, article 2 of outer ramus elongate, 0.37, bearing 3 short to medium setae and one spine, medial margin of article 1 setose, lateral margin with 3 acclivities, spine form- ula = 4-4-3-2, setal formula = 4-4-4?1. Telson un- usual, length-width ratio =1:1, almost fully cleft, each apex narrow, almost sharp, lateral acclivity weak, bearing short lateral setule, spine next medial greatly longer than setule, each lobe with proximo- lateral arcuate brush of 15-16 long setae plus one basodorsal plusetule. Cuticle with ordinary bulbar 46 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY setules of varying sizes mixed with pipes, surface bearing fine striations in form of linear fingerprint pattern, emergent setules branched. OBSERVATIONS (female).?Ventral crescent and lat- eral brush of setae on article 2 of antenna 1 sepa- rated by gap filled with penicillate setules (not shown on illustration); some long setae on article 2 of gnathopods and pereopods 1-2 paired, especially posteriorly on gnathopods 1-2 and pereopod 1, and anteriorly on gnathopod 1; inner ram us of uropod 1 with 3 basomedial spines (all other phoxocepha- lids observed have only one basofacial spine, seta, or setule); coxae 5-6 with or without smooth gaps between setae on posterior margin; coxa 1 bearing anteromedial facial setal groups, also with or with- out supernumerary posteroventral setal group on medial face; apical notch on article 2 of outer ramus on uropod 3 filled with 1-2 scales. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?No advanced males in collections. Males at hand marked by penial proc- esses and one large calceolus each on articles 1-3 of primary flagellum on antenna 1, medial margin of article 1 on antenna 1 lacking fuzz, no other differ- entiation on antenna 2 or uropod 3, dactyl of pereopod 5 flattened, blade-like. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Pereopod 4 magnified only 84 percent as much as pereopods 3 and 5; black space on illustration of pereopod 1 at juncture between articles 3 and 4 representing open space; six special spines of article 4 on antenna 2 shown only as cir- cles on Figure 8: fA2. LECTOTYPE (here examined and designated).? AM G.5406, 2 slides with 3 cover slips total, bearing one each of pereopod 4, pereopod 5, uropod 1, uropod 2, epimera 1-3, and some pleopods, suffi- cient to recognize as Pontharpinia pinguis; labeled as "Holotype" but probably not selected by Haswell. TYPE-LOCALITY.?As published, not on slides, Bondi, New South Wales, Australia, cast on a beach during a storm. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?CPBS 35S/5: female "a," 12:2 mm (illus.). CPBS 35S/4: female "c," 13.2 mm (illus.); female "f," 12.60 mm (illus.); male "m," 10.76 mm. MATERIAL.?CPBS, 36 samples from 13 stations (118); PPBES, 5 samples from 2 stations (7); SBS, 3 samples (5); VVAM, one sample (1). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria: Western Port and Port Phillip Bay, 2-16.5 m, sand, muddy sand, shell. New South Wales: Bondi Beach (type-locality); off Jib- bon Point, 40 m; and off Port Stephens, near Newcastle, 18-22 m, sand. TIPIMEGINAE DIAGNOSIS.?Article 2 of antenna 1 ordinary to elongate. Mandibular molar enlarged but pseudo- triturative, bearing a special pattern of 3-4 mostly fused spines. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate. Setation on maxilla 2 ordinary. Gnathopod 2 as small as gnathopod 1. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, not tapering d is tally; pereopod 5 with en- larged article 3. SPECIAL CHARACTERS.?Gnathopods of special tri- chophoxid form, article 5 elongate, article 6 thin, mitellid, heavily setose anteriorly; uropod 1 with ventral spike. DESCRIPTION.?Article 5 of antenna 2 usually re- duced in size. Epimeron 3 of nonrounded classifica- tion. Apices of peduncles on uropods 1-2 combed. TYPE GENUS.?Tipimegus, new genus. COMPOSITION?Booranus, new genus; Tricho- phoxus K. H. Barnard; Waitangi Fincham. Key to the Genera of Tipimeginae 1. Uropods 1-2 with elongate setae on peduncles and rami, epimeron 3 with large postero- ventral tooth Waitangi Uropods 1-2 lacking elongate setae, epimeron 3 lacking large posteroventral tooth 2 2. Telson with lateral spines, urosome with lateral spines, inner ramus of uropod 1 with only one row of marginal spines Trichophoxus Telson lacking lateral spines, urosome lacking lateral spines, inner ramus of uropod 1 with 2 rows of marginal spines 3 3. Epistome with large anterior tooth, pereopod 5 with gill, epimeron 3 with grossly developed facial row of spines Booranm, new genus Epistome lacking anterior tooth, pereopod 5 lacking gill, epimeron 3 lacking facial spine row Tipimegus, new genus NUMBER 245 47 Tipimegus, new genus DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female; article 2 of antenna 1 especially elongate, ventral setae widely spread. Article 1 of antenna 2 weakly ensiform; article 3 with 3 or more setae, setules, and spines; facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows, plus special apical spines; article 5 especially thin and short. Right mandibular incisor with 4 teeth; molar not triturative. large, elongate, conical, then subtrun- cate and bearing 3-1 special large spines, not bear- ing fuzz; palpar hump small. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate, inner plate with 3-5 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary, apex of palp article 3 not or weakly pro- tuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail absent. Gills present on coxae 2-6 only. Gnathopods small, simi- lar, article 5 elongate, free, without eusirid attach- ment, palms transverse to chelate, hands elongate, heavily setose anteriorly, trichophoxid in shape. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 lacking setae postero- proximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form; articles 4?5 of pereopods 3-4 broad; article 2 of pereopod 3 weakly or strongly setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 especially small, article 2 strongly setose ventrally, article 3 greatly enlarged, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 bearing numerous long posterior setae, with or without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 ordinary, lacking facial spines. Urosomite 1 naked laterally, bearing one or more midventral crescents or bundles of setae, urosomite 3 lacking dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 weakly to strongly shortened, with large apicoventral spike, without special enlarged dorso- lateral-medial spine, only peduncular apices of uropod 2 combed, inner ramus of uropod 1 with 2 rows of marginal spines, rami often continuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carry- ing 3 medium to long apical setae. Telson ordinary, with 2-4 apical spines, rarely one spine slightly lateral. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed, con- stricted. Fuzz on article 1 of male antenna 1 ab- sent, calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present, but developing late. Calceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present, facial spines absent in female, flagellum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts strongly extended forward, massive, epistome and upper lip distinct, epistome dominant, lacking process. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, thin; article 1 of mandibular palp short, palp medium to thick; apex of article 3 oblique, article 2 with outer setae. Lower lip lacking cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped thick, ordinarily setose. Coxae 2-4 with anterodorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thick and stiff, mid- apical spine especially enlarged. Article 2 of pereo- pod 5 with facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines confined apically, or weakly spread, medial spines confined apically; peduncle of uropod 2 with only 1-3 medial spines confined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra sub- apical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. OBSERVATIONS.?Some or all of basofacial setae on article 3 of mandibular palp thick, all confined to basodorsal notch; palp of maxilla 1 with fully facial setae; article 2 of pereopod 5 with anterodorsal bulge; uropod 1 lacking basofacial setae in late instars; male developing facial spines on article 5 of antenna 2, absent in female. Occasional speci- mens identified as T. kangulun and T. thalerus have the elements of the comb on the outer ramus of uropod 2 fine but elongate, rigid, and even, thereby suggesting that the usual ragged appear- ance is a result of damage. TYPE-SPECIES.?Tipimegus thalerus, new species. COMPOSITION.?T. dinjerrus, new species; T. kan- gulun, new species; T. kalk.ro, new species; Para- phoxus stebbingi J. L. Barnard, 1958; T. species 4N; T. species 5N. RELATIONSHIP.?Tipimegus, its companion Boo- ranus, plus Trichophoxus and Waitangi comprise a group of genera characterized by the unusual molar representing an intergrade between the fully tritura- tive molar of Pontharpinia and the reduced, spinose molar typical of most phoxocephalids. The molar in this group of genera, however, appears to lie on a blind evolutionary end since no genus with a sim- pler molar can be related to this Tipimegus group of genera because of the unusual pereopod 5 in the group. Pereopod 5 is miniaturized, its article 3 is enlarged and somewhat similar in shape to the ap- parently ancestral situation in Pontharpinia. Article 2 of pereopod 5 bulges anteriorly (except in the genus Booranus) and has facial setae. Gnathopods 48 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY 1-2, with elongate and free wrists bearing mitellid hands heavily setose anteriorly, could be desig- nated "trichophoxid" after one of the genera in the group. The trichophoxid gnathopod is found in American phoxocephalids also but not in conjunc- tion with the unusal pereopod 5 so that it has apparently evolved at least twice in different evo- lutionary clusters. The tipimegin group also has more than 2 setules on article 3 of antenna 2, reminiscent of Ponthar- pinia. Tipimegin genera are also coordinate in most of the following characters: a ventral spike on uropod 1, posteriorly setose epimera 1-2, almost or fully obsolete nail on dactyl of maxilliped; anterodorsal humps on coxae 2-4, elongate to ordinary article 2 of antenna 1 and short article 5 of antenna 2, with loss of facial spines in female only, elongation of article 5 on pereopods 1-2 with proximoposterior margin naked, manifold sets of dorsal setae on article 4 of antenna 2 in female, posterior setation on coxa 4, extra apical spine or seta on article 2 of outer ramus on uropod 3, slightly ensiform antenna 2, scattered facial setae on palp article 3 of maxilliped, basofacial setae on article 3 of mandibular palp confined to a dorsal notch, presence of outer or facial setae on article 2 of mandibular palp, presence of posterior setae on article 2 of pereopods 3-4, conspicuous middistal spine on article 6 of pereopods 1-2, and presence of supernumerary apical spines on article 4 of antenna 2. Tipimegin characters shared with Pontharpinia are: presence of a basodorsal notch on article 3 of the mandibular palp, presence of more than 2 setules on article 3 of antenna 2, absence of facial spines on article 5 of antenna 2 in the female, absence of posteroproximal setae on article 5 of pereopods 1-2, presence of more than 2 apical setae on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3, pres- ence of ventral bundles of setae on the urosome, absence of basofacial setae on uropod 1, a thin resemblance in setosity on article 2 of pereopods 3-4, and the weakly ensiform antenna 2. Tipimegus shares with Pontharpinia but not with other tipimegins the presence of 2 individual rows of spines on the inner ramus of uropod 1. Tipimegus and its allies differ from Pontharpinia in the presence (usually) of 4 teeth on the right lacinia mobilis, the special molar, the unusual gnat- hopods, hereafter called "trichophoxid," on which the hand is thin, mitelloid, the palms transverse, the hands heavily armed anteriorly with setae and elon- gate saber spines, the reduction in si/e of pereopod 5 with enlargement of article 3 and reduction of article 4, the loss of or complete fusion of the apical nail on the maxillipedal palp, the loss of a special dorsomedial spine on the peduncle of uropod 1 and the comcomitant development of a special ven- tral, almost interramal spine, usually attached to a process and called a "spike," the usually nonflabel- late (except IVaitangi) and bifid right lacinia mo- bilis, the elongation of article 2 on antenna 1, the elongation of one or more setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1, the greater breadth, wider truncation, and more apically confined armament on the palp of maxilla 1, and the reduction in number of thick apical spines on the apex of the inner plates of the maxilliped, generally from 4 down to 2 or fewer. The midapical spine on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 usually becomes highly enlarged in the tipimegin group, and the rostrum is strongly narrowed. All tipimegins appear to share massive prebuccal parts. Tipimegus differs from Trichophoxus K. H. Barnard in the absence of lateral spines on the telson, in the absence of spines on the inner ramus of uropod 2, in the presence of 2 rows of spines on the inner ramus of uropod 1, in the apical confine- ment of medial spines on the peduncle of uropod 2, in the somewhat narrow spread of the dorsolateral spines on the peduncle of uropod 1 and the slight to great shortness of that peduncle. Tipimegus also has a much larger spike on uropod 1 than does Trichophoxus, but the latter genus has a much more greatly enlarged midapical spine on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 than does Tipimegus. Tricho- phoxus also bears facial setae on article 2 of pereo- pod 4. Tipimegus and Booranus are composed of two groups of closely related tipimegins. Tipimegus differs from Booranus in the following characters: absence of a strong oblique row of spines on epi- meron 3, presence of midfacial setae on epimeron 1, strong posterior setation on article 2 of pereopod 3, presence of only 3 setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1 (as against 4-5), presence of only one apicomedial spine on the peduncle of uropod 2 (as against 2-3), apical confinement of the dorso- lateral spines on peduncle of uropod 1, narrow spread of medial spines on that same peduncle, and the shortness of that peduncle. NUMBER 245 49 Booranus forms a weak bridge between Tigimegus and Trichophoxus in the characters of uropod 1. The form of spination in tipimegins on article 4 of antenna 2 differs from other phoxocephalids in that an extra fully apical, often widespread row of spines occurs; this is quoted first and usually com- prises 2 to 5 spines. The second row, highly oblique, is often composed of 2 subgroups, especially notice- able in Booranus. When the citation 4-2-8-7-6 (example) is cited, the second row has been noted as being divided into a set of 2 and 8. In subsidiary descriptions this division of row 2 is often ignored and the first marginal row is not quoted at all. In the descriptions the apical nails and accessory apical nails are included in the dorsal spine counts on rami of uropods 1-2 in Booranus but not in the other tipimegin genera. We are uncertain as to the homology of apical nails in the tipimegin genera; they are so erect and free that their arrangement is quite distinct from the situation in the birubiin group but somewhat similar to conditions in the harpiniin subfamily. Key to the Species of Tipimegus (Adults) (Species "iX cited twice, 7'. stebbingi not included) 1. Comb on outer ramus of uropod 2 conspicuous at X 40 magnification (Figure 23: OR2c), grossly uneven T. kalkro, new species Comb on outer ramus of uropod 2 inconspicuous at x 40 magnification, fine and dense, or comb abraded or absent 2 2. Hands of gnathopods narrow apicaliy (Figure 13: Gl) 3 Hands of gnathopods broad apicaliy (Figure 15: Gl) 4 3. Palm of gnathopod 1 s-shaped, dactyl and article 6 of pereopod 3 elongate, article 6 very thin Tipimegus sp. 5N Palm of gnathopod 1 straight, dactyl and article 6 of pereopod 3 not elongate, article 6 stout T. thalerus, new species 4. Setae on coxa 1 spread over more than half of ventral margin, outer ramus of uropod 1 with dorsal spination not continuous evenly to apex T. kangulun, new species Setae on coxa 1 spread over less than one-fourth of ventral margin, outer ramus of uropod 1 with dorsal spination almost fully continuous to apex 5 5. Palm of gnathopod 1 s-shaped Tipimegus sp. 5N Palm of gnathopod 1 even 6 6. Epimeron 2 with setae fully in middle of plate, dactyl of pereopod 3 much longer than half of article 6, outer ramus of uropod 1 with large accessory spines contiguous with nail Tipimegus sp. 4N Epimeron 2 lacking setae in middle of plate, dactyl of pereopod 3 much less than half as long as article 6, outer ramus of uropod 1 with large accessory spines contiguous with nail T. dmjerrus, new species Tipimegus thalerus, new species FIGURES 11-14 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 23 percent of total body length, greatest width about 70 per- cent of length, rostrum constricted, elongate, reach- ing middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes small, largely occluded with pigment, ommatidia espe- cially small. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.3 times as long as wide, about 2.3 times as wide as article 2, apicoventral margin with about 10 setules, weakly produced dorsal apex with 2 setules; article 2 about 1.1 times as long as article 1, with ventral cycle of 11-12 setae; primary flagellum with 10-13 articles, basal elongate, about 0.65 times as long as peduncle, bearing several aesthetascs; acces- sory flagellum almost as long as primary flagellum, with 10-11 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-2-7-^-6 or 2-11-12-8, with one supernumerary spine, dorsal margin with 4 notches bearing 4-6 setae each, ventral margin with 6 groups of 1-6 long to medium setae, dense ventro- distal brush of setae; article 5 about 0.45 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin bearing weak clumps of setae, ventral mar- gin with 9 unpaired setae and clump of 4-5 long to medium spine-setae, this row set subfacially; flagel- lum about 0.85 times as long as articles 4-5 of 50 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 11.?Tipimegus thalerus, new species, holotype, female "a," 7.7 mm (b ? male "b," 6.20 mm). NUMBER 245 51 s FIGURE 12.?Tipimegus thalerus, new species, holotype, female "a," 7.7 mm. SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY . FIGURE IS.?Tipimegus thalerus, new species, holotype, female "a," 7.7 mm (/ ?? juvenile "j," 6.58 mm; q ? female "q," 8.46 mm). peduncle combined, with 12 articles. Epistome large but unproduced anteriorly; upper lip with weak ventral sinus. Mandibles with weak palpar hump; right incisor with 4 teeth; left incisor with 4 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch much shorter than proximal, subbifid, prox- imal branch simple, pointed; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth; right rakers 11, left rakers 12; molars elongate, conical or columnar, each with 4 long to short spines, none disjunct (as in T. kangulun); palp article 1 short, article 2 with 2 long inner apical setae and 5 other shorter inner and facial setae, article 3 about as long as article 2, oblique apex with 11 spine-setae, basodorsal formula = 3. Inner plate of maxilla 1 short, broad, bearing 3 long apical setae, one scarcely more elongate than others, plumose or not; palp article 2 with 6-8 apicalmedial marginal spines and 7 submarginal and facial setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and narrower than outer, outer lacking apicolateral setae, inner with 10 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large, thick apical spines, 5 apicofacial setae, 5-6 medial setae; outer plate with 15 medial and apical spines, one apicolateral seta; palp article 1 lacking apicolateral seta, article 2 with 5 groups of 1-2 apicolateral setae, medial mar- gin of article 2 moderately setose, article 3 with nearly 20 facial setae, 7 lateral setae, article 4 with 2 accessory setules, nail absent. Coxa 1 strongly expanded apically, anterior margin almost straight, NUMBER 245 53 w FIGURE 14.?Tipimegus thalerus, new species, holotype, female "a," 7.7 mm (b ? male "b," 650 mm; q ? female "q," 8.46 mm). main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = {7-8)-(8-l l)-(10- ll)-(25-26), posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 short- est, anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 strongly divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner sharp, posterdorsal margin short, ordinary, undulant, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 1:1. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 7-6-9-6 and 4 facial on gnathopod 1, long anteriors = 14-14-22-3, short anteriors ? 4-2-3-4, no others. Gnathopods with thin hands narrowed apically; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 27:23 and 25:21, length ratios = 63:50 and 62:44; palmar humps very small, palms transverse; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, ovate, posterior margin rounded. Pereo- pods 1-2 similar; facial setae formula on article 4 = 5 and 7, on article 5 = 4-5 and 5-7; main spine of article 5 very thin, extending to M. 55 on article 6, article 5 with one extra long distoposterior spine and numerous setae, proximal margin naked, spine 54 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBL"! IONS TO ZOOLOGY formula of article 6 = 7 + 9 and 8 + 9 or 7 + 10 and 8 + 1 0 plus huge middistal spine, several spines elongate; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule short, marginal pluseta short, coxae 5-7 posteroventral seta formula = 28-29-25, composed of marginal and submarginal groups. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3?4 broad, facial spine rows dense, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5 / 6 of pereopod 3 = 52:48:43:17, of pereopod 4 = 59:59:42:21, of pereo- pod 5 = 56:9:8:3; length ratios of pereopod 3 = 71:45:38:32, of pereopod 4 = 68:60:4945, of pereo- pod 5 = 73:18:15:17; article 2 of pereopod 5 almost reaching apex of article 5, ventrally setose; medial apex of article 6 finely combed only on pereopod 5; dactyls of pereopods 3-4 short. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin weakly convex, setose, anteroventral face with 12 + short to medium setae, midface with 11 medium setae; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, posterior margin weakly convex, setose, facial setae = 1 1 , posterior pairs and triads set vertically; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3.weakly protub- erant, posterior margin straight, weakly serrate, setose, ventral margin with 16 setae mainly in posterior half, face naked. Urosomite 1 with 3 paired sets of setae, each side with sets of 10-11, ventrally with sets of 3-4 and 3, articulation line complete; urosomite 3 protuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged sharp apical nails, outer and inner rami of uropods 1-2 with accessory nails, continuously spinose; outer ramus of uropod 1 with 9-10 dorsal spines, inner with 4-5 dorsal and 4 medial; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 6 dorsal spines, inner with 2 dorsal spines; peduncle of uropod 1 with 2-3 apicolateral spines, no baso- facial setae, medially with 3 marginal setae and spines in apical clump; peduncle of uropod 2 with 4 dorsal spines, medially with one small apical spine, apicolateral corner on peduncle of uropod 2 with weak comb, rami naked. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 12-13 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine and setule; rami masculine, inner extending to M. 100+ on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 2 setae, medial and lateral margins setose; article 2 of outer ramus ordinary, 0.21 as long as article 1, bearing 2 medium setae and one spine; .apicomedial margin of article 1 setose, lateral mar- gin with 5 acclivities, spine formula = 0-2-2-2-2-2 or 2-2-2-2-2, setal formula = I-fMMMM), or none. Telson ordinary, length-width ratio = 50:53, not fully cleft, each apex wide, rounded, middle accliv- ity shallow, lateral acclivity tiny, bearing 1-2 ordi- nary lateral spines, spine next medial longer, with 1-2 lateral and one medial spines separated by setule, midlateral setules diverse. Cuticle with en- larged but sparse bulbur setules, surface bearing fine denticles, emergent setules especially long, branched. DESCRIPTION OV MAI K (suhadult, male "b," 6.20 mm).?Eyes enlarged, clear of occluding pigment. Article I of antenna 1 with 13 ventrodistal setules, article 2 with 12 setae in ventral spray, primary Hagellum with 10 articles, long acsthetascs on arti- cles 4-9, accessory Hagellum with 9 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-9-6-fi, on article 5 1. Hagellum only weakly elongate, with 14 articles, not proliferate, calceoli absent. Setal formula on coxae 1-4 = 7-8-8-14. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 3-3-3-4, long ameriors = 12 (plus 2 facial)- 9-9-1, short anteriors = 1-4-3-4, no others; hands of gnathopods even thinner than in adult female. Setal and spine formulas on pereopods 1-2, article 4 = 5 and 5, article 5 = 5 and 5, article 6 = 6 + 7 plus huge middistal spine, articles 4-5 thinner than in female. Coxa of pereopod 5 with gills besides penial processes(l). Setal formula on epimera: epi- meron 1 facial = 8, anteroventral = 6, epimeron 2 anteroventral = row of 6 only, epimeron 3 ven- tral = 10. Spine formulas on uropods: peduncle of uropod 1 = 2 dorsolateral, 3 medial, of uropod 2 = 4 dorsal, one medial; outer ramus of uropod 1 = 9 dorsal, of uropod 2 = 6, inner ramus of uropod 1 = 5 dorsomedial, 4 lateral, of uropod 2 = 2. Uropod 3 peduncle ventral = 12, article 1 of outer ramus lateral spines = 1-1-1-2-2-2, setae = 0 -0 -1 - 0-0-0, apicolateral spine on article 2 as in female but slightly more elongate, as in juveniles. Telson weakly elongate, each lobe with 3 spines, no den- ticles. Cuticular setules enlarged as in female. OBSERVATIONS.?Head of holotype as illustrated showing only weak pointed lobe, this lobe usually larger and more pointed in other specimens. Article 3 of antenna 2 with 6 facial spines and/or setae plus one disjunct setule. VARIATIONS.?Female "t," 13.7 mm: Possibly gerontic but brood plates fully developed; proximal NUMBER 245 55 spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 14-11-9, flagellum with 13 articles; spike on uropod 1 short, scarcely exceeding M. 50 on outer ramus, peduncle of uropod 1 with 3 dorsolateral spines, outer ramus with 15 spines plus accessory spinule at base of nail, inner ramus with 8 medial and 5 lateral spines, outer ramus of uropod 2 with 9 dorsal spines. Juvenile " j , " 6.58 mm: Pereopods 1-2 drawn from this specimen, these pereopods of shape iden- tical to adult female, setal, and spine counts on pereopods 1-2 article 4 = 5 and 5, article 5 = 4 and 4, article 6 = 6 + 8 and 7 + 8 plus huge middistal spine; uropod 1 with 3 dorsolateral peduncular spines; article 2 on outer ramus of uropod 3 with apicolateral spine as in adult. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Most of pereopod 5 hidden from lateral view by pereopod 4 in body illustration; an- tenna 2 projecting fully lateral but flattened in body illustration; in enlarged views of uropods 1-2 latter enlarged more than former; female pereopod 5 shown in 3 views, small view at same magnifica- tion as pereopods 3-4, enlarged views from lateral and medial, note aberrancy of lateral view article 2. HOLOTYPE.?NMV, female "a," 7.7 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?CPBS 35S, 3 Aug 1972, Western Port, Victoria, Australia, 14 m, sand. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?CPBS 25N/1: male "b," 6.20 mm (illus.); female "r," 13.0 mm. CPBS 26N/4 : female "q," 8.46 mm (illus.); juvenile " j , " 6.58 mm (illus.). CPBS 32E/1171: gerontic female "t," 13.7 mm. RELATIONSHIP.?As the type-species of Tipimegus this forms the model to which following species are compared. The main taxonomic characters of T. thalerus are as follows: continuous spination on the outer ramus of uropod 1, short dactyls of pereo- pods 3-4, highly enlarged cuticular setules, absence of combs on rami of uropods 1-2, apically narrow hands of gnathopods, narrow spread of ventral setae on coxae 1-3, and the transformation of the lateral (number 3) seta on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3 into a stiff spine. MATERIAL.?CPBS, 10 samples from 7 stations (14); PPBES, 5 samples from one station (6); AM, one sample (1); SBS, one sample (1). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria: Western Port and Port Phillip Bay, 9-14 m, sand. New South Wales: off Manly Beach, Sydney, 6 m, sand; off Malabar, 31 m, sand and shell. Tipimegus dinjerrus, new species FIGURE 15 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 22 percent of total body length, greatest width about 75 per- cent of length, rostrum constricted, narrow, exceed- ing middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium, clear of pigment, ommatidia sparse and scattered. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.2 times as long as wide, about 2.3 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 8 setules, weakly unpro- duced dorsal apex with 3 setules, article 2 about 1.05 times as long as article 1, with apicoventral crescent of 11 setae; primary flagellum with 11 articles, about 0.6 times as long as peduncle, bear- ing several long aesthetascs (articles 3-10), accessory flagellum about as long as primary flagellum, with 10 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-2-9-12-7, with 2 supernumerary spines, dorsal margin setose, ventral margin with 8 groups of 2-4 long to medium setae, dense ventrodistal brush of setae; article 5 about 0.55 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin with 5 sets of one seta each, 5 ventrodistal long to medium spine-setae, this row set facially; flagellum about 0.9 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 12 articles. Mandibles with weak to medium palpar hump; right incisor with 4 teeth, left incisor with 5 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch shorter than proximal, subbifid, proximal branch simple, pointed, lacking marginal denticles; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth; right rakers 10 plus one rudimentary, left rakers 11; molars elongate, conical or columnar, each with one long apical spine, one short apical spine, one medium spine on side with strong nonarticulate partner; palp article 1 short, article 2 with 2 long to medium inner apical setae and 3 other shorter inner setae, and 2 outer setae, article 3 about 0.9 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 12 spine-setae, basodorsal for- mula = 2. Inner plate of maxilla 1 ordinary, bearing one long subapical pluseta, 2 apicolateral shorter setae; palp article 2 with 6 apical spines and 7 submarginal and facial setae. Inner plate of max- illa 2 shorter and much narrower than outer, outer lacking apicolateral setae, inner with 9 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large, thick apical spines, 7 apicofacial setae, 4 medial setae; 56 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 15.?Tipimegus dinjerrus, new species, holotype, female "w," 8.1S mm (v ? male "v," 7.85 mm). outer plate with 14 medial and apical spines, one apicolateral seta; palp article 1 lacking apicolateral seta, article 2 with 4 groups of one each apicolateral setae, medial margin of article 2 moderately setose, article 3 with 14-16 facial setae, 6 lateral setae, nail of article 4 absent, with 3 accessory setules. Coxa 1 strongly expanded distally, anterior margin almost straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 9-11- 10-25, posterionnost seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 strongly divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner sharp, posterodorsal margin ordinary, almost straight, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 11:13. Long posterior setae of article 2 on gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 6-6-7-6. long anteriors = 15(+ 6 facial)-! 1-20-2, short an- teriors = 2-4-7-5, no others; gnathopods with thin hands broad apically, width ratios of arti- cles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 29:26 and 27:25, length ratios = 65:52 and 65:45, palmar humps very small, palms transverse, article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, ovate, posterior margins rounded-flat NUMBER 245 57 Pereopod 2 stouter than pereopod 1, especially arti- cle 4; facial setae formula on article 4 = 6 and 6. on article 5 = 5 and 6, main spine of article 5 ex- tending to M. 75 on article 6, spine formula of arti- cle 6 = 8 4- 11 and 8 + 1 1 plus huge middistal spine; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule short, midposterior pluseta short. Coxae 5-7 posteroven- tral seta formula = 28-26-30, composed of margi- nal and facial groups. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 52:48:45:17, of pereopod 4 = 62:57:37=19, of pereopod 5 = 64:10:9:5; length ratios of pereopod 3 = 74:42: 44:30, of pereopod 4 = 70:60:46:48, of pereopod 5 = 75:20:16:20; article 2 of pereopod 5 exceed- ing middle of article 5, ventrally setose, with 7 facial setae (long) and several short setae; medial apex of article 6 only on pereopod 5 finely combed; dactyls of pereopods 3-4 short. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, posterior margin wealJy convex, setose, anteroventral face with 8 short to medium setae, midface with 5 medium setae; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, posterior margin weakly convex, setose, facial setae = 10, in rows of 7 and 3; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 weakly protuberant, posterior margin straight, weakly serrate, setose, ventral margin with 11 setae mainly in posterior half, 4 of these setae in 2 pairs, face with occasional submarginal seta. Urosomite 1 with 4 paired sets of setae, each side with sets of 5, ventrally with sets of 4, 3, and (2^), articulation line complete, urosomite 1 protuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged sharp apical nails; outer and inner rami of uropod 2 with accessory nails, continuously spinose; outer ramus of uropod 1 with 9 dorsal spines, almost continuously spinose, with small asymmetricity, inner with 6 dorsal and 3 lateral spines; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 7 dorsal spines, inner with one spine (= accessory); peduncle of uropod 1 with 3-4 apicolateral spines, medially with 3 marginal spines, peduncle of uropod 2 with 5 dorsal spines, medially with one small apical spine, apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 and rami lacking comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 17 ventral spines, dorsally lacking lateral spine (merged with ventral spines), one medial spine and setule; rami subraasculine, inner extending to M. 100 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 3 setae, medial and lateral margins setose; article 2 of outer ramus short, 0.14, bearing 3 medium to long setae, lateralmost being medium unplumose spine, apico- medial margin of article 1 setose, lateral margin with 3 acclivities, spine formula = 2-2-2-2, setal formula = 0-0-0-1 or 0. Telson ordinary, length- width ratio = 25:28, not fully cleft, each apex of medium width, rounded, undulant, lateral acclivity shallow, weak, with lateral and medial spines separated by setule; midlateral setules diverse. Cuticle with ordinary bulbar setules mixed with pipes, surface bearing fine denticles, emergent setules branched. OBSERVATION (female).?Article 3 of antenna 2 with 6 facial spines and setae plus one disjunct set- ule; rostrum much narrower than in T. thalerus. DESCRIPTION OF MALE (subadult).?Eyes scarely enlarged; primary flagellum of antenna 1 with 10 articles, bearing long aesthetascs on articles 2-9; dorsal margin of article 4 on antenna 2 with male fuzz, spine formula = 2-10-9-5, of article 5 = 2, article 5 with 5 sets of dorsal male setae, flagellum weakly elongate, with 15 articles, calceoli absent; basofacial setal formula on article 3 of mandibular palp = 3, inner margin with 2 medium sized acces- sory setae; article 4 of pereopods 1-2 much thinner than in female; pereopods 3-5 and epimera similar to those of female; see illustrations for spines on uropods 1-2; spine formula on article 1 of outer ramus on uropod 3 = 1-2-2-2-2, setae = 1?1?1?1? 1, setae otherwise scarcely more dense than in female, peduncle with 12 ventral spines, one dor- solateral spine; telson as in female but with sparse mediobasal denticles on each lobe. ILLUSTRATIONS.?All parts, except those few illus- trated and except for proportions and spine counts mentioned in description, like those of Tipimegus thalerus, especially epistome, mouth parts, pereo- pods 1-5, dactyls of pereopods 3-4, uropod 3, telson, especially article 5 of pereopod 5 and setal dis- tribution on coxae 2-3. HOLOTYPE.?WAM, female "w," 8.13 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?WAM 416-73, 24 Jul 1943, off Jibbon Point, New South Wales, Australia, 40 m. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?The type-locality: male "v," 7.85 mm (illus.) and 2 similar males. RELATIONSHIP.?This species appears closest to T. thalerus mainly because so many minor proportions, such as those of pereopods 3-5, and the general large 58 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY size of and setation densities on epimera and coxae 1-3, resemble that species rather than T. kangulun. Nevertheless T. dinjerrus differs from T. thalerus in characters it shares with T. kangulun, such as the small cuticular setules, almost continuous spina- tion on the outer ramus of uropod 1, and the broad apices on the hand of the gnathopods. From T. kangulun, T. dinjerrus differs mainly in the short dactyls of pereopods 3-4 and the distinctiveness of the lateral spine on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3. Only one female and 4 subadult males of T. dinjerrus are known; thus a wider variety of material is required to determine whether or not this species is valid. MATERIAL.?WAM, one sample (5). DISTRIBUTION.?New South Wales, off Jibbon Point, 40 m. Tipimegus kangulun, new species FIGURES 16-19 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 20 per- cent of total length, greatest width about 77 percent of length, rostrum constricted, narrow, exceeding middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes small, clear of pigment or darkly stained. Article 1 of peduncle of antenna 1 about 0.8 times as long as wide, about 2.8 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 7 setules, weakly produced dorsal apex with 3 setules, article 2 about 0.9 times as long as article 1, with ventral crescent of 13-14 setae; primary flagellum with 9 articles, about 0.55 times as long as peduncle, bearing several long aesthetascs; acces- sory flagellum almost as long as primary flagellum, with 8-9 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of an- tenna 2 = (2-3)-2-l 1-10-7 + 2-3 supernumerary spines, dorsal margin setose, ventral margin with 8-9 groups of 2-5 long to short setae, dense ventrodistal brush of setae; article 5 about 0.5 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin with 6 unpaired setae, 6 ven- trodistal long to medium spine-setae, this row set fa- cially; flagellum about 0.75 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 10 articles. Man- dibles with weak to medium palpar hump; right incisor with 4 teeth; left incisor with 5 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch shorter than proximal, subbifid proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles; left lacinia mobilis with 1 teeth; right rakers 10 plus one rudimentary; left rakers II; molars elongate, conical or columnar, each with one long apical spine, one short apical spine, one medium spine on side with vestigial nonarticulate partner; palp arti- cle 1 short, article 2 with 4-5 medium inner apical setae, 3 other shorter inner setae and 2-3 outer setae, article 3 about 0.9 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 14 spine-setae, basodorsal formula = 3. Inner plate of maxilla 1 ordinary, bearing one long subapical pluseta, 2 apicolateral shorter setae; palp article 2 with 6-7 apical spines and 9 submarginal and facial setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and much narrower than outer, outer lacking apico- lateral setae, inner with 9-10 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large, thick apical spines, 6 apicofacial setae. 7 medial setae, outer plate with 14 medial and apical spines, no apicolateral setae; palp article 1 lacking apicolateral seta, article 2 with 3 groups of 1-2 apicolateral setae, medial margin of article 2 moderately setose, article 3 with 11 facial setae, 4 lateral setae, article 4 with 3 apical accessory setules, nail absent. Coxa 1 strongly expanded dis- tally, anterior margin almost straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4-14-16-15-32, posterior-most seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and posterior mar- gins of coxa 4 strongly divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner sharp, posterodorsal margin ordinary, almost straight, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 27:29. Long poste- rior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereo- pods 1-2 = 9-7-8-5, long anteriors = 20(+ 6 fac- ial)-! 9-(15-20)-5, short anteriors = 2-3-2-5, no others. Gnathopods with thin hands broad apically, width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 30:26 and 27:25, length ratios = 63:50 and 63:45; palmar humps very small, palms transverse; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, ovate, posterior margins rounded-flat. Pereopod 2 stouter than pe- reopod 1, especially article 4; facial setae formula on article 4 = 10-11 and 10, on article 5 = 5 and 5, main spine of article 5 extending to M. 75 on article 6, spine formula of article 6 = 6 + 9 or 7 + 9 plus huge middistal spine; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule short, midposterior pluseta short. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral seta formula = 32-32-20, composed of marginal and facial groups. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = NUMBER 245 s FIGURE 16.?Tipimegus kangulun, new species, holotype, female "n," 7.60 mm (u - male "u," 6.72 mm; tv ? female "w," 7.20 mm; y ? male "y," 7.10 mm). 60 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 17.?Tipimegus kangulun, new species, holotype, female "n," 7.60 mm (y ?? male "y,1 7.10 mm). NUMBER 245 61 FIGURE 18.?Tipimegus kangulun, new species, holotype, female "n," 7.60 mm (j ? juvenile "j,1 4.37 mm; u ? male "u," 6.72 mm; y ? male "y," 7.10 mm; z ? female "z," 11.25 mm). 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 53:48:42:18, of pereopod 4 = 63:59:44:20, of pereopod 5 = 55:11:10:5; length ratios of pereopod 3 = 72:44:44:34, of pereopod 4 = 75:62:47:45, of pereopod 5 = 80:23:19:22; article 2 of pereopod 5 reaching middle of article 5, ventrally setose; medial apex on article 6 of pereopods 3 and 5 finely combed; dactyls of pereopods 3-4 elongate. Postero- ventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, posterior margin convex, setose, anteroventral face with 15 short to medium setae, midface with 11 medium set^e; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, weakly protuberant, posterior margin convex, setose, facial setae = 1 5 + 2 midfacial, pairs and triads set vertically; posteroventral corner of epi- meron 3 weakly protuberant, posterior margin straight, weakly serrate, setose, ventral margin with 16 setae mainly in posterior half, face with occa- sional sub marginal seta. Urosomite 1 with 4 paired sets of setae, each side with sets of 8 and 2, ven- trally with sets of 3 and 2, articulation line com- plete; urosomite 3 protuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged sharp apical nails, rami of uropod 2 with accessory nails, con- tinuously spinose; outer ramus of uropod 1 with 9 dorsal spines, irregularly gapped apically, inner with 4 dorsal and 3 lateral (actually medial and lateral) spines; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 6-7 62 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY uW FIGURE 19.?Tipimegus kangulun, new species, holotype, female "n," 7.60 mm (/ ? juvenile "j ," 4.37 mm; u ? male "u," 6.72 mm; w - female "w," 7.20 mm; y ? male "y," 7.10 mm; z ? female "z," 1125 mm). NUMBER 245 63 dorsal spines, inner with 2-3 dorsal spines; peduncle of uropod 1 with 3 apicolateral spines, medially with 4 spines; peduncle of uropod 2 with 4-5 dorsal spines, medially with one small apical spine; outer rami of uropods 1-2 and apicolateral corner of peduncle on uropod 2 with weak even comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 13-14 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine and setule; rami submasculine, inner extend- ing to M. 100+ on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 2 setae, medial and lateral margins setose, article 2 of outer ramus short, 0.16, bearing 3 medium to long setae, medial margin of article 1 setose, lateral margin with 3-4 acclivities, spine formula = 2-2-2-2-( + 2), or 1-2-2-2-2, setal form- ula = 0. Telson ordinary, length-width ratio = 25: 29 or 26:27, not fully cleft, each apex of medium width, rounded, undulant, lateral acclivity shallow, weak, with lateral and medial spines separated by setule, occasionally lateral spine position paired, midlateral setules diverse. Cuticle with ordinary bul- bar setules, surface punctate or bearing fine stria- tions in form of linear fingerprint pattern, emergent setules branched. OBSERVATIONS (female).?Unspined subapex of outer ramus of uropod 1 often with spine vestige subapically, juveniles as small as 3.7 mm also lack- ing spines apically or juvenile "j," 4.37 mm, with sub- apical spine and second spinule on face of nail, this spinule also present in superfemale; inner ramus of uropod 1 in juvenile with pair of accessory apical spines; protuberant base of spike on peduncle of uropod 1 becoming elongate in terminal adults. VARIATIONS (female).?Female "w," 7.20 mm: Article 5 of pereopod 3 with 2 rows of posterior facial spines, article 6 of pereopod 4 with 4 rows of posterior facial spines; spine formula on outer ramus of uropod 3 = 2-3-2-2-2. Superfemale "z," 11.25 mm: Comb on apex of article 6 on pereopod 3 absent, article 2 of pereopod 5 with only 6 facial setae; inner ramus of uropod 1 so cylindrical that dorsal (medial) spines rotated out of sight medially (see illustration), peduncle of uropod 2 with 6 dorsal spines, outer ramus with 8, inner with 4. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Eyes enlarged. Article 1 of antenna 1 with increased numbers of ventral setules, no medial fuzz; primary flagellum with 9 articles, one calceolus each on articles 1-4, aesthetascs well developed; accessory flagellum with 8 articles. Facial spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-12-11-7, dorsomedial margin fuzzy, other setae shortened; article 5 with 8 dorsal sets of male setae and 7 cal- ceoli, ventrodistal apex with 2 setules; flagellar for- mula = 45, 2-4, 6, 8 . . . 40 or 44, 2-5, 7, 9 . . . 39. Distal member of right lacinia mobilis poorly sub- bifid, inner margin of article 3 on mandibular palp with 2 accessory setae not in female. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 main apical spines spread slightly more than in female, 4 medial setae; outer plate with 12 spines; palp article 2 with 3 lateral setae, article 3 with 6 lateral setae. Coxae 3-4 slightly to much longer than in female; ventral setal formula of coxae 1-4 = 10-13-13-27. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 6-6-6-3, long anteriors = 6-9-14-7, short anteri- ors = 1-2-4-3, no others. Setal and spine formulas of pereopods 1-2 on article 4 = 5 + 5 (separated by gap from other distal setae), on article 5 = 5 and 5, on article 6 = 9 + 10 plus middistal spine, setae on posterodistal margin of article 4 shorter than in female. Article 2 of pereopods 3 and 5 slightly nar- rower than in female. Epimera 1-2 with numerous short posterodorsal setae, epimera 1-3 slightly broadened, posterior margin of epimeron 3 not shortened. Urosome ventrally with 3 paired sets of setae, lateral set = 7, ventral sets = 3 and 4. Spine formula of uropods: uropod 1 peduncle apico- lateral = 3; uropod 2 peduncle dorsal = 6; dorsal spines on outer ramus of uropod 1 = 9 , continuous to apex, but with slightly excessive gap between spines 1-2, of uropod 2 = 8; inner ramus of uropod 1 = 6-7 plus 3, of uropod 2 = 3. Ventral spines on peduncle of uropod 3 = 14-15; spine formula on article 1 of outer ramus = 0-1-1-2-2-2 or 0?1?1?1? 2-2-2-2, setal formula = 3-1-1-1-1-1 or 2-1-2-1- 1-1-1-1. Telson weakly elongate, broadened api- cally, distal spines scarcely shortened, midbase of each lobe with numerous acute denticles. VARIATIONS.?Aberrant male, 8.0 mm, PPBES 960/3: Eyes scarcely enlarged but penial processes well developed; antenna 2 like that of female; uro- pod 3 almost fully masculine but antenna 1 and epimera like those of female. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Female maxilla 2 as in Tipi- megus thalerus; several spines on ventral side of peduncle on uropod 3 omitted. HOLOTYPE.?AM, female "n," 7.60 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?SBS C4S4, 17 May 1972, off Malabar, New South Wales, Australia, 69 m, sand. 64 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY VOUCHER MATERIAL.?SBS E2S4: female "w," 7.20 mm (illus.); male "y," 7.10 mm (illus.); male "u," 6.72 mm (illus.); juvenile "j ," 4.37 mm (illus). CPBS 24N: female "z," 11.25 mm (illus.). RELATIONSHIP.?This species differs from Tipi- megus thalerus in the elongate dactyls of pereopods 3-4, the small size of the cuticular setules, the broad apices of the hands on the gnathopods, the widely spread setae on coxae 1-3, and the elongation of the lateral seta on article 2 of uropod 3 which in T. thalerus forms a shorter and distinctive spine. Tipi- megus kangulun is characterized by the noncontinu- ous dorsal spination on uropod 1, particularly well developed in females and juveniles but becoming obscured in males. Male uropod 1 usually has some weak degree of asymmetry in the placement of apical spines and lacks any definite apical spine fully contiguous with the nail. In all but super- females article 6 of pereopod 3 bears a distal comb which is absent in T. thalerus. Generally the spine forming part of the spike on the peduncle of uro- pod 1 is shorter in T. kangulun than in T. thalerus. REMARKS.?A single male with stunted antenna 2 from JLB AUS 11, Western Australia, is provision- ally identified with T. kangulun but the setae on coxae 1-3 are few and narrowly spread; this may be a new species and will be reserved until more mate- rial from Western Australia can be collected. MATERIAL.?CPBS, 3 samples from 2 stations (3); WPBES, 2 samples from 2 stations <5); PPBES, 14 samples from 10 stations (26) [5 doubtful from 2 samples]; AM, one sample (1); SBS, 6 samples from 4 stations (17). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria: Western Port and Port Phillip Bay, 2-13 m, sand. New South Wales: off Sydney, 53-150 m, sand. Tipimegus kalkro, new species FIGURES 20-23 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 22 percent of total body length, greatest width about 70 per- cent of length, rostrum constricted, narrow, reach- ing apex of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium, partly occluded with pigment. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.2 times as long as wide, about twice as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 11 setules, weakly produced dorsal apex with 2 setules; article 2 about 1.1 times as long as article 1, with ventral crescent of 12-13 setae; primary fla- gellum with 8-9 articles, about 0.65 times as long as peduncle, bearing long aesthetascs; accessory flagel- lum with 8 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 11-8-5 or 11-8-4 + 3-4 supernumer- ary spines, dorsal margin setose, ventral margin with 7-8 groups of 2-5 long to medium setae, dense ventrodistal brush of setae; article 5 about 0.45 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin sparsely setulose. ventral margin with 9 unpaired setae, 5 ventrodistal medium spines, this row set facially: flagelluin about 0.9 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 11-12 arti- cles. Mandibles with weak palpar hump: right in- cisor with 4 teeth; left incisor with 4 teeth in 2 humps; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch much shorter than proximal, broad, subhind, proxi- mal branch simple, pointed; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth; right rakers 10-12 plus 0-1 rudimen- tary; left rakers 13-14 plus one rudimentary; molars elongate, conical or columnar, each with one long apical spine, one short apical spine, one medium spine on side with vestigial nonarticulate partner; palp article 1 short, article 2 with 1-2 medium in- ner apical setae, plus 3-5 other shorter apical setae in clump and one other short inner seta, and 3 outer facial setae, article 3 about 0.95 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 16 spine-setae, baso- dorsal formula = 3 (or 2 on left occasionally). Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, bearing one long subapical pluseta, 2 apicolateral shorter setae; palp article 2 with 7-8 apical spines and 12 submarginal and facial setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and narrower than outer, outer lacking apicolateral setae, inner with 6 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large, thick apical spines, 6 apicofacial setae, 4 medial setae, outer plate with 14 medial and apical spines, no apicolateral setae; palp article 1 lacking apicolateral seta, article 2 with one group of 2 apicolateral setae, medial margin of article 2 strongly setose, article 3 with 29 facial setae, 5 lateral setae, article 4 with 3 apical setules, nail absent. Coxa 1 strongly expanded distally, anterior margin straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = (6-7H9-H)- (9 - l lH16-22) , posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 strongly divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner sharp, posterodorsal margin ordinary, almost straight; width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 17:18. Long posterior NUMBER 245 65 FICURE 20.?Tipimegus kalkro, new species, holotype, female "d," 5.66 mm (b ? male "b," 5.00 ram; c ? female "c," 5.43 mm; k = female "k," 5.67 mm). 66 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 21.?Tipimegus kalkro, new species, holotype, female "d," 5.66 mm (fc ? male "b," 5.00 mm; c ? female "c," 5.43 mm). setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 6-8-9-7, long anteriors = 17(+ 3 facial)-14- 15-1, short anteriors = 2-3-4-4, no others. Gna- thopods with thin hands narrow apically; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 30:21 and 29:21, length ratios = 65:50 and 63:47, palmar humps small, palms transverse; article 5 of gnatho- pods 1-2 elongate, ovate, posterior margins rounded. Pereopod 2 stouter than pereopod 1, especially arti- cle 4; facial setae formula on article 4 = 7 or 8 and 8 or 8, on article 5 = 6 and 6 or 6 and 7; main spine of article 5 extending to M. 85 on article 6, spine formula of article 6 = 9 + 9 and 9 + 9 or 8 + 9 plus huge middistal spine; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule short, midposterior pluseta short. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral seta formula = 22- 35-30 composed of marginal and facial groups. Arti- cles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 53:47:48:22, of pereopod 4 = 57:55: 43:19, of pereopod 5 = 55:9:8:4; length ratios of pereopod 3 = 72:42:41:31, of pereopod 4 = 64:57: NUMBER 245 67 bP2 FIGURE 22.?Tipimegus kalkro, new species, holotype, female "d," 5.66 mm (b ? male "b," 5.00 mm). 42:40, of pereopod 5 = 75:20:19:20; article 2 of pereopod 5 reaching middle of article 5, ventrally setose; medial apex on article 6 of pereopods 3 and 5 finely combed; dactyls of pereopods 3-4 short. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 weakly protru- sive, posterior margin weakly convex, setose, antero- ventral face with 7-8 short to medium setae, mid- face with 11 medium setae; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, weakly protuberant, posterior margin convex, setose, facial setae = 8-9 plus one midfacial, some pairs set vertically (rows of 7 + 2 or 6 + 2); posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 weakly protuberant, posterior margin almost straight, weakly serrate, setose, ventral margin with 8?10 setae mainly in posterior half, face with several sub- marginal setae. Urosomite 1 with 4 paired sets of setae, each side with sets of 5-7, ventrally with sets of 2-A, 2-4, and 2, articulation line complete; uroso- mite 3 protuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged sharp apical nails, rami of uropods 1-2 with 1-2 accessory nails, continuously spinose; outer ramus of uropod 1 with 7 dorsal 68 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY \ bT FIGURE 23.?Tipimegus kalkro, new species, holotype, female "d," 5.66 mm (b ? male "b," 5.00 mm; c ? female "c," 5.43 mm; y ? male "y," 5.30 mm). NUMBER 245 69 spines, inner with 5-8 dorsal plus 3-5 lateral; outer ramus of urojxxl 2 with 4-5 dorsal spines, inner with 5 dorsal spines; peduncle of uropod 1 with 2 apicolateral spines, medially with 1-2 marginal spines; peduncle of uropod 2 with 3 dorsal spines, medially with one small apical spine; outer rami of uropods 1-2 and apex of peduncle on uropod 2 with large comb (or comb absent on peduncle of uropod 2). Peduncle of uropod 3 with 9-12 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, medial spine and setule or 2 spines only; rami submasculine, inner extending to M. 100+ on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 3 setae, medial margin setose, lateral margin with one apical seta; article 2 of outer ramus ordinary, 0.20, bearing 3 medium to long setae, lateralmost shortest, thin, nonplumose, spiuclikc; apicomedial margin of article 1 with 3 setae, lateral margin with 4 acclivities, spine form- ula = 2-2-2-2, setal formula = 0. Telson ordinary, length-width ratio = 1:1, not fully cleft, each apex of medium width, rounded, undulant, lateral accliv- ity shallow, weak, with lateral and medial spines separated by setule, midlateral setules diverse. Cuti- cle with ordinary bulbar setules, surface with dense fuzz of denticles, emergent setules branched. OBSERVATIONS (female).?Article 2 on pereopod 5 of female "c" with 11 long facial setae, 9 setules but only 3 anterodorsal setae; article 5 of pereopod 1 in adults with strong medial comb on distal bevel, with one medioproximal spinule; female "d" holo- type with aberrant right lacinia mobilis, proximal branch stubby, perhaps broken and regenerate. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Less robust than female. Eyes enlarged. Article 1 of antenna 1 lacking medial fuzz, bearing 16 or more ventral setules; article 2 with 11 ventral setae; one calceolus each on articles 1-3 of primary flagellum. Spine formula on article 3 of antenna 2 = 3 plus disjunct setule, on article 4 = 3-9-7-6 or 3-11-7-5, (or, rarely, variations thereof), plus 3 supernumerary spines, on article 5 = 2, article 4 with dorsomedial fuzz, ventral setae shortened and fewer than in female; article 5 with 5 distoventral setules, dorsal margin with 5-6 calceoli and 7-8 sets of male setae; flagellum with approximately 42 articles (often broken), flagellar formula = 42, 3, 4, 6, 8 . . . 40 (calceoli on segments 3-12 rudimentary), or 2-7, 9 . . . (calceoli on 5, 6, 7, 11 rudimentary), or 2-5, 7, 9 . . . (calceoli on 3 and 7 rudimentary), or, rarely, other variations. Upper lip more deeply incised than in female. Mandibular molars bearing only 3 spines; right rakers 10 plus one rudimentary, left 13 plus one rudimentary; basofacial setal formula on palp article 3 = 2, inner margin with 5 setae (absent in female). Coxa 4 narrower than in female but of similar length rela- tive to coxa 1. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 1-4-5-4, long anteriors = 10-11-12-1, short anteriors = 1-3-5-3. Pereopods 1-2 thinner than in female; facial and spine formulas on article 4 = 7 and 6, on article 5 = 5 and 5, on article 6 = 8 + 8 plus huge mid- distal spine. Article 2 of pereopod 5 narrower than in female; articles 5 and 6 of pereopod 4 greatly to slightly narrower. Epimera 1-3 broad- ened; posterior margin of epimeron 3 shortened; facial ridge on epimeron 2 weak or absent; setal formulas, epimeron 1 anteroventral = 5-6, facial = 14 decreasing to 5, epimeron 2 facial = 5-6, epi- meron 3 ventral = 8-9. Spine formulas of uro- pods, uropod 1 peduncle apicolateral = 2, me- dial = 1, uropod 2 peduncle dorsal = 6-7, dor- sal spines on outer ramus of uropod 1 = 8, of uropod 2 =6-7, inner ramus of uropod 1 = 5 + 5, of uropod 2 = 3. Ventral spines on peduncle of uropod 3 = 12-13, spine formula on article 1 of outer ramus = 0-0-0-1-1-2-2-3-3, or 0-0-0-2-2-2, or, rarely, other variations thereof, setal formula = 1 X 9 , or 2-1-1-1-1-0-0, or other variations. Telson weakly elongate, broadened, 2-3 distal spines on each lobe shortened, each lobe with patch of midbasal denticles. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Lateral head of female "c" illus- trated but outline of antenna 1 added to drawing from holotype female "d" by adjusting heads to same proportions; palp of maxilla 1 heavily flat- tened, 2 setae omitted; palp article 3 of maxilliped with several setae omitted from face on whole view but enlargement with setae marked by their pits showing all 29 facial setae; article 2 on outer ramus of male uropod 3 lacking mid seta, often broken off, lateralmost spine-seta plumose or not (variable on single individual); denticles of male telson too small to show on illustration. HOLOTYPE.?NMV, female "d," 5.66 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?PPBES 912/4, 19 Nov 1971, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia, 7 m, sand. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?Type-locality: female "c," 5.43 mm (illus.); young male "a," 5.72 mm. PPBES 912/1: male "b," 5.00 mm {illus.); male "y," 5.30 70 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY mm (illus.). PPBES 920/5: female '%" 5.67 mm (illus.); male "m," 5.61 mm. RELATIONSHIP.?This species differs from T. thalerus, T. dinjerrus, and T. kangulun in the presence of grossly enlarged combs on the outer rami of uropods 1-2. It further differs from T. thalerus in the smallness of the cuticular setules, in the greater elongation or thinness of the special lateral spine-seta on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3, in the fewer spines on the outer ramus of uropod 2, the greater number of spines on the inner ramus of uropod 2, the fewer spines medially on the peduncle of uropod 1, and in the longer spines on uropods 1-2. From T. dinjerrus, T. kalkro further differs in the narrow apices of the gnathopods. From T. kangulun, T. kalkro fur- ther differs in the evenly spread spination on the outer ramus of uropod 1, in the shortened dactyls of pereopods 3-4, and in the narrow apices of the gnathopods. MATERIAL.?PPBES, 23 samples from 13 stations (54). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria, Port Phillip Bay, 4-8 m, sand. Tipimegus stebbingi (J. L. Barnard), new combination Pontharpinia pinguis.?Stebbing, 1897:35-34, pi. 92J [not Has- well, 1880]; 1910:635 Paraphoxus stebbingi J. L. Barnard, 1958:148; 1960:282. TYPE.?Female 3/10 inch. TYPE-LOCALITY.?Jervis Bay, New South Wales, Australia. NOTES.?The female identified by Stebbing as Pontharpinia pinguis (Haswell) does not belong to that species, nor, indeed to the genus Pontharpinia. Stebbing used this female to erect the genus Pontharpinia to contain Pontharpinia pinguis as the type-species in monotypy. Pontharpinia is there- fore a confounded genus but we prefer to maintain Pontharpinia as a valid genus for the purposes of nomenclatural stability. J. L. Barnard (1958) re- named Stebbing's specimen but according to Dr. Roger J. Lincoln of the British Museum (Natural History), Dr. D.J.G. Griffin of the Australian Museum and Dr. Torben Wolff of the Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, this specimen is lost. Those are the three museums in which it might have been deposited. We cannot identify T. stebbingi from Stebbing's description; extensive exploration of Jervis Bay will be necessary to sort out the probable identity. Tipimegus stebbingi is apparently not in the genus Booranus because article 2 of pereopod 5 is poorly inflated anteriorly in that genus. The short dactyl of pereopod 3 and the apically narrowed hands of the gnathopods suggest that T. stebbingi may be identical to T. thalerus or T. kalkro but the widely spread setae of coxa 2 suggest affinity with T. kangulun. Tipimegus stebbingi may therefore be fully distinct from any of the new species described herein. Tipimegus species 4N NOTES.?This probable new species is represented in the collections only by an immature male; its full description is reserved until additional mate- rials become available. Setae on coxa 1 poorly spread; hands of gnathopods broad apically, palms straight; dactyl of pereopod 3 short, article 6 stout, dactyl of pereopod 4 longer than half of article 6, latter elongate, thin; outer ramus of uropod 1 with continuous and apically dense dorsal spina- tion; outer ramus of uropod 2 with dense and even but fine dorsal comb; epimeron 2 bearing setae in middle of lateral surface; cuticular setules com- posed of very small bulbs, emergent setule at most asymmetrically bifid or bearing very few side plumes. It differs from T. thalerus in the very elongate article 6 and dactyl of pereopod 4, the presence of midsetae on epimeron 2, and the dense clumping of apical spines on the outer ramus of uropod 1. It also differs from T. dinjerrus in the presence of midsetae on epimeron 2, the shorter dactyl of pereopod 4 and the dense clumping of apical spines on the outer ramus of uropod 1. MATERIAL.?SBS E253, male, 3.84 mm, New South Wales, off Malabar, 52 m, sand. Tipimegus species 5N NOTES.?This apparently distinct species is repre- sented in the collections by subadult males and juveniles; its full description is reserved until adult females become available. Setae on coxa 1 poorly spread; hands of gnathopods narrow apically (but slightly broader than in T. thalerus), palm of gnathopod 1 S-shaped; dactyls of pereopods 3-4 longer than in T. thalerus but less than half as NUMBER 245 71 long as article 6, latter elongate and thin in both pereopods 3-4; outer ramus of uropod 1 with con- tinuous spination but with weak and excessive gap between spines 1 and 2 (spine 1 closely adjacent to nail); outer ramus of uropod 2 lacking conspicu- ous dorsal comb but with ultrafine ragged comb- fuzz; epimeron 2 lacking setae in middle of lateral surface; cuticular setules composed of small bulbs of size similar to those of T. dinjerrus, emergent setules branched. It differs from T. thalerus in the weakly S-shaped curve on the palm of gnathopod 1, in the greater elongation of the dactyl and article 6 of pereopods 3-4, and in the greater gap between spines 1 and 2 on the outer ramus of uropod 1. It differs from T. species 4N in the S-shaped but slightly shorter palm of gnathopod I, the absence of middle setae on epimeron 2, the sparser apical spination on the outer ramus of uropod 1, and the somewhat shorter dactyls of pereopods 3-4. It further differs from T. dinjerrus in the S-shaped palm of gnathopod 1 and the slightly more elon- gate articles 6-7 of pereopods 3-4. MATERIAL.?PPBES, 7 samples from 3 stations (18). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria, Port Phillip Bay, 4-8 m, sand. Boor anus, new genus DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 ordinary, ventral setae widely spread. Article 1 of antenna 2 weakly ensiform; article 3 with num- erous setae, setules and spines; facial spines on arti- cle 4 in 2 or more rows, plus special apical spines; article 5 especially thin and short. Right mandi- bular incisor with 4 teeth; molar not triturative, large, elongate conical, then subtruncate and bear- ing 3-4 special large spines, not bearing fuzz; palpar hump small. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; inner plate with 4-5 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary; apex of palp article 3 not protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail absent. Gnathopods small, similar; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, free, without eusirid at- tachment; palms transverse to chelate, hands elon- gate, heavily setose anteriorly, trichophoxid in shape. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 lacking setae posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 especially small, article 2 strongly setose ventrally, article 3 greatly enlarged, dactyl normal, pereopod 5 with gills. Epimera 1-2 bearing numerous long posterior setae, rarely with midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 ordinary, bearing row of facial spines. Urosomite 1 naked laterally, bearing one or more midventral crescents or bun- dles of setae; urosomite 3 lacking dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate to weakly shortened, with apicoventral spike, without special enlarged apicolateral or medial spine, only pedunclar apices of uropod 2 combed; inner ramus of uropod 1 with 2 rows of marginal spines, some rami continuously spinose to apex; inner ramus of uropod 2 especially short- ened. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying 3 short to long apical setae. Telson ordinary, with 2-3 apical spines or setae on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed, con- stricted. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male absent; calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present. Calceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present, facial spines absent in female, flagellum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts strongly extended forward, especially massive, strongly distinct, epistome with large tooth, neither epistome nor upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, thin; article 1 of mandibular palp short, palp medium, apex of article 3 oblique, arti- cle 2 with outer setae. Lower lip lacking cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped thick, ordinarily setose. Coxae 2-4 with special anterodorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thick and stiff, midapical spine present, especially enlarged. Article 2 of pereopod 5 with facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines widely spread, medial spines partially spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with medial spines confined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lack- ing extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Booranus weemus, new species. COMPOSITION.?Booranus tikeri, new species; B. wangoorus, new species. RELATIONSHIP.?This genus is extremely close to 72 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Tipimegus but is believed to qualify as a full and separate genus because each forms a tight cluster of 3 to 5 species without intergradations. The main distinctions of Booranus are the massively produced epistome and the presence of gills on pereopod 5. The two clusters also differ in the presence (Boor- anus) or absence (Tipimegus) of a grossly devel- oped lateral spine row on epimeron 3. See "Relationship" under Tipimegus for other common characteristics. Key to the Species of Booranus 1. Article 5 of pereopod 5 lacking apical comb laterally B. tikeri, new species Article 5 of pereopod 5 bearing apical comb laterally 2 2. Coxa 7 with 1-2 facial setae (apart from posterior setae), spike on uropod I reaching to M. 50 on outer ramus, epimeron 1 with a few midfacial setae B. wangoorus, new species Coxa 7 lacking facial setae, spike on uropod 1 reaching to M. 30-35 on outer ramus, epimeron 1 lacking facial setae in middle above lateral ridge and apart from posterior setae B. iveetmu, new specie* Booranus weemus, new species FIGURES 24-26 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 22 percent of total body length, greatest width about 60 per- cent of length, rostrum constricted, narrow, elon- gate, exceeding middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes large, clear of pigment, ommatidia ordinary. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.25 times as long as wide, about twice as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 4 setules, weakly pro- duced dorsal apex with 1-3 setules; article 2 about as long as article 1, with ventral cycle of 12-13 setae; primary flagellum with 10-11 articles, about 0.85 times as long as peduncle, bearing medium aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 11 articles. Article 3 of antenna 2 with 5 setae-spines and one setule; spine formula of article 4 = 4-10-9-9 or 3-9-10-8, dorsal margin with 4 notches each bear- ing 3-5 setae, ventral margin with 7 groups of 1-5 long to short setae, 2-3 distal long spines and brush of 11 + setae; article 5 about half as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin bearing 2 setae, ventral margin with 7-9 unpaired setae, clump of 5-6 ventrodistal long to short spines, no subdistal facial spines; flagellum about as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 14 articles, epistome with sharp anterior protru- sion; upper lip with ventral sinus. Mandibles with weak palpar hump; right incisor with 4 teeth; left incisor with 4 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch shorter than proximal, subbifid, proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles, humps; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth; right rakers 11 plus or minus one rudi- mentary; left rakers 12-13; molars elongate, coni- cal, each molar with 4 long to short spines, none disjunct; palp article 1 short, article 2 with one long and one short inner apical setae and 6 other shorter inner and facial setae, article 3 about 1.1 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 12 spine-setae, basodorsal formula = 0-2. Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, bearing one long apicofacial pluseta, 3 shorter apical setae; palp article 2 with 9-10 apical marginal spines and 9-10 submarginal setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and narrower than outer, outer lacking apicolateral setae, inner with 10-11 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large thick apical spines, 5-6 apicofacial setae, 4-5 medial setae; outer plate with 15-18 medial and apical spines, one apicolateral seta; palp articles 1-2 lacking apicolateral setae; medial margin of article 2 moderately setose; article 3 with about 30 facial setae, 7-9 lateral setae in 5 groups; article 4 with 5 accessory setules, mostly on face, nail absent. Coxa 1 strongly expanded distally, an- terior margin almost straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = (!^>)-(?-Wy-(9-\0)-\l, posterior- most seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and poste- rior margins of coxa 4 divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin short, undulant, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 13:16; gills present on coxae 2-7. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 4-3-7-6, long anteriors = 20(+ 3 facial)-7-8-(2-3), short anteri- ors = 3-5-4-(4-5), no others. Gnathopods thin, hands thin, parachelate, mitellid (occasionally NUMBER 245 73 FIGURE 24.?Booranus weemus, new species, female "a," 6.1 mm (g ? holotype female "g," 5.63 mm; n ? male "n," 5.58 mm). 74 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Gl FIGURE 25.?Booramts weemus, new species, female "a," 6.1 mm (Y m dactyl). gnathopod 2 slightly smaller than gnathopod 1); width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 29:24 and 28:25, length ratios = 63:46 and 65:46; palmar humps very small, palms transverse; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, ovate, posterior mar- gins rounded-flat. Pereopods 1-2 similar; article 4 of pereopods 1-2 similar but much stouter on pereopod 2; article 5 with apicomedial comb on pereopods 1-2; facial setae formula on article 4 = 5 and 5 or 5 and 4, on article 5 = 5 and 6 or 6 and 6; main spine of article 5 extending to M. 75 on article 6, article 5 with one extra long distopos- terior spine and numerous setae, proximal margin naked; spine formula of article 6 = 6 + 8 and 7 + 8 or 7 + 9 and 8 + 9 plus huge middistal spine, some spines especially long; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule short, marginal pluseta highly proxi- mal. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral seta formula = 18- 18-11, none facial. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 52:48:44:22, of pereopod 4 = 65:55:34:14, of pereopod 5 = 60:10: 8:4; length ratios of pereopod 3 = 71:39:38:35, of pereopod 4 = 77:59:51:52, of pereopod 5 = 89:20: 21:22; article 2 of pereopod 5 almost reaching apex of article 5, ventrally setose, anterior margin weakly NUMBER 245 75 w FIGURE 26.?Booranus weemus, new species, female "a," 6.1 mm (g mm; n -= male "n," 5.58 mm). holotype female "g," 5.63 bulging, pereopod 5 small and mostly hidden by pereopod 4, lateral apex of article 5 and medial apex of article 6 finely combed. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin straight, weakly setose (4), anteroventral margin and face with 6-7 short setae, posteroventral margin with 2-3 short setae, no fully facial setae; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, post- erior margin straight, weakly serrate, setose, facial setae = 5-7, none set vertically; posteroventral cor- ner of epimeron 3 rounded, weakly protuberant, posterior margin almost straight, serrate, setose, ventral margin with 6-7 setae mainly in posterior half, face with oblique row of 7-8 spines in mid- dle; epimera 1-2 with setule on posterodorsal mar- gin set in weak notch. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged sharp apical nails and accessory nails, spike on uropod 1 reaching to M. 30-35 on outer ramus, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 8-10 dorsal spines, inner with 5-6 and facial row of %-A spines; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 5-6 dorsal spines, inner with 3-4 dorsomedial spines includ- ing accessory nail; peduncle of uropod 1 with 4 apicolateral spines, no basofacial setae, medially with 3 marginal spines, apicalmost ordinary; ped- uncle of uropod 2 with 4?5 dorsal spines, medially with pair of apical spines; apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 with weak comb. Ped- uncle of uropod 3 with 11-12 ventral spines, dor- sally with 4-5 lateral spines, one medial spine; rami masculine, inner extending to M. 100 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 3 setae, medial and lateral margins setose; article 2 of outer ramus ordinary, 0.17, bearing 2 medium setae and one spine, apicomedial margin of article 1 setose, lat- eral margin with 7-8 acclivities, spine formula = 76 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY (l)_2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2, one spine of each set elon- gate, setal formula = 0. Urosomite 1 with midlateral group of 8-9 setae, one ventral seta on each side, articulation line incomplete; urosomite 3 protu- berant dorsally, with middorsal spine on each side. Telson long, length-width ratio = 31:28, not fully cleft, each apex narrow to medium, rounded, with middle acclivity, lateral acclivity narrow, weak, bearing ordinary lateral spine, spine next medial longer, with lateral and medial spines separated by setule, often with third spine fully lateral, mid- lateral setules diverse. Cuticle with bulbar setules closely packed with pipes and spicules or studs, setules surrounded by cordate plaques, surface bearing fine striations in form of linear fingerprint pattern, emergent setules branched. OBSERVATIONS (female).?Description based on holotype female "g" and female "a." Female "a" with aberrant, narrowed telson bearing only 2 (normal) apical spines on each lobe; spike of uropod 1 about 15 percent shorter than in female "g"; facial ridges on article 2 of pereopod 3 probably artifacts. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Eyes hugely enlarged. Article 1 of antenna 1 lacking medial fuzz, bearing numerous ventral setules; article 2 with 11 ventral setae; primary flagellum with 11 articles, one cal- ceolus each on articles 1-5, aesthetascs on primary flagellum as in female; accessory flagellum with 9 articles. Facial spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 4-10-9-7; article 5 with 5 ventral setae, one subapical facial spine, one setule, proximal face with one setule, dorsal margin with 4 sets of male setae and 3 calceoli, ventrodistal apex with 5 setules in row; flagellar formula = 28, 2, 4, 6 . . . 14. Man- dibular palp article 3 as in female, lacking setae on inner margin. Coxa 4 similar to but smaller in rela- tion to coxa 1 than in female; ventral setal formula of coxae 1^1 = 8-9-9-15. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 2-3-3-3. Pereopods 1-2 much thinner than in fe- male; facial and setal spine formulas of pereopods 1-2 on article 4 = 4 and 4, on article 5 = 5 and 6, on article 6 = 6 + 8 and 7 + 8 plus middistal spine. Article 2 of pereopods 3, 4, 5 slightly narrower than in female. Epimera 1-3 broadened; posterior mar- gin of epimeron 3 not shortened; setal formulas, epimeron 1 anteroventral = 4, ventral = 7 widely spread, posterior = 8, epimeron 2 facial = 5, poste- rior = 8, epimeron 3 posterior = 8, facial = 9, ven- tral = 5. Spine formulas of uropods, uropod 1 pe- duncle apicolateral = 4, uropod 2 peduncle dorsal = 6, dorsal spines on outer ramus of uropod 1 = 10 including nails, of uropod 2 = 9 including nails, in- ner ramus of uropod 1 = 6 and 5 including nails, of uropod 2 = 5 including nails, spine formula on arti- cle 1 of outer ramus = 0-0-0-2 X 8, spines shorter than in female, setal formula = 1 x 1 1 . Telson broadened, distal spines shortened, each lobe with broad patches of dorsal denticles. OBSERVATIONS (male).?Male "n" dimensions of pereopods 3-5, widths of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereo- pod 3 = 50:44:42:20, of pereopod 4 = 60:50:30:13. of pereopod 5 = 54:10:8:5, lengths of articles on pereopod 3 = 77=40:35:36. of pereopod 4 = 62:65: 50:52, of pereopod 5 = 90:21:23:23; alternative spine formula on outer ramus of uropod 3 = 0-1-2-2-2 . . . n. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Generally as in Booranus tikeri except in specific characters mentioned for female or for notes in male description. Following female parts like Tipimegus thalerus except as specified in description: maxilla 2 and maxilliped. Following parts like B. tikeri except as specified in description: lower lip and maxilla 1 except for more elongate inner plate as figured for B. tveemus. HOLOTYPE.?NMV, female "g," 5.63 mm. TYPE LOCALITY.?CPBS 12S/1, 16 Mar 1965, Western Port, Victoria, Australia, 2.4 m, fine sand, mud. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?Type-locality: female "a," 6.1 mm (illus.); male "n," 5.58 mm (illus.); smallest juvenile examined, 3.5 mm. MATERIAL.?CPBS, 5 samples from one station (38); WPBES, one sample <2). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria, Western Port, 0.3-2.0 m, sand, sand with mud, seagrass. Booranus tikeri, new species FIGURES 27, 28 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 20 percent of total body length, greatest width about 65 per- cent of length, rostrum constricted, narrow, elon- gate, exceeding middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes large, clear of pigment or deeply stained, om- matidia ordinary. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about as long as wide, about 1.8 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 9 setules, weakly produced dorsal apex with 3 setules; article NUMBER 245 77 XI FIGURE 27.?Booranus tikeri, new species, holotype, female "f," 6.92 mm; (g = male "gg," 7.4 mm; v ? male "v," size unknown). 78 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY k\Y FIGURE 28.?Booranus tikeri, new species, holotype, female "f," 6.92 mm (g ? male "gg," 7.4 mm; k ? male "k," 6.60 mm; m ? male "m," 7.0 mm). NUMBER 245 79 2 about as long as article 1, with ventral cycle of 12 setae; primary flagellum with 13 articles, about 1.1 times as long as peduncle, bearing medium aesthe- tascs; accessory flagellum with 13 articles. Article 3 of antenna 2 with 4 setae-spines and one setule; spine formula of article 4 = 4-3-9-9-8, dorsal mar- gin with 4 notches each bearing 3-5 setae, ventral margin with 6-7 groups of 1-6 long to medium setae, 2-3 distal long spines, and clump of 11 + setae; article 5 about 0.57 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked or bearing 2 setae, ventral margin with 7 unpaired setae, clump of 5 ventrodistal long to medium spines, no subdistal facial spines; flagellum about 1.1 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 16 articles. Epistome with sharp anterior protrusion; upper lip with weak ventral sinus. Mandibles with weak palpar hump; right incisor with 4 teeth; left incisor with 4 teeth in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch much shorter than proxi- mal, subbiful, proximal branch simple, pointed; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth; right rakers 11 plus one rudimentary; left rakers 12 plus one rudimentary; molars elongate, conical, each molar with 4 long to short spines, none disjunct; palp article 1 short, arti- cle 2 with one long, one short inner apical setae and 6 other long and short inner and facial setae; article 3 about 1.1 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 12 spine-setae, basodorsal formula = 2 (one short). Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, bearing one long apicofacial pluseta, 3-4 shorter similar apical setae; palp article 2 with 7 apical marginal spines and 10 submarginal setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and narrower than outer, outer without apicolateral seta, inner with 9 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large thick apical spines, 5 apicofacial setae, 5 medial setae; outer plate with 16 medial and apical spines, one apicolateral seta; palp articles 1-2 lacking lateral setae, medial mar- gin of article 2 moderately setose, article 3 with 36 facial setae, 8 lateral setae in 3 sets, article 4 with 2 accessory setules, nail absent, Coxa 1 strongly ex- panded distally, anterior margin almost straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 8-9-(9-8)-15, posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; coxa 2 beveled anteroventrally; anterior and posterior mar- gins of coxa 4 divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner sharp-rounded, posterodorsal margin short, ordinary, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 34:39; gills present on coxae 2-7. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 6-5-5-6, long anteriors = 14 ( + 4 facial)-6-8-l, short anteriors = 3-5-7-5, no others. Gnathopods thin, hands thin, parachelate, mitellid, gnathopod 2 slightly smaller than gnatho- pod 1; width ratios of articles 5-6 of gnathopods 1-2 = 29:24 and 28:24, length ratios = 67:48 and 65:48; palmar humps very small, palms transverse; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, ovate, poste- rior margins rounded-flat. Pereopods 1-2 similar; article 4 of pereopod 2 much stouter than article 4 of pereopod 1; article 5 with apicomedial comb on pereopods 1-2; facial setae formula on article 4 = 5 and 4, on article 5 = 5 and 6; main spine of article 5 extending to M. 75-80 on article 6, spine formula of article 6 = 6 + 10 and 7 + 1 0 plus huge mid- distal spine, some spines especially long; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, pro- duced as tooth, emergent setule short, marginal pluseta ordinary. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setae formula = 19-19-16, some facial. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 50:46:41:20, of pereopod 4 = 70:55:33:14, of pereo- pod 5 = 60:9:7:4, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 73: 40:37:34, of pereopod 4 = 75:70:47:54, of pereopod 5 = 88:20:17:20; article 2 of pereopod 5 almost reaching apex of article 5, ventrally setose, anterior margin weakly bulging, pereopod 5 small and mostly hidden by pereopod 4, lateral apex of article 5 not combed; medial apex of article 6 finely combed. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded- quadrate, posterior margin straight, weakly setose (14), anteroventral margin and face with 6-8 short setae, posteroventral margin with 1-2 short setae, no facial setae, posterior margin with 13 setae; postero- ventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, posterior margin straight, weakly serrate, setose (12-13), facial setae = 7, none set vertically; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, weakly protuberant, poste- rior margin almost straight, weakly serrate, setose (10-11), ventral margin with 6 setae mainly in pos- terior half, face with oblique row of 9-11 spines in middle; epimera 1-2 with setule on posterodorsal margin set in weak notch. Urosomite 1 with mid- lateral group of 9-10 setae, one ventral seta on each side, articulation line complete; urosomite 3 protu- berant dorsally, with 2 middorsal spines on each side. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged 80 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY sharp apical nails, outer and inner rami of uropods 1-2 with accessory nails; spike on uropod 1 reaching to M. 55-65 on outer ramus, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 11 dorsal spines including apicals, inner with 5 and facial row of 4, not including one apical nail; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 7 dorsal spines, in- cluding apicals, inner with 3 dorsomedial spines in- cluding accessory nails; peduncle of uropod 1 with 4 apicolateral spines, no basofacial setae, medially with 2 apical spines; peduncle of uropod 2 with 6 dorsal spines, medially with 2 apical spines, apico- lateral corners on peduncles of uropods 1-2 with weak comb, outer rami also weakly combed. Pedun- cle of uropod 3 with 11 + ventral spines, dorsally with 4-5 lateral spines, one medial spine and setule; rami masculine, inner extending to M. 100 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 3 setae, medial and lateral margins setose, article 2 of outer ramus ordinary, 0.17, bearing 2 long setae and one me- dium spine, apicomedial margin of article 1 setose, lateral margin with 5 acclivities, spine formula = 1-2-2-2-2-2, setal formula = 0. Telson ordinary, length-width ratio = 1:1, not fully cleft, each apex wide, rounded, with or without middle acclivity, lateral acclivity narrow, weak, bearing ordinary lateral spine, spine next medial longer, with lateral and medial spines separated by setule, no lateral spine, midlateral setules alike. Cuticle with bulbar setules closely packed with pipes and spicules, setules not surrounded by cordate plaques, surface bearing fine striations in form of linear fingerprint pattern, emergent setules branched. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Eyes enlarged. Article 1 of antenna 1 with 15 ventral setules, no medial fuzz; article 2 with 15 ventral setae; primary flagel- lum with 14 articles, one calceolus each on articles 1-5 or 1-6 or 2-6, aesthetascs on primary flagellum as in females; accessory flagellum with 11 articles. Article 3 of antenna 2 with facial seta-spine and setule formula of 4 + 1; on article 4 = 4-(2+7)-9-9 or 4-(2+7)-9-8 or 4-(2 + 7)-9-7, ventral margin with 6 sets of shortened setae; article 5 with 4-5 sets of dorsal male setae and 3 calceoli, ventrally with 8+ setae and 2-4 apicoventral setules, flagellar formula = 28, 2, 4, 6, . . . 26, or 36, 2, 4, 6 . . . 26, often apical calceoli rudimentary from article 22 onwards. Palp article 3 of mandible with inner seta near apex. Coxa 4 similar to that of female but smaller in relation to coxa 1. Hands of gnathopods slightly thinner than in female. Article 4 of pereo- pods 1-2 thinner than in female. Article 2 of pereopods 3-4 much thinner than in female. Other highly slender articles = article 4 of pereopods 3-4; slightly thinner = article 5 of pereopods 3-4 and article 2 of pereopod 5; coxae 5-7 smaller relative to their legs than in female. Epimera 1-2 broad- ened, posterior margin of epimeron 3 not short- ened; setal and spine formulas = epimeron 1 anteroventral = 4-6, posterior = 9, ventral = 7-9 widely spread, epimeron 2 facial = 2-5, posterior = 9-12, epimeron 3 posterior = 8-9, facial = 9-15, ventral = 5-6. Spine formulas of uropods, uropod 1 peduncle apicolateral = 3?4, uropod 2 dorsal = 6; following notations not including apical nail and accessory nail, dorsal spines on outer ramus of uropod 1 = 8-9, of uropod 2 = 7-9, inner ramus of uropod 1 * 5-6 + 3-4, of uropod 2 = 3, ventral and lateral spines on peduncle of uropod 3 = 17, spine formula on article 1 of outer ramus (maxi- mum observed), spines = O-O-O-O-2-2-2-2-2-2-2, setae = 1-1-1-2-1-1-1-1-1-1-1, spines short. Tel- son scarcely elongate, each lobe with widely scat- tered patch of dorsal denticles, distal spines short- ened. Cuticular setules sparse. OBSERVATIONS.?Male: Eyes becoming as large as shown for male II. weemus; terminal males with anterior spines on article 5 of pereopod 5 absent. Juveniles: Juvenile "j," 3.95 mm, each molar with 4 spines. Juvenile "p," 3.45 mm, left molar with 3 teeth, right with 3 and incipient fourth. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Maxilla 2 and maxilliped gener- ally as shown for Tipimegus thalerus; all other parts similar to those shown for B. weemus except as specified in the description and attendant fig- ures. HOLOTYPE.?NMV, female "f," 6.92 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?CPBS B6/4, 12 Oct 1964, Western Port, Victoria, Australia, depth and sedi- ment unknown. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?CPBS 26N/1171: male "k," 6.60 mm (illus.); male "m," 7.0 mm (illus.). CPBS 25N/1171: male "gg," 7.4 mm {illus.). CPBS B4/4: male "v," (illus.). CPBS 34N/4: juvenile "j," 3.95 mm; juvenile "p," 3.45 mm. RELATIONSHIP.?This species differs from the type-species of Booranus, B. weemus, in the longer spike on uropod 1, the broader apices of the telsonic lobes, the fewer accessory setules on the dactyl of the maxilliped, the presence of facial setae on coxae 6-7, the shorter spines on the outer ramus NUMBER 245 81 of uropod 3, the presence of 2 (not 1) spines on each side of urosomite 3 at the base of the telson, the absence of a lateral comb on article 5 of pereo- pod 5, the shorter article 6 of pereopod 5, the absence of plaques around the cuticular setules, and in the presence of an extra set of spines on article 4 of antenna 2. MATERIAL.?CPBS, 20 samples from 12 stations (155); WPBES, 5 samples from 3 stations (10); PPBES, 2 samples from 2 stations (2). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria: Western Port and Port Phillip Bay, 3-18 m, sand, sand and shell, sand and mud, seagrass. Boorantis wangoonis, new species huKt 29 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 23 per- cent of total body length, greatest width about 63 percent of length, rostrum constricted, narrow elongate, exceeding middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium, largely occluded with pigment. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.2 times as long as wide, about 1.8 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 7 setules, weakly pro- duced dorsal apex with 3 setules; article 2 about 0.85 times as long as article 1, with ventral crescent of 9 setae; primary flagellum with 8 articles, about 0.85 times as long as peduncle, bearing long aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 8 articles Spine formula of article 4 on antenna 2 = 2-2-6- 6-6, dorsal margin with 2 notches each bearing one long and 1-2 short setae, ventral margin with 5 groups of 1-3 long to medium setae, dense ventro- distal brush of 11+setae; article 5 about 0.56 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin bearing 2 setae, ventral margin with 5 sets of one long seta each, 4 ventrodistal short to me- dium spine-setae; flagellum about 1.1 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 11 arti- cles. Epistome with sharp anterior protrusion; upper lip with weak ventral sinus. Mandibles with weak palpar hump; right incisor with 4 teeth; left incisor with 4 teeth in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch little shorter than proxi- wR3 FIGURE 29.?Booranus wangoorus, new species, holotype, male "y," 4.30 mm (u> = female "w," 3.81 mm). 82 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY mal, subbifid, proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles or facial humps; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth, middle teeth shortened; right rakers 8; left rakers 10; molars elongate, conical, each molar with 3 (rarely 4) long to short spines, one dis- junct, middle one completely fused to molar; palp article 1 short, article 2 with one long inner apical seta and one other short inner seta and 2 tiny facial setae, article 3 about as long as article 2, oblique apex with 9 spine-setae, basodorsal formula = one long. Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, thin, bearing one long apicofacial pluseta, 3 shorter apical setae; palp article 2 with 7 apical marginal spines and 8 submarginal setae (4 of these facial). Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and narrower than outer, outer with one apicolateral seta, inner with 3 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large thick apical spines, 5 apicofacial setae, 3 medial setae; outer plate with 11 medial and apical spines, one apicolateral seta; palp articles 1-2 without apico- lateral setae, medial margin of article 2 strongly setose, article 3 with 14 facial setae, 4 lateral setae in 4 groups, article 4 with 2 accessory setules, one on face, nail absent. Coxa 1 strongly expanded distally, anterior margin almost straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 6-7-6-11, posterior- most seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and pos- terior margins of coxa 4 divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner sharp, posterodorsal margin of medium length, concave, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 7:8; gills present on coxae 2-7. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 4-3-3-4, short posteriors = 0-0-0-1, long anteriors = 13(+4 facial)-8-6-0, short anteriors = 1-1-3-2, no others. Gnathopods thin, hands thin, parachelate, mitellid, gnathopod 2 slightly smaller than gnathopod 1; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 26:22 and 25:21, length ratios = 64:42 and 61:42; palmar humps very small, palms transverse; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, ovate, posterior mar- gin rounded-flat. Pereopods 1-2 similar, article 4 of pereopod 2 stouter than article 4 of pereopod 1; article 5 with apicomedial comb on pereopods 1-2; facial setae formula on article 4 = 3 and 2, on article 5 = 3 and 4, main spine of article 5 extend- ing to M. 80 on article 6, article 5 with one extra long distoposterior spine and numerous setae, prox- imal margin naked, spine formula of article 6 = 4+6 and 5+6 plus huge middistal spine, some spines especially long; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule short, marginal pluseta ordinary. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral seta formula = 11-12-10 (only 1-2 facial on coxa 7). Articles 4-5 of pereo- pods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 46:44:37:19, of pereopod 4 = 65:52:35 14, of pereojxxl 5 = 70:11:9:6, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 75:3940:33, of pereopod 1 = 80:66:5055, of pereopod 5 = 88:24:2325; article 2 of pereopod 5 reaching middle of article 5, ventrally setose, ante- rior margin scarcely bulging, pereopod 5 small and mostly hidden by pereopod 4, lateral apex of article 5 and medial apex of article 6 finely combed. Posteroventral corner of epimeron I rounded- quadrate, |x>sterior margin straight, strongly setose (11-14), anterovcntral margin and face with 5 short setae, postcroventral margin with 2 short setae, face with 2-3 setae near posterior margin; posteroven- tral corner of epimeron 2 rounded, posterior mar- gin straight, weakly serrate, setose (6-9), facial setae = 3, none set vertically; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, weakly protuberant, poste- rior margin almost straight, serrate, setose (6), ven- tral margin with 5 setae mainly in posterior half, face with oblique row of 7 spines in middle, epimera 1-2 with setule on posterodorsal margin set in weak notch. Urosomite 1 with midlateral group of 6 setae, one ventral seta on each side, articulation line complete; urosomite 3 protuberant dorsally, with middorsal spine on each side. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged sharp apical nails, outer and inner rami of uropods 1-2 with accessory nails; spike on uropod 1 reaching to M. 50 on outer ramus, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 8 dorsal spines including nails, inner with 5 including nails and facial row of one spine; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 6 dorsal spines including nails, inner with 3 dorsomedial spines including nails; outer rami of uropods 1-2 very weakly combed; peduncle of uropod 1 with 2 apicolateral spines, no basofacial setae, medially with 2 mar- ginal spines, apicalmost ordinary; peduncle of uropod 2 with 2-3 dorsal spines, medially with pair of apical spines; apicolateral corners on peduncles of uropods 1-2 with comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 9 ventral spines, well segregated from one dorsal and lateral spine, one medial spine; rami NUMBER 245 83 submasculine, inner extending to M. 100 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 3 setae, medial and lateral margins setose; article 2 of outer ramus ordinary, 0.26, bearing 2 long setae and one spine, apicomedial margin of article 1 setose, lateral mar- gin with 3-4 acclivities, spine formula = 2-2-2-2 or 1-2-2-2-2; setal formula = 0. Telson ordinary, length-width ratio = 1:1, not fully cleft, each apex narrow, rounded, with middle acclivity, lateral acclivity narrow, weak, tearing ordinary lateral spine, spine next medial subequal, lateral and medial spines separated by setule, midlateral setules diverse. Cuticle with bulbar setules mixed with pipes and spicules, setules not surrounded by cordate plaques, surface tearing fine striations in form of linear fingerprint pattern, emergent setules branched. OBSERVATIONS (female).?Description based on fe- male "w"; male "y" fully described below owing to remote possiblity these two specimens not conspeci- fic. Article S on peduncle of antenna 2 with groups of 3 setae and one setule. Spines on outer ramus of uropod 3 almost as long as in Booranus weemus; coxae 1-3 slightly larger relative to coxa 4 than in B. weemus; eyes slightly smaller than B. weemus; inner plate of maxilla 1 thinner than in B. weemus; article 4 of pereopods 1-2 about 15 percent thinner and article 6 about 10 percent shorter than in B. weemus. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Head about 21 percent of total body length, greatest width about 66 per- cent of length, rostrum constricted, narrow, elon- gate, exceeding middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes large, largely occluded with pigment. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.1 times as long as wide, about twice as wide as article 2, ventral mar- gin with about 13 setules, weakly produced apex with 3 setules; article 2 about as long as article 1, with ventral crescent of 9 setae; primary flagellum with 8 articles, about 0.85 times as long as peduncle, bearing long aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 8 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-2-6-7-5, dorsomedial margins of articles 3-4 fuzzy, ventral margin with 6 groups of 1-3 long to medium setae, ventrodistal brush of 7-12 either all long or all short setae; article 5 about 0.77 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 2 dorso- distal, dorsal margin tearing 4 groups of male setae and 3 calceoli, ventral margin with 5 sets of one short seta each, 3 ventrodistal setules set facially; flagellar formula = 27, 2, 3, 5, 7 . . . 19. Epistome with sharp anterior protrusion; upper lip with weak ventral sinus. Mandibles with weak palpar hump; right incisor with 4 teeth; left incisor with 4 teeth in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch shorter than proximal, subbifid, denticulate, with 2 facial humps, proximal branch simple blunt, with marginal denticles or facial humps; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth, middle teeth shortened; right rakers 7 plus one rudimentary; left rakers 9 plus one rudimentary; molars elongate, conical, each molar with 3 long to short spines, one disjunct, mildle one completely fused to molar; palp article 1 short, article 2 with one long inner apical seta and 2 other short inner setae and one medium facial seta, article 3 about as long as article 2, oblique apex with 10 spine-setae, basofadal formula = 2 (one long, one very short). Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, thin, bearing one long apicofacial pluseta, 3 shorter apical setae; palp article 2 with 8-9 apical marginal spines and 8-10 submarginal setae (4-6 facial). In- ner plate of maxilla 2 slightly shorter and narrower than outer, outer with one apicolateral seta, inner with 5 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large thick apical spines, 5 apicofacial setae, 3 medial setae; outer plate with 13 medial and apical spines, one apicolateral seta; palp articles 1-2 with- out apicolateral seta, medial margin of article 2 strongly setose, article 3 with 17 facial setae, 5 lateral setae in 4 groups, article 4 with 2 accessory setules, nail absent. Coxa 1 strongly expanded apically, anterior margin almost straight; main ven- tral setae of coxae 1-4 = 6-8-7-13, posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 divergent, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, posterodorsal corner sharp, posterodorsal margin concave, undulant, width- length ratio of coxa 4 = 33:38; gills present on coxae 2-7. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 3-3-4-4, short posteriors = 0, long anteriors = 17(+3 facial)-9- 8-1, short anteriors = 1-2-2-2, no others. Gnatho- pods thin, hands thin, parachelate, mitellid, gnatho- pod 2 slightly smaller than gnathopod 1; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 25:21 and 27:20, length ratios = 64:42 and 62:41; palmar humps small, palms transverse; article 5 of gnatho- pods 1-2 elongate, ovate, posterior margin rounded- flat. Pereopods 1-2 similar, article 4 even thinner than in female, but stouter on pereopod 2 than on 84 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY pereopod 1; article 5 with apicomedial comb, facial setae formula on article 4 = 4 and 2, on article 5 = 4 and 4, main spine of article 5 extending to M. 77 on article 6; article 5 with one extra long distoposterior spine and numerous setae, proximal margin naked; spine formula of article 6 = 5 + 6 and 5 + 6 plus huge middistal spine, some spines especially long; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emer- gent setule short, marginal pluseta ordinary. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral seta formula = 13-13-11 (only one facial on coxa 7). Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, facial spine rows dense, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 43:40:38:18, of pereopod 4 = 58:47=28:11, of pereopod 5 = 65: 10:9:4, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 68:37:38:30, of pereopod 4 = 75:65:44:50, of pereopod 5 = 90:21:22:23; article 2 of pereopod 5 exceeding middle of article 5, ventrally setose, anterior margin scarcely bulging, pereopod 5 small and mostly hid- den by pereopod 4, lateral apex of article 5 and me- dial apex of article 6 finely combed. Epimera 1-3 broadened; posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin almost straight, strongly setose (14), anteroventral margin with 6-7 short setae, posteroventral margin with 5 medium setae, one fully facial short seta; posteroventral cor- ner of epimeron 2 rounded, weakly protuberant, with seta notch, posterior margin straight, setose (10), facial setae = 3, none set vertically; postero- ventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, weakly pro- tuberant, posterior margin straight to weakly convex, not shortened, weakly serrate, setose (7), ventral mar- gin with 5 setae mainly in posterior half, face with oblique row of 7 spines in middle; epimera 1-2 with setule on posterodorsal margin set in weak notch. Urosomite 1 with midlateral group of 7 setae, one ventral seta on each side, articulation line incom- plete, short; urosomite 3 protuberant dorsally, with middorsal spine on each side. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged sharp apical nails, spike on uropod 1 reaching to M. 50 on outer ramus, outer and inner rami of uropods 1-2 with accessory nails, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 10 dorsal spines including nails, inner with 6 including nails plus one in facial row, outer ramus of uropod 2 with 9 dorsal spines including nails, inner with 6 dorso- medial spines including nails, outer rami of uro- pods 1-2 very weakly combed; peduncle of uropod 1 with 2 apicolateral spines, no basofacial setae, medially with 3 marginal spines, apicalmost ordi- nary; peduncle of uropod 2 with 5 dorsal spines, medially with 2 spines, apicolateral corners on peduncles of uropods 1-2 with comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 13 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine and setule; rami masculine, inner extending to M. 120+ on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 3 setae, medial and lateral margins setose, article 2 of outer ramus short, 0.21, bearing 2 long setae, one spine, occasionally one setule, medial margin of article 1 setose, lateral mar- gin with 6 acclivities, spine formula = 0-0-2-2-2-2- 2, spines medium, setal formula = 1-2-1-1-1-1-1. Telson long, length-width ratio = 15:11, not fully cleft, each apex narrow, rounded, with middle ac- clivity, lateral acclivity narrow, weak, bearing ordi- nary lateral spine, spine next medial longer, with lateral and medial spines separated by setule, mid- lateral setules equal to each other. Cuticle with bulbar setules mixed with pipes and spicules, setules not surrounded by cordate plaques, surface bearing fine striations in form of linear fingerprint pattern, emergent setules branched. OBSERVATIONS (male).?Description based on male "y." Article 5 of gnathopod 1 slightly thinner than in female, article 6 slightly shorter, palmar hump slightly larger; article 3 on peduncle of antenna 2 with groups of 3 setae and one setule; antenna 2 more strongly ensiform than in female or in Boora- nus weemus; article 5 of pereopod 5 with 4 ante- rior spines and setae; pereopods 3-4 smaller relative to pereopod 5 than in female of B. weemus; coxa 4 about as shown for female of B. weemus; coxa 1 not differentially enlarged relative to ratios of coxae 1 and 4 in female of B. weemus. VARIATIONS.?Females "k," "m," and "n" with 5 setae on inner plate of maxilla 1; female "n" with poorly developed fourth tooth on molar, speci- men otherwise not senile; female "k" with only 7 rakers on each mandible, bearing incipient fourth molarial tooth; female "m," though small, bearing full 12 apical setae on article 3 of mandibular palp, right rakers 10 plus one rudimentary, left rakers 11 plus one rudimentary; largest ovigerous female in collections, 5.85 mm, and parts mentioned for fe- male "m" identical; one subadult male from CPBS 01N with incipient fourth tooth on molar; juve- NUMBER 245 85 nile, 3.75 mm, with 5 teeth on left lacinia mobilis, only 3 molarial teeth, 9 apical spines on palp arti- cle 3 of mandible and 8 raker spines (left side only observed). ILLUSTRATIONS.?Parts conforming to those of Booranus weemus except as noted in description and observations. HOLOTYPE.?NMV, male "y," 4.30 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?PPBES 904/5, 7 Jun 1971, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia, 9 m, silty sand. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?Type-locality, female "w," 3.81 mm (illus.); CPBS 10E/2, female "k," 5.05 mm; CPBS 25S/3, female "m," 4.42 mm; CPBS 01N/3, female "n," 5.00 mm. RELATIONSHIP.?This species is extremely difficult to separate from the other two species of Booranus. It is a dwarf species recognized by its small size at maturity, about 4.0 mm in body length. Specimens of the other species in that size range are juveniles with greatly reduced setation on epimera compared with 4.0 mm adults of B. wangoorus. It is easily differentiated from B. weemus in the longer spike on uropod 1 that reaches M. 50 on the outer ramus. The terminal males are easily recognized because they bear 2 facial spines on article 5 of antenna 2 in contrast to one spine in the other species. The mandibular molar almost never bears more than 3 tooth-cusps in. specimens of 4.0 mm body length whereas juveniles of the other species bear 4 tooth-cusps, although specimens of those other species 3.5 mm long have only 3 teeth or 3 plus one rudimentary. In some respects the species is closer to B. weemus than to B. tikeri: article 5 of pereopod 5 is combed apicolaterally and uroso- mite 3 bears only one dorsal spine on each side in contrast to the two spines on each side in B. tikeri. The broadened telson of B. tikeri is usually distinc- tive though not easy to estimate in undissected view. Article 2 on the outer ramus of uropod 3 is somewhat more elongate in B. wangoorus than in the other two species, and unlike B. tikeri, coxa 3 is not beveled anteroventrally. The apical spines on each lobe of the telson are somewhat more widely spread in B. wangoorus than in the other two species. Unlike B. tikeri, coxa 7 has one facial seta in B. wangoorus. MATERIAL.?PPBES, 21 samples from 8 stations (77); CPBS, 21 samples from 12 stations (31); WPBES, 4 samples, from 3 stations (24); AM, 2 samples (5). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria: Western Port and Port Phillip Bay, 0-14 m, sand, silty sand, silty clay, sand and shell, seagrass. South Australia: Kangaroo Island, neritic. Bass Strait: 70 miles south of Lakes Entrance, 95 m. Trichophoxus K. H. Barnard Trichophoxus K. H. Barnard, 1930:336.?Barnard and Drum- mond, 1976:534. DIAGNOSIS OF MALE.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in male. Article 2 of an- tenna 1 elongate, ventral setae widely spread. Arti- cle 1 of antenna 2 weakly ensiform, article 3 with numerous setae and setules, facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows plus special apical spines, arti- cle 5 short. Right mandibular incisor with 4 teeth; molar not triturative, large, elongate-conical, then subtruncate and bearing 4 special large spines, not bearing fuzz; palpar hump small. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate, inner plate with 4 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordi- nary; apex of palp article 3 not protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail short, mostly immersed. Gills present only on coxae 2-6. Gnathopods small, simi- lar, article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 free, elongate, with- out eusirid attachment; palms transverse, almost chelate, hands of gnathopods 1-2 elongate, heavily setose anteriorly, trichophoxid in shape. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 lacking posteroproximal setae. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, articles 4?5 of pereopods 3-4 broad, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 weakly setose posteriorly, pereopod 5 especially small, article 2 strongly setose ventrally, article 3 greatly enlarged, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 bear- ing numerous long posterior setae, with midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge, epimeron 3 ordinary; urosomite 1 with large lateral facial spines, bearing one or more midventral crescents or bundles of setae, urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, with apico- ventral small spike, without special enlarged apico- lateral-medial spine, peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 combed, inner ramus of uropod 1 with one row of marginal spines, only one ramus continuously spi- nose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary but naked. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying 2-3 long apical setae. Telson with 86 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY 2 apical spines on each lobe plus setules, with spe- cial lateral spines. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Rostrum constricted, small. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male absent; calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present. Calceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present, flagellum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts extended forward, especially massive, strongly distinct, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, thin; article 1 of mandibular palp short, palp thin, apex of article 3 oblique, article 2 with outer setae. Lower lip lacking cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped thick, ordinarily setose. Coxae 2-4 with special anterodorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thick and stiff, midapical spine or seta present, especially enlarged. Article 2 of pereopod 5 with facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines widely spread, of uropods 1-2 with medial spines widely spread. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with midlateral setules highly apical, reduced to one member on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Trichophoxus capillatus K. H. Barnard, 1930 (monotypy). COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?Trichophoxus is distinguished from Tipimegus in numerous attributes, among them: (1) lateral spination on urosome; (2) lateral spination on telson; (3) far more numerous setae on article 4 of antenna 2; {4) presence of 4 setae (not 3) on inner plate of maxilla 1; (5) immensity of apical midspine on article 6 of pereopods 1-2; (6) elongation and bareness of inner ramus on uro- pod 2; (7) normally elongate peduncle of uropod 1; (8) proximal spination on peduncle of uropod 1; (9) presence of only one row of spines on inner ramus of uropod 1; (10) presence of only one ven- tral crescent of setae on urosomite 1; (11) strong distal shift of and reduction in number of dorsal setules on telson; (12) absence of any combs on pereopods 3-5; (13) presence of facial humps on right lacinia mobilis; (14) distad shift in primary tooth on dactyls of pereopods 1-2; (15) presence of more than one medial spine on peduncle of uropod 2. Trichophoxus is more primitive than Tipimegus in such characters as peduncles of uropods 1-2 and lack of pereopodal combs but is far more special- ized than the Australian genus in telsonic and uro- somal ornamentation. Trichophoxus capillatus K. H. Barnard Trichophoxus capillatus K. H. Barnard. 1930:336-357, fig. 13? Barnard and Drummond. 1976:536-543, hgi. 1-3, 4 [part]. DISTRIBUTION.?New Zealand, North Cape, 3 m, neritic. Waitangi Fincham Waitangi Fincham, 1977:286. DIAGNOSIS (based on literature prior to Fincham, 1977).?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 un- reduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 ordinary, ventral setae widely spread. Article 1 of antenna 2 weakly ensiform; article 3 with numerous setae and setules; facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows [?plus special apical spines]; article 5 thin and short. [Right mandibular incisor with ?4 teeth]; molar not triturative, large, elongate-conical, then subtruncate and bearing 4 special large spines, not bearing fuzz; palpar hump small. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; [inner plate with ? 2 3 4 5 + setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary, ?weak. Inner plate of maxilliped Pordinary, Pmostly fused together; Papex of palp article 3 not or weakly strongly pro- tuberant, Pdactyl elongate, short, stubby, Papical nail distinct, mostly immersed, short, medium, elongate, obsolescent, absent]. Gnathopods similar; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 free, elongate, without eusirid attachment; palms transverse to chelate; hands of gnathopods 1-2 ordinary, elongate, heav- ily setose anteriorly, trichophoxid in shape. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 lacking posteroproximal setae. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form; articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad; article 2 of pereopods 3-4 setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 especially small, arti- cle 2 strongly setose ventrally, article 3 greatly en- larged, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 bearing long posterior setae, with midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 ordinary, with large tooth. Urosomite 1 [with Plarge lateral facial spines], bear- ing one or more midventral crescents or bundles of setae; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, with apicoventral small spike, without special en- NUMBER 245 87 larged apicolateral-medial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 not combed, but peduncles and rami with long setae, inner ramus of uropod 1 with one row of marginal spines, all rami continuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus [carry- ing ?one, 2, 3 long vestigial apical setae]. Telson ordinary, with 2-4 apical spines or setae on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum constricted, small. [Fuzz on article I of antenna 1 in male unknown, cal- ceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 un- known, calceoli on male antenna 2 unknown]. Pre- buttal parts strongly extended forward, especially massive, strongly distinct, both epistome and upper lip dominant. [Right lacinia mobilis Phiful, Pflabel- late]; article 1 of mandibular palp short, palp thin, apex of article 3 oblique, article 2 with outer setae; [?Lower lip bearing, lacking cones. POuter plate of maxilla 1 with 7, 9, 11 spines, no or one spine espe- cially thickened. Pinner plates of maxilliped espe- cially thin, poorly armed, thick, ordinarily setose]. Coxae 2-4 with special anterodorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin and stiff, midapical spine or seta present, especially enlarged. Article 2 of pereopod 5 with facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines con- fined apically, medial spines confined apically; pe- duncle of uropod 2 with medial spines widely spread. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra sub- apical setae or spines. Telson with midlateral or dorsal setules on each side highly apical, reduced to one member on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Paraphoxus rakiura Cooper and Fincham, 1974. COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?Waitangi resembles Tricho- phoxus more than it does Tipimegus or Booranus in the elongate peduncle of uropod 1, elongate midapical spine on article 6 of pereopods 1-2, smallness of spike on uropod 1, and presence of facial setae on article 2 of pereopod 4, but resem- bles Tipimegus more in the presence of spine-setae on the inner ramus of uropod 2, the narrow spread of apicolateral spines on the peduncle of uropod 1, in the absence of lateral spines on the telson, and the lack of lateral spines on urosomite I. Waitangi differs from both Trichophoxus and Tipimegus in the presence of long setae on the peduncles and rami of uropods 1-2 and in the .huge tooth of epimeron 3, a radical development in the tipimegin group. Waitangi rakiura (Cooper and Fincham) Paraphoxus rakiura Cooper and Fincham, 1974:168-173, figs. 7b, 8-10. Waitangi rakiura.?Fincham, 1977:286. DISTRIBUTION.?New Zealand, Stewart Island, in- tertidal sand. BROLGINAE DIAGNOSIS.?Article 2 of antenna 1 shortened; mandibular molar nontriturative, bearing 3 or fewer tightly clumped spines; palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; setation on maxilla 2 ordinary to re- duced; gnathopod 2 either enlarged or not; article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, pereopod 5 with ordinary article 3. DESCRIPTION.?Article 5 of antenna 2 reduced; epimeron 3 of rounded classification; apices of pe- duncles on uropods 1-2 usually combed. TYPE GENUS.?Brolgus, new genus. COMPOSITION.?Cunmurra, new genus (placed here provisionally, technically assignable to Joubi- nellinae), Elpeddo, new genus, Ganba, new genus, Kuritus, new genus, Mandibulophoxus J. L. Bar- nard (satellite genus), Paraphoxus Sars, and Wil- dus, new genus. THE BROLGIN GROUP OF GENERA Brolgus tattersalli (J. L. Barnard) and nine other new species from Australia constitute the brolgin group of genera, divided into Brolgus, Elpeddo, Ganba, Kuritus, and Wildus. A sixth genus, Para- phoxus, now restricted to one or two species, forms the ultimate evolute confined to north boreal wa- ters. A seventh genus, Cunmurra, forms an inter- gradation between the brolgin.group and the Bi- rubius mayamayi group of species. Cunmurra has the gnathopods and epimera of a brolgin but has one too many spines (4) on the mandibular molar and far too elongate an article 2 of antenna 1 to qualify as a fully fledged brolgin. Mandibulophoxus is a satellite genus perhaps deserving a subfamily of its own. One main feature of the brolgin group in its primitive state is the diversity between gnathopods 88 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY 1 and 2 and the enlargement of gnathopod 2. This state is fully expressed in Brolgus, where gnatho- pod 2 is very large, the wrist is short, and the strongly oblique palm is almost as long as or longer than the posterior margin of the hand. The hand of gnathopod 1 is generally thinner than in typical Australian species of Bintbius and this becomes even thinner in other genera of the Brolgus group. In Kuritus, gnathopod 2 assumes the thin handed form also. Because of variability in gnathopods other char- acters serve better to identify the Brolgus group. All known genera of the Brolgus group have the following characters in common: molars with only 3 or fewer tightly clumped large spines, molar otherwise weak; article 2 of antenna 1 very short; third and fourth facial rows of spines on article 4 of antenna 2 amalgamated; setae on inner plate of maxilla 1 reduced, generally to 2 members; pereo- pods 4?5 with only one main facial ridge on article 2, occasionally with weak second ridge; inner plate of maxilliped with only one main distal spine, this spine long and thin, weakly feathered or not; epi- meron 3 of rounded classification, lacking any elon- gate setae, protruding posteriorly and bearing at most 3 setule notches. The thinness of spines on article 4 of antenna 2 creates confusion between those spines and the plumose accessory setules eas- ily distinguished in Birubius. Proximal groups of spines in members of the brolgin group have been counted by subtracting the accessory setules iden- tified by their plumosities. The following characters also are of use in recog- nizing members of the Brolgus group but are not present in all genera: apical combs on peduncles of uropods 1-2 (except in Ganba); articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-5 very thin except in Ganba where pereopod 3 is slightly thickened; article 5 of an- tenna 2 shortened in females (unknown in Kuritus because the female is yet unknown); article 6 of pereopods 1-2 with very thin posterior spines (ex- cept in Ganba and Elpeddo). Brolgus and Ganba have lost one of the two apical setae on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3 typical of biru- biins. All species have an unprotuberant article 3 on the maxilliped, normal nail on the dactyl of the maxilliped, lack accessory apical spines or con- tinuous spination on the rami of uropods 1-2 but generally, in other respects, conform to the birubiin morphology. Cunmurra, the satellite genus, possibly primitive, has weakly enlarged gnathopod 2 but the wrist is not fully shortened, and, in addition, Cunmurra lacks the following features of the Brolginae: sparse molarial spination, sparse setation on inner plate of maxilla I, thin single apical spine on inner plate of maxilliped, short article 2 of antenna 1 and article 5 of antenna 2, amalgamated spine rows on article 4 of antenna 2, thin spines on pereopods 1-2, thin distal articles on pereopods 5-5, and pres- ence of combs on uropods 1-2. Cunmurra also bears 2 ventral setae on epimeron 3, a condition not typi- cal of brolgins. Cunmurra thus demonstrates the close convergence between the Birubius mayamayi group of species and the brolgin genera but is also a broadly transitional genus because it could be assigned to the Joubinellinae owing to its mandib- ular molar, elongate article 2 of antenna 1, and enlarged gnathopod 2. After Cunmurra, Ganba is the next weakest member of the Brolgus group because of the ab- sence of uropodal combs and thicker articles 4-5 of pereopod 3 but Ganba does not form a good intergrade between Cunmurra and the other brol- gin genera because of specializations in gnathopods and maxillipeds. The gnathopods are thin and the inner plates of the maxilliped have become par- tially fused, truncate, and bear all their setae dis- tally. This condition is, however, signaled in Wil- dus, which has partially fused plates with mostly terminal setae, but with the apices not fully trun- cate. Ganba also has thickened spines on pereopods 1-2, a primitive condition in this context. Kuritus is a poor intergrade between Cunmurra and any other brolgin, although it maintains in primitive condition the pair of apical setae on the outer ramus of uropod 3, strong basofacial setae on uropod 1, and has the more advanced spination of pereopods 1-2. Gnathopods of Kuritus, being thin and similar, have departed widely from the brolgin concept. No even-handed line of descent occurs in the known taxa because of the mixture of characters. One ultimate brolgin, Brolgus, has enlarged gnath- opod 2 and only one seta on uropod 3, whereas another, Ganba, in addition to these characters, retains mostly short posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 and has more specialized inner plates on the maxillipeds. Wildus does not form a good step towards Ganba because it combines fully NUMBER 245 89 specialized spines on the pereopods with primitive maxillipeds. Wildus would be considered a good ancestral type for Brolgus except for the weak spe- cialization in maxillipeds. Elpeddo also retains 2 apical setae on the outer ramus of uropod 3 but these are very short, almost vestigial. The gnathopods are scarcely enlarged. The male of Elpeddo, perhaps aberrantly, has de- veloped a swollen article 1 on the primary flagel- lum; this article bears rows of elongate aesthetascs in the form of an enormous antennal brush. None of the posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 is elongate and thin. The tropical Mandibulophoxus J. L. Barnard is considered to be an advanced satellite of the Brol- ginae in which the palpar hump of the mandible is huge, the molar is reduced or absent, and on the rami of uropods 1-2 dorsal spination is continuous to the apex. Article 5 of antenna 2 is not shortened relative to article 4 but the latter itself is short- ened, suggesting that article 5 is indeed in the shortened configuration. Article 2 of pereopod 5 is extended posteroventrally. Epimeron 3 has a few ventral setae. Article 6 of the gnathopods is not truly brolgin because it is expanded distally but gnathopod 2 otherwise meets brolgin requirements in that it is larger than gnathopod 1 and has a cryptic wrist. Mandibulophoxus may therefore branch away from a hypothetical brolgin precursor rather than stand directly in the mainstream of this group. The continuous dorsal spination on uro- podal rami is one primitive mark suggesting this early branching. RELATIONSHIPS OF THE BROLGIN GROUP TO Metaphoxus AND Phoxocephalus The Brolgus group of genera is easily confounded with species in Metaphoxus and Phoxocephalus because of external resemblances. Both groups have a poorly setose epimeron 3 with bulging posterior margin and both have apical combs on the pe- duncle of uropods 1-2. The palp of maxilla 1 is uniarticulate in Metaphoxus and Phoxocephalus but biarticulate in Brolgus. Phoxocephalus, unlike Brolgus and Metaphoxus, has a fully triturative molar. The molar of Brolgus bears 3 -heavy spines and that of Metaphoxus is armed with numerous thin setules. In addition, Brolgus has 1-2 long api- cal setae on the outer ramus of uropod 3 which are not present in Metaphoxus and Phoxocephalus. If the outer ramus of uropod 1 is slightly shortened then one is not dealing with a member of the Brol- gus group, though only a few species of the other genera have that ramus shortened. Several brolgins retain well setose second maxillae in contrast to the Metaphoxus group. The close resemblance of the Brolgus group to Metaphoxus and Phoxocephalus suggests a possible direct evolutionary relationship. If one holds the thesis that triturative molars are more primitive, then Phoxocephalus might be ancestral to the Brolgus group, but this would require an evolution- ary reversal in segmentation on die palp of maxilla 1. Phoxocephalus could be, however, ancestral to Metaphoxus, without this reversal. The Brolgus group could be ancestral to Metaphoxus but not to Phoxocephalus without reversal in evolution of the molar. Metaphoxus and Phoxocephalus are so close in many features, including the uniarticulate first maxillary palp, that their independent evolutionary development is not logically held. One must there- fore conclude, provisionally, that the Brolgus group is simply convergent, sharing the Metaphoxus and Phoxocephalus similarities in epimera and uropods. Key to the Genera of Brolginae 1. Article 2 of peduncle on antenna 1 elongate, mandible with 4 or more spines on molar (not fully typical of brolgins) Cumnurra, new genus Article 2 of peduncle on antenna 1 shortened, mandible with 3 or fewer spines on molar 2 2. Apex of outer ramus on uropod 3 with 2-3 setae S Apex of outer ramus on uropod 3 with one seta 7 3. Rami of uropods 1-2 continuously spinose to apex Mandibulophoxus Rami of uropods 1-2 not continuously spinose to apex 4 4. Uropod 1 lacking special apicomedial spine on peduncle Paraphoxus Uropod 1 bearing special apicomedial spine on peduncle 5 90 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY 5. Gnathopods identical to each other, hands thin Kuritus, new genus Gnathopods diverse, hands weakly to broadly expanded 6 6. Apical setae on outer ramus of uropod 3 shorter than article 2, article 5 of gnathopod 2 not cryptic Elpeddo, new genus Apical setae on outer ramus of uropod 3 longer than article 2. article 5 of gnathopod 2 cryptic WHdus, new genus 7. Most posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin, gnathopods stout . Brolgus, new genus All but one posterior spine on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thick and short, gnathopods thin Ganba, new genus Mandibulophoxus J. L. Barnard Mandibulophoxus J. L. Barnard, 1957:432. DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes absent. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 especially shortened, ventral setae widely spread towards apex. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensifonn; article 3 with 2 setules; facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows highly apicad; article 5 thin. Right mandibular incisor with 5 teeth; molar not tritura- tive, small, bearing 3 spines, not bearing fuzz; palpar hump large. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; inner plate with 4 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordi- nary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary, apex of palp article 3 not protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, medium. Gnathopods dissimi- lar; gnathopod 2 weakly enlarged; article 5 of gnathopod 1 of ordinary length, free, but cryptic and short on gnathopod 2, with weak eusirid attach- ment; palms oblique, hands of gnathopods 1-2 ordinary, ovatorectangular, elongate, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 6 of pereopods 1-2 weakly setose posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form; articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad; article 2 of pereopod 3 weakly setose posteriorly. Pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 setose ventrally, arti- cle 3 ordinary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 lacking long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 ordinary. Uroso- mite 1 generally naked except for sparse ventral setae; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, with special enlarged apicolateral spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 not combed; inner ramus of uropod 1 with one row of marginal spines, some rami continuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, elongate article 2 of outer ramus carrying 3 long apical setae. Telson ordinary, with 2-4 apical spines on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed. [Fuzz and calceoli on male antennae unknown.] Prebuc- cal parts ordinary, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis simple; article I of mandibular palp slightly elon- gate, palp medium to thick, apex of article 3 oblique, article 2 without outer setae. Lower lip bearing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 9 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped thick, ordinarily setose. Coxae 2-4 without special anterodorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin but stiff, midapical spine present, enlarged. Article 2 of pereopod 5 without facial setae. Peduncle of uro- pod 1 with dorsolateral spines widely spread, me- dial spines widely spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with medial spines widely spread. Peduncle of uro- pod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Tel- son with midlateral or dorsal setules reduced to one member on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Mandibulophoxus gilesi J. L. Barnard, 1957 (monotypy.) COMPOSITION.?Phoxus uncirostratus Giles, 1890. RELATIONSHIP. ? Mandibulophoxus resembles Pontharpinia in the shape of pereopods $-4, noting especially the apically expanded article 2 of pereo- pod 3, in the presence of only one midlateral tel- sonic setule, in the simple right lacinia mobilis (but flabellate in Pontharpinia), generally in the mandi- ble and palp, in the short article 2 of antenna 1, the thin article 5 of antenna 2, in the extra row of ven- tral spines on article 4 of antenna 2, the elongate article 2 on the outer ramus of uropod 3, in the special peduncular spine on uropod 1, and the wide spread in medial spination on the peduncles of uropods 1-2. Mandibulophoxus differs from Pontharpinia in the simple molar bearing only 2-3 spines, the more numerous apical spines and absence of a setal brush on the telson, the reduction in setae on article 2 of antenna 2, the apical confinement of facial spines NUMBER 245 91 on article 4 of antenna, 2, the absence of facial setae on article 2 of pereopod 5, the weakly developed posteroproximal setation on article 5 of pereopods 1-2, the reduction of setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1, the absence of posterior setae on article 2 of pereopod 4 and outer setae on article 2 of the mandibular palp, in the longer nail of the maxil- lipedal dactyl, in the smaller gnathopod 2, and in apical details of the second article on the outer ramus of uropod 3. REMARKS.?Pontharpinia stimpsoni Stebbing is removed from this genus to form the type of a new genus, Basuto, leaving Mandibulophoxus with two very closely similar species, M. uncirostratus (Giles) and M. gilesi J. L. Barnard (see Gray and McCain, 1969, for distinctions). The species of Mandibulo- phoxus are highly advanced tropical and warm- temperate evolutes, probably with ancestors re- motely near Pontharpinia. The single species of the new genus Basuto, from South Africa, forms a rea- sonably good intergrade between Pontharpinia and Mandibulophoxus but we do not imply that the relationship is precise. Basuto has an intermediate mandibular molar and weak eyes. The cephalic elongation is approximate to that of Pontharpinia but the difference between Pontharpinia and Man- dibulophoxus is not great and Basuto bears the smoothly rounded posterior lobation on coxa 4 of Mandibulophoxus, distinct from the situation in Pontharpinia. Basuto cannot stand on a direct line to Mandibulophoxus because article 2 of pereopod 3 is narrowed, the outer ramus of uropod 1 is short- ened, and the dorsal spines are absent. It is there- fore removed to the Harpiniinae. Key to the Species of Mandibulophoxus Article 4 of pereopod 5 about 1.6 times as long as article 5, defining cusp on palms of gnathopods large and sharp, inner ramus of uropod 3 on female less than half as long as article 1 of outer ramus M. uncirostratus Article 4 of pereopod 5 less than 1.3 times as long as article 5, defining cusp on palms of gnatho- pods small and rounded, inner ramus of uropod 3 on female more than three-fourths as long as article 1 of outer ramus M. gilesi Mandibulophoxus uncirostratus (Giles) Phoxus uncirostratus Giles, 1890:65-66, pi. 2: fig. 2. Leptophoxus uncirostratus.?Walker, 1904:249.?Nayar, 1959: 14-15, pi. 4: figs. 1-16. Pontharpinia uncirostrata.? Stebbing, 1906:147. Mandibulophoxus uncirostratus.?J. L. Barnard, 1957:435- 436. Pontharpinia uncirostratus.-Pillai, 1957:39-41, fig. 5. Paraphoxus uncirostrata.?Nayar, 1967:140. DISTRIBUTION.?Madras coast and Ceylon. Mandibulophoxus gilesi J. L. Barnard Mandibulophoxus gilesi J. L. Barnard, 1957:433-435, figs. 1, 2.-Gray and McCain, 1969:189-191, fig. 1. Mandibulophoxus uncirostratus.?J. L. Barnard, 1960:359 [in part, not Giles]; 1969c: 1% [not Giles]. REMARKS.?Gray and McCain (1969) have dem- onstrated numerous minute distinctions between Af. gilesi and M. uncirostratus. To those might be added the distribution of setae on article 2 of the mandibular palp. In M. uncirostratus according to Pillai (1957) the article bears 2 setae in tandem, whereas according to Barnard (1957) and Gray and McCain (1969) a pair of contiguous apical setae occurs on article 2 of the mandibular palp. From our study of phoxocephalids in Australia we have learned that this kind of difference has specific value. NEW DESCRIPTION.?Facial spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-2-2 or 1-3-2, spines highly apicad, ventral margin of article 4 with long blade-like spines in addition to row of long setae; article 3 of antenna 2 with 2 setae, apicalmost elon- gate, proximalmost very small. Right mandibular incisor with 5 teeth, left with 8 sharp teeth in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis simple, conical, weakly trifid or irregularly dentate, thin, smaller than raker spines; left lacinia mobilis flabellate, with 6-8 teeth; right rakers 8, left 9; each molar a weak hump, right bearing 3 spines, left 2, spines not on basal plaque but individually inserted. Pereopods 1-2 with midapical spine on article 6 large, as long as dactyl or other spines. Apices of uropods 1-2 not combed. 92 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY DISTRIBUTION.?Eastern Pacific Ocean from Ya- quina Bay, Oregon, to southern California, 0-18 m. Cunmurra, new genus DIAGNOSIS OF MALE.?Eyes present. [Flagella of antennae 1-2 probably unreduced in female.] Article 2 of antenna 1 elongate, ventral setae widely spread. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensiform; article 3 with 2 setules; facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows; article 5 ordinary in size. Right mandibular incisor with 3 teeth; molar not triturative, ordinary to small, pillow-shaped, bearing 4 or more splayed, semiarticulate spines, usually bearing fuzz; palpar hump medium. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; in- ner plate with 4 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordi- nary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary; apex of palp article 3 not protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, short to medium. Gnathopods dissimilar, gnathopod 2 moderately enlarged; arti- cle 5 of gnathopod 2 of ordinary length, free, elon- gate on gnathopod 1, with weak eusirid attach- ment; palms oblique, hands of gnathopods 1-2 elongate and broadened respectively, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 6 of pereopods 1-2 with postero- proximal setae. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 broad to me- dium, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 not setose poste- riorly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 naked ven- trally, article 3 ordinary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 lacking long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 ordi- nary but almost of rounded classification and bear- ing 2 medium setae. Urosomite 1 generally naked except for sparse apicoventral setae or spines near base of uropod 1; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, without special enlarged apicolateral-medial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 not combed; spines if present on inner ramus of uropod 1 in one row, no rami con- tinuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying 2 long apical setae. Telson ordinary, with only one apical spine on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Rostrum fully developed. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male present, calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present. Calceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present, flagellum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts ordinary, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, thin; mandibular palp thin, article 1 short, article 2 without outer setae, apex of article 3 oblique. Lower lip bearing cones, outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped thick, ordinarily setose; outer plates especially small. Coxae 2-4 without special antero- dorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thick and stiff, midapical seta pres- ent. Article 2 of pereopod 5 without facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines con- fined apically, medial spines widely spread; pedun- cle of uropod 2 with only one medial setule con- fined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Cunmurra itickerus, new species. COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?This genus appears to stand near the ancestral pool of the Brolgus group of genera in which gnathopod 2 is enlarged and bears a shortened wrist, and in which the apices of the peduncles on uropods 1-2 are combed, and in which epimeron 3 is very simple, poorly setose, pro- tuberant, and rounded posteroventrally. Cunmurra is more primitive than other members of the Brol- gus group because of the presence of 4 spines on the mandibular molars, the presence of 2 ventral setae and several posterior setules on epimeron 3, and the absence of uropodal combs. Gnathopod 2 is weakly enlarged but the wrist is not fully short- ened. Gnathopod 1 has departed from the hypo- thetically ideal condition in that it is more slender than in other members of the group so that Cun- murra does not form the perfect ancestral grade visualized for the Brolgus group. Cunmurra retains the normal birubiin or primitive inner plate on maxilla 1, which in the Brolgus group often has reduced numbers and sizes of setae and it also re- tains the following nonbrolgin features: elongate article 2 of antenna 1, strongly spinose molar, stouter spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 and stouter distal articles on pereopods 3-5. Whether or not Cunmurra retains the elongate article 5 of an- tenna 2 in the female is unknown because that sex is undiscovered in Cunmurra. Cunmurra appears to be in an ancestral grade of the Birubius mayamyi (11) and B. booleus (15) groups, especially of the latter, itself a close sibling NUMBER 245 93 of B. mayamayi. Cunmurra differs from B. booleus mainly in the distinctive primitive gnathopods and in the normalcy of the right lacinia mobilis, which in B. booleus is more complex. Birubius ularitus (29) is especially close to Cun- murra itickerus. Besides the slight difference in gnathopods, Cunmurra itickerus differs from B. ularitus in the more elongate article 2 of antenna 1, bifid right lacinia mobilis, smaller outer plate of the maxilliped, narrower coxa 4, absence of a pos- terodorsal setule on epiraeron 3, and the absence of basofacial setae on uropod 1. Cunmurra must surely find its classificatory home eventually in the Joubinellinae because of the en- larged gnathopod 2, elongate article 2 of antenna 1, and the presence of more than 3 spines on the mandibular molar. It would be considered to be the most unspecialized member of that group which is otherwise composed of aberrant phoxocephalids having either pelagic and predatorial adaptations or inquilinous adaptations. Cunmurra itickerus, new species FIGURES 30-32 DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Head about 21 percent of total body length, greatest width about 63 per- cent of length; rostrum weakly constricted, broad, reaching middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium to large, clear of pigment. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.2 times as long as wide, about 2.3 times as wide as article 2, with medial patch of fuzz, ventral margin with about 13 setules, weakly produced dorsal apex with 4 setules; article 2 about as long as article 1, with ventral cycle of 7 setae; primary flagellum with 9 articles, about 0.66 times as long as peduncle, bearing sev- eral short aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 7 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 3^t-2, dorsal margin bearing fuzz, ventral margin with 4 groups of 1?2 short to medium setae, one ventrodistal long spine; article 5 about as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 2, dorsal margin bearing 2 sets of male setae and one calceolus, ven- tral margin with 2 sets of one seta plus setule, 2 ventrodistal medium spines; flagellum elongate, flagellar formula = (20-21), 1-4, 6, 8 . . . (18 or 20), Mandibles with medium pal par hump; right incisor with 3 teeth; left incisor with 2 teeth and apical hump; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch much shorter than proximal, weakly flabellate, narrow, subbifid, proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles; left lacinia mobilis with 5 teeth; right rakers 7; left rakers 7 plus 2 rudimentaries; molar in form of bulbous hump, right molar with 6 primarily medium spines, one short spine weakly disjunct, left molar with 7 primarily medium spines, one spine weakly disjunct, each molar with plume; palp article 1 short, article 2 with one long inner apical seta and 2 other shorter inner setae, article 3 about 1.1 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 9 spine-setae, basofacial formula = 0-2. Inner plate of maxilla 1 ordinary, bearing one long apical pluseta, one similar apicomedial seta, 2 apicolateral much shorter setae; palp article 2 with 6 apicalme- dial marginal spine-setae. Plates of maxilla 2 extend- ing equally, of similar width, outer with 3 apico- lateral setae, inner with 3 medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with 2 large thick apical spines, 4 apicofacial setae, one medial seta, outer plate with 6 medial and apical spines, one apicolateral seta; palp article 1 without apicolateral seta, article 2 with one apicolateral seta, medial margin of article 2 weakly setose, article 3 unprotuberant, with 4 facial setae, one lateral seta, nail of article 4 short, with 2 acces- sory setules. Coxa 1 not expanded distally, anterior margin straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 5-6-6-3, posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 parallel, posterior margin oblique, almost straight, postero- dorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin short, weakly excavate, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 2:3. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 3-4-4-4, short anteriors = 2-2-1-1, long anteriors = 1-4-0-0, no others. Gnathopod 1 with elongate and thin articles 5-6; gnathopod 2 enlarged, article 5 short, article 6 stout; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 23:33 and 25:43, length ratios = 68:73 and 53:70; palmar humps ordinary, palms oblique; article 5 of gnathopod 1 elongate, posterior margin almost flat; article 5 of gnathopod 2 softly triangular. Pereo- pod 2 stouter than pereopod 1, especially on article 4, posterior margin of latter more moderately setose, facial setae formula on article 4 = 3-3, on article 5 = 4-5, main spine of article 5 extending to M. 80 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines, spine formula of article 6 on both pairs = 4 + 5 plus middistal seta, some spines long; acclivity 94 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY s FIGURE 30.?Cunmurra itickerus, new species, holotype, male "a," 4.00 mm (Y ? left lacinia mobilis). NUMBER 245 95 Gl FIGURE Sl.?Cunmurra itickerus, new species, holotype, male "a," 4.00 mm. on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 sharp, produced as tooth, emergent setule long, midfacial pluseta short. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule for- mula = 1-2-3. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 of ordi- nary width, facial spine rows moderately developed, facial ridge on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 1-2-2, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 48:40:34:16, of pereopod 4 = 69:37:26:11, of pe- reopod 5 = 88:21:19:8, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 72:30:35:38, of pereopod 4 = 91:55:42:50, of pereopod 5 = 114:26:26:25, article 2 of pereo- pod 5 reaching apex of article 4, medial apex of article 6 bearing 5 digital processes. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, posterior margin weakly convex, with setule in notch above corner, anteroventral margin and face with 2 sets of 3 and 2 setae, posteroventral face with one seta; postero- ventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded-quadrate, pos- terior margin almost straight, facial setae = 6 in tandem; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded but with weakly protuberant setule sinus, posterior margin convex, with 3 setule notches, ven- tral margin with 2 short setae. Urosomite 1 naked, articulation line complete; urosomites 1-3 unpro- tuberant. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged apical nails, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 3 dorsal spines, inner with one, outer ramus of uropod 2 with 2 dorsal spines closely appressed, inner with none; peduncle of uropod 1 with 2 apicolateral spines, medially with 4 marginal spines, apicalmost 96 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY W QPS FIGURE 32.?Cunmurra itickerus, new species, holotype. male "a," 4.00 mm. ?enlarged; peduncle of uropod 2 with 6-8 dorsal spines, medially with one tiny apical setule; apicolat- eral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 lacking comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 4 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, 2 medial spines; rami masculine, inner extending to M. 100 on article 1 of outer: ramus, apex with 2 setae, medial and lateral margins setose, article 2 of outer ramus short, 0.14, bearing 2 long setae, apicomedial margin of article 1 with 6 setae, lateral margin with 4 acclivities, spine formula = 1-1-1-1-1, setal formula = 1-1-1-1-1. Telson ordinary, length-width ratio = 35:29, al- most fully cleft, each apex broad, rounded, lateral acclivity broad, shallow, bearing ordinary lateral setule, spine next medial longer than setule, mid- lateral setules ordinary, also bearing rows of male dorsal denticles. Cuticle with ordinary bulbar set- ules of varying sizes mixed with pipes, surface bear- ing extremely fine striations in form of linear fin- gerprint pattern or simply pebbled, setules espe- cially short. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Head reconstructel dorsally, eyes omitted; lateral view of damaged head partially re- constructed, with antenna 2 added in disconnected position. HOLOTYPE.?AM, male "a," 4.00 mm. Unique. TYPE LOCALITY.?AM P. 18125, 12 Dec 1939, Kan- garoo Island, South Australia, light in net at night. DISTRIBUTION.?South Australia, Kangaroo Island, neritic. Brolgus, new genus DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 especially shortened, ventral setae widely spread or confined apically. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensi- form; article 3 with 1-2 setules; facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows; article 5 especially thin and short. Right mandibular incisor with 3 teeth; molar not triturative, small, bearing 3 or fewer long clumped spines with common base, usually not bearing fuzz; palpar hump small to medium. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; inner plate with 2 or fewer setae. Setation of maxilla 2 weak. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary; apex of palp not protuber- ant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, medium. Gnathopods dissimilar; hand of gnathopod 2 mod- erately to strongly enlarged; article 5 of gnathopods NUMBER 245 97 1-2 of ordinary length to very short, cryptic on gnathopod 2, with eusirid attachment; palms obli- que, hand of gnathopod 1 elongate, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 bearing pos- teroproximal setae. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form; articles 4-5 of pereopods 3^1 narrow, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 not setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 naked or weakly setose ven- trally, article 3 ordinary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 lacking long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 of rounded classification, lacking long setae. Urosomite 1 generally naked except for sparse apicoventral setae or spines near base of uropod 1; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, with special enlarged apicomedial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 combed; spine(s) on inner ramus of uropod 1 set in one row, no rami continuously spinose to apex; inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying one long apical seta. Telson elongate, with 1-3 apical spines or setae on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed, uncon- stricted. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male pres- ent; calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present. Calceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present; flagellum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts ordinary, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid; mandibular palp thin, article 1 slightly elongate, article 2 without outer setae, apex of article 3 oblique. Lower lip bearing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 widi 9?11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped thin, poorly armed. Coxae 2-4 without special anterodorsal humps. Some posterior spines on article 6 of pereo- pods 1-2 thin and seta-like, others slightly thicker, midapical spine or seta absent. Article 2 of pereo- pod 5 without facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines confined apically, medial spines widely spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with only one medial spine or setule confined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Paraphoxus tattersalli J. L. Barn- ard, 1958 [here designated]. COMPOSITION.?The following new species: Brol- gus koongarrus, B. mahmak, B. millinus, B. tavelus. RELATIONSHIP.?Brolgus differs from Kuritus and Wildus in the presence of only one apical seta on the outer ramus of uropod 3, and from Ganba in the presence of several elongate and very thin pos- terior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 (Ganba bearing only one such spine, other spines short and thick), the stouter gnathopod 1, and fully separate inner plates of the maxillipeds. The most proximal row of spines on the face of article 4 on antenna 2 is becoming obsolete in brol- gins. In that set of armaments we distinguish be- tween a true spine which lacks plumes and the plumose setules which approximate the size of the spines. A spine often carries a subapical trigger. As shown in the following two keys, two sets of character alternatives are used to distinguish the species: the spine and setule formulas on the telson and the presence or absence of scales on the apical nails of the rami on uropods 1-2. Keys to the Species of Brolgus KEY A 1. Each lobe of telson with 2 stout spines plus 1-2 setules 2 Each lobe of telson with only one stout spine or 1-2 elongate setae plus 1-2 setules 3 2. Rami of uropods 1-2 with apical scale B. koongarrus, new species Rami of uropods 1-2 lacking apical scale B. miMinus, new species 3. Main element on telson an elongate seta, or exceptionally 2 elongate setal spines, plus 2 setules medial to seta(e) *. tattersaUi Main element on telson a short, stout spine, plus 1-2 setules either lateral or medial to spine 4. Rami of uropods 1-2 with apical scale, setules on telsonic lobes lateral to spine B. tavelus, new species Rami of uropods 1-2 lacking apical scale, setules on telsonic lobes medial to spine B. mahmak, new species 98 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY KEY B 1. Rami of uropods 1-2 lacking apical scale, outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, inner ramus of uropod 2 with dorsal spine 2 Rami of uropods 1-2 bearing apical scale, outer plate of maxilla 1 with 9 spines, inner ramus of uropod 2 naked * 2. Each lobe of telson with 2 stout spines B. millinus, new species Each lobe of telson with one stout spine or 1-2 elongate setal spines 3 S. Facial ridge on epimeron 2 ordinary, telson with 1-2 elongate setal elements on each lobe B. tatlmalli Facial ridge on epimeron 2 obsolescent, very short, telson with only short elements on each lobe B. mahmak, new species 4. Each lobe of telson with one stout spine and one lateral setule B. tavelus, new species Each lobe of telson with 2 stout spines separated by setule (or one stout spine and 2 lateral setules) B. koongarrus, new species Brolgus tattersalli (J. L. Barnard), new combination FIGURES SS-36 Parharpinia villosa.?Tattersall, 1922:4-6, pi. 1: figs. 7-14 [not Haswell, 1879]. Paraphoxus tattersalli J. L. Barnard, 1958:148; 1960:282. DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 21 percent of total body length, greatest width almost 70 per- cent of length; rostrum unconstricted, broad, ex- ceeding apex of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium, narrow-reniform, largely occluded with pigment. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.75 times as long as wide, about 1.9 times as wide as article 2, apicoventral margin with about 7 setules, strongly produced dorsal apex with 3 setules; article 2 about 0.35 times as long as article 1, with apicoventral rows of 8-9 and 4-6 shorter setae; primary flagellum with 9-11 articles, about 0.7 times as long as pedun- cle, bearing aesthetascs on all but first and last articles; accessory flagellum with 6-9 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-1-6-1 or 3-6-1, dorsal margin with notch bearing 3 setal- spines, ventral margin with 9-10 groups of 1-2 long to short setae, qne ventrodistal medium spine; arti- cle 5 about 0.65 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin with 5 sets of 1-2 long to short setae, 4 ven- trodistal long to short spines, 2 of these set as sub- distal facial spines; flagellum about 0.95 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 8-11 articles. Mandibles with medium palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth; left incisor with 3 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch much shorter than proximal, flabellate or simply broad, subbifid or denticulate, proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles; left lacinia mobilis with 5 teeth; right rakers 7-10, left rakers 8-10, molar in form of short prolusion or soft cone demarcated mainly by spines, each molar with 3 long spines; palp article 1 slightly elongate, article 2 with 1-2 medium inner apical setae and 3 other shorter inner setae, article 3 about 1.1 times as long as article 2. oblique apex with 8 spine-setae, basofacial formula = 0-1 or 0-2. Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, broad, bearing one long apical or facial pluseta, one similar apicomedial seta; outer plate with 11 spines; palp article 2 with 6 apicalmedial spines and setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and narrower than outer, outer with 4 apicolateral setae, inner with pair of medial setae. Inner plate of maxilliped with one large, thin, feathered apical spine, 2 apicofacial setae, one medial seta; outer plate with 8-9 medial and apical spines, no apicolateral setae; palp articles 1-2 naked laterally, medial margin of article 2 weakly setose, article 3 with 3 facial setae, one lateral seta; nail of article 4 long, with one accessory setule. Coxa 1 expanded distally, anterior margin straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 10-9-11?(6?7), poste- riormost seta of coxae 1-2 slightly shortened; ante- rior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, posterior margin almost straight, posterodorsal mar- gin ordinary, V-shaped, width-length ratio of coxa 4=11:12. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 8-8-7-9, long anteriors = 2-3-0-1, short anteriors = 1-1-1-0. Gnathopod 1 with elongate hand, gnathopod 2 with enlarged hand; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 26:36 and 26:55, length ratios = 52:80 and 36:90; palmar humps ordinary, palms strongly oblique; article 5 of gnathopod 1 ovate, posterior margin rounded, article 5 of gnathopod 2 NUMBER 245 99 vL FIGURE 33.?Brolgus tattersalli (J. L. Barnard), female "w," 6.9 mm (v = male "v," 6.7 mm). 100 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 34.?Brolgus tattersalli (J. L- Barnard), female "w," 6.9 mm (n - male "n," 5.7 mm; v = male "v," 6.7 mm). NUMBER 245 101 FIGURE 35.?Brolgus tattersalli (J. L. Barnard), female "w," 6.9 mm (v = male "v," 6.7 mm; g = male "g," 6.3 mm; h = female "h," 7.5 mm; a ? female "a," 7.2 mm). short, triangular, cryptic, almost lobate. Pereopods 1-2 similar, facial setae formula on article 4 = 0 and 0, on article 5 = 0 and 0; main spine of article 5 slender, extending to M. 68 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines; spine formula of article 6 = 54-5, no middistal seta, some spines especially thin, acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 obsolescent, emergent setule al- most fully immersed, midfacial pluseta ordinary. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule formula = l-(l-S)- 1. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow, facial spine rows absent, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 51:23:20:9, of pereopod 4 = 65:20:14:9, of pereopod 5 = 70:13:10:6, length ra- tios of pereopod 3 = 63:29:22:33, of pereopod 4 = 80:53:62:78, of pereopod 5 = 89:19:18:24; article 2 of pereopod 5 exceeding middle of article 4; medial apex of article 6 finely combed, lacking digital processes. Posteroventral corner of epi- 102 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 36.?Brolgus tattersalli (J. L. Barnard) (a ? female "a," 7.2 mm; b - female "b," 6.6 mm; c ? female "c," 6.1 mm; k ? female "k," 6.9 mm; u = male "u," 6.6 mm; v ? male "v," 6.7 mm; w - female "w," 6.9 mm; z = juvenile "z," 3? mm {abnormal antenna 2)). meron 1 rounded, posterior margin weakly con- vex, anteroventral margin with 3 medium setae, posteroventral face with 3-4 medium setae, setule on posterodorsal margin; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin almost straight, facial setae = 4-6; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, with setule sinus, pos- terior margin strongly convex, with one setule notch, ventral margin naked. Urosomite 1 with lateral setule at base of uropod 1, articulation line com- plete; urosomite 3 unprotuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with semi-articulate immersed weak apical nails lacking scale, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 4-6 dorsal spines, inner with 2-3, outer ramus of uropod 2 with 3-4 dorsal spines, inner with 1-2 dorsomedial spines; peduncle of uropod 1 with 3-4 apicolateral spines and 2-3 basofacial setae, medially with 4-5 marginal setae and spines plus apical NUMBER 245 103 enlarged special spine; peduncle of uropod 2 with 6-7 dorsal spines, medially with one medium apical spine; apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 with comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 6 elon- gate ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami feminine, inner extending to M. 85 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with one seta, medial and lateral margins naked, article 2 of outer ramus elongate, 0.30, bearing one long seta, apicomedial margin of article 1 with one seta, lateral margin with 5 acclivities, spine formula = 2-2-2-2-2-2, one of each pair elongate, setal for- mula = 0. Telson elongate, length-width ratio = 7:5, almost fully cleft, each apex narrow, rounded, lateral acclivity narrow, bearing 1-2 elongate lateral spine-setae, 2 short medial setules, dorsolateral set- ules diverse. Cuticle smooth, with fine plumose hairs scattered on posterior dorsum of body. OBSERVATIONS (female).?The facial spine formula on article 4 of female antenna 2 is counted as 1-6-1 but 2 additional long spine-setae occur dorsomedial to the most distal facial spine and could be counted in the first group, to wit, 3-6-1; this is true also in B. millinus and /*. mahmak. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Slighter than female, with enlarged eyes, shortened peduncle of pleopod 3, weakly crested urosomite 2, heavily setose rami of uropod 3. Primary flagellum of antenna 1 with 1 + more articles than in female, articles 1-5 or 1-6 with calceoli and elongated aesthetascs, only distal articles with elongate aesthetasc, distoventral corner of article 1 of peduncle with numerous setules. Articles 3-4 of peduncle on antenna 2 with dorso- medial fuzz, ventral setae of articles 4-5 fewer and shorter, dorsal margin of article 5 with 3 sets of male setae, one spine and 2 calceoli, flagella for- mula = 38, 1-5, 7, 9 . . . 37. Article 2 of mandibular palp with 6-8 setae, longer and stouter than in female; article 3 with basofacial formula of 3-2 or 2-1. Coxae 1-4, gnathopods and pereopods 1-2 with fewer setae. Spines and setae on article 5 of pereo- pods 1-2 stouter than in female. Article 2 of pereo- pod 4 narrower, with spines on anterodistal corner, anterior marginal setae sparser and shorter, proxi- mal half of anterior margin concave; pereopod 5 narrower than in female, spines on anterodistal corners of articles 2-3 shortened. Epimeron 3 less produced posteriorly, setules smaller. Peduncle of uropod 1 usually with one additional basofacial seta, one more medial spine, inner ramus usually with 2 spines and rudimentary third; peduncle of uropod 2 with 7-9 spines, outer ramus with 3?4, inner with 1-2. Rami of uropod 3 masculine. OBSERVATIONS (male).?Juveniles resembling fe- males but eyes smaller, becoming sexually differenti- ated at 5 mm of length. Mature individuals showing variations, regardless of body size, in numbers of posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods, between 4 and 13, usually 9. VARIATIONS.?Pereopod 4 subject to abnormality in about 4 percent of specimens with this appendage intact, abnormal condition reflected in shortness of article 6, with fewer spines and setae, with occa- sional shortness of articles 5 and 7, perhaps result- ing from imperfect regeneration. Juvenile, 3.9 mm, PPBES 984/1, with right flagellum of antenna 2 composed of only 3 articles, left flagellum with 6 articles. Variation in telsonic spine patterns is widespread through all samples; total number of adult speci- mens closely examined = 606; of these, 435 have the normal telson with one spine on each lobe; 45 speci- mens have one spine on one lobe but 2 spines on the other lobe; 22 specimens have 2 spines on each lobe; 2 specimens have three spines on one lobe and 2 spines on the other lobe; one specimen has 3 spines on each lobe; finally, one specimen has one spine on one lobe and no spine on the other lobe. Specimens with two spines on each telsonic lobe are not senile though they are generally the largest individuals of the collections (about 7.0 mm long). These are also characterized by having more medial setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1 (Figure 35: aX2) but no other characteristic has been found to be correlated with increased telsonic spination, ex- cept that the distal branch of the right lacinia mobilis is more elaborate (Figure 36: aMt). Juveniles of B. millinus and B. mahmak already have their characteristic telsonic spination in the size range of 2.4-2.6 mm. VOUCHER MATERIAL (all illustrated).?CPBS 3IS/ 1270: female "w," 6.9 mm; male "v," 6.7 mm. CPBS 31N/1270: male "n," 5.7 mm. PPBES 920/3: female "a," 7.2 mm. PPBES 920/4: female "b," 6.6 mm. PPBES 920/2: female "c," 6.1 mm; male "g," 6.3 mm. PPBES 334: female "k," 6.9 mm. PPBES 984/1: juvenile "z," 3.6 mm. RHM, 22 Oct 1971: male "u," 6.6 mm. CPBS 31N/77O: female "h," 7.5 mm. RELATIONSHIP.?Brolgus tattersalli is the type- 104 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY species and model for Brolgus and therefore its rela- tionships are stated in discussions of the other species of Brolgus. MATERIAL.?CPBS, 120 samples from SI stations (546); PPBES, 32 samples from 16 stations (99); WPBES, 10 samples from 8 stations (12); SBS, 3 samples from 3 stations (4); EBS, 2 samples from 2 stations (2); WAM, one sample (21); AM, 2 samples (71); RHM, one sample (3). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria: Western Port and Port Phillip Bay, 0-19 m, sand, silty sand, weed, shell; off Cape Everard, 77 m. New South Wales: off Malabar, 49 m, sand, shell; Jervis Bay, 6 m, Halo- phila, Zostera. South Australia: Kangaroo Island, neritic. Tasmania: off Tasmanian Coast, 182 m. Brolgus millinus, new species FIGURES 37-39 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 20 percent of total body length, greatest width about 63 per- cent of length; rostrum unconstricted, broad, reach- ing apex of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium, reniform, clear of pigment. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.6 times as long as wide, about twice as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 4 apical setules, produced dorsal apex with 2 setules; article 2 about 0.43 times as long as article 1, with apicoventral cycle of 6 setae; primary flagellum with 7-10 articles, about as long as peduncle, bearing several short aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 5-7 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 1?(8?10)?1(+1), dorsal margin with notch bear- ing 4 setal-spines, ventral margin with 5 groups of 1-2 long to medium setae, one ventrodistal long to medium seta; article 5 about 0.67 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin with 3 sets of 2-3 long to short setae, 2 ventrodistal medium spines set sub- distally; flagellum about 1.3 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 8 articles. Mandi- bles with medium palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth and notch; left incisor with 3 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch shorter than proximal, broad, subbifid, proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles; left lacinia mobilis with 5 teeth; right rakers 9 plus 1+ rudimentaries; left rakers 10 plus 1+ rudimen- taries; molar in form of short protrusion demar- cated mainly by spines, each molar with 3 long spines, none disjunct; palp article 1 elongate, article 2 with one medium inner apical seta and one other shorter inner seta, article 3 about 1.1 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 5-6 spine-setae, basofacial formula = 0. Inner plate of maxilla 1 suborbicular, bearing one long apical pluseta, one similar apicomedial seta; outer plate with 11 spines; palp article 2 with 2 apical-medial marginal spines and 3 apicolateral and submarginal setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and narrower than outer, outer with 3 apicolateral setae, inner with one medial seta. Inner plate of maxillipcd with one long, thin apical spine, 2 apicofacial setae, one medial seta; outer plate with 9 medial and apical spines, no apicolateral setae; palp articles 1-2 lacking apicolateral seta, medial margin of arti- cle 2 moderately to weakly setose, article 3 with 3-4 facial setae, one lateral seta, nail of article 4 medium, with one accessory setule. Coxa 1 expanded distally, anterior margin straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = (8-9)-8-8-4. posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 slightly shortened; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, poste- rior margin convex, posterodorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin short, L-shaped, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 16:17. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = (2-4)-(2-6)-5-5, long anteriors = 0-2-0-0, short anteriors = 1-1-1-1, no others. Gnathopods with enlarged hands, slightly elongate on gnathopod 1; gnathopod 2 larger than gnathopod 1, with short and cryptic wrist; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 26:38 and 25:47, length ra- tios = 55:77 and 42:80; palmar humps ordinary, palms strongly oblique; article 5 of gnathopod 1 ovate, posterior margin rounded; article 5 of gnatho- pod 2 short, triangular, almost lobate, cryptic. Pereo- pods 1-2 similar, facial setae formula on article 4 = 1-1; on article 5 = (0-1) and 1, main spine of article 5 extending to M. 70 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines; spine formula of article 6 = 4 + 4, no middistal seta, some spines especially long and thin; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 obsolescent, setule almost fully immersed, midmarginal pluseta ordinary. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule formula = 1-1-1; articles 4-5 of pereopods 5?4 narrow, facial spine rows sparse, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1, width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereo- NUMBER 245 105 ^ * I bM FIGURE 37.?Brolgus millinus, new species, holotype, female "a," 3.9 mm {b = female "b," 45 mm; c = male "c," 4.9 mm). 106 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Gl FIGURE 38.?Brolgus millinus, new species, holotype, female "a," 3.9 mm (6 ? female "b," 42 mm; c ? male "c," 4.9 mm). pod 3 = 50:26:21:9, of pereopod 4 = 71:25:15:10, of pereopod 5 = 78:15:13:7, length ratios of pe- reopod 3 = 63:30:28:34, of pereopod 4 = 86:59: 70:80, of pereopod 5 = 98:21:20:25; article 2 of pereopod 5 exceeding middle of article 4; medial apex of article 6 finely combed, truncate. Postero- ventral corner of epimeron 1 narrowly rounded, posterior margin weakly convex, anteroventral mar- gin with one medium seta, posteroventral margin with one medium seta; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin straight, facial setae = 2, lateral ridge very short to obsolescent; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, weakly protuberant, with setule sinus, posterior margin convex, with one setule notch, ventral margin naked. Urosomite 1 with lateral setule at base of uropod 1, articulation line com- plete; urosomite 3 unprotuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate weak apical nails, lacking scale; outer ramus of uropod 1 with 2-3 dorsal spines, inner with one; outer ramus of uro- pod 2 with 2 dorsal spines, inner with one dorso- medial spine; peduncle of uropod 1 with 3 apico- lateral spines and 2-3 basofacial setae, medially with 4-5 marginal setae and spines plus special apical enlarged spine; peduncle of uropod 2 with NUMBER 245 107 hW FIGURE 39.?Brolgus millinus, new species, holotype, female "a," 3.9 mm (c ? male "c," 4.9 mm; h = male "h," 4.6 mm); Brolgus mahmak, new species (g = female "g," 5.25 mm). 5 dorsal spines, medially with one large apical spine, apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 with comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 5?6 ventral spines, some elongate, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami feminine, inner extending to M. 60 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with one seta, medial and lateral margins naked, article 2 of outer ramus ordinary, 0.19, bearing one long seta, apicomedial margin of article 1 with one seta, lateral margin with 3 acclivi- ties, spine formula = 1-2-2-2, some very elongate. Telson long, length-width ratio = 28:25, not fully cleft, each apex narrow, rounded, lateral acclivity broad, shallow, with elongate lateral and medial spines separated by ordinary setule, midlateral setules of equal length. Cuticle with ordinary but very sparse bulbar setules. OBSERVATIONS (female).?Spines of outer plate more elongate than in B. tattersalli, maxillipeds otherwise like that species; telsonic lobes usually with 2 (rarely 1 or 3) large spines separated by setule, medial spine smaller than lateral spine. See "Observations" (female) under B. tattersalli. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Differing from female in 108 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY slightly narrower rostrum, enlarged eyes, elongate flagellum of antenna 2, broader epimera, narrower urosome, shortened peduncle of pleopod 3, longer and more setose rami of uropod 3. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 with medial patch of fuzz, ventral margin with numerous setules; each flagel- lum with additional article, primary flagellum bear- ing calceoli and elongate aesthetascs. Basal support articles below head for attachment of antenna 2 much enlarged; articles 3-4 of antenna 2 with dor- somedial fuzz, article 4 generally with one fewer facial spine in main row; article 5 lacking both distofacial spines on article 5, flagellum with up- wards to 31 articles, flagellar formula = (< 31), 1-4, 6, 8 . . . 30. Distal branch of right lacinia mobilis more elaborately sculptured than in female, baso- facial setal formula on article 3 of mandibular palp = 1-2. Coxae 1-4, gnathopods and pereopods with fewer setae than in female. Anteroproximal margin of article 2 on pereopod 4 depressed; pereo- pod 5 with narrower articles, particularly articles 2 and 6, spines on anterodistal apices of articles 2-3 shorter. Epimera 1-2 broader than in female but epimeron 3 less deeply produced posteriorly. Uro- pod 1 usually with one fewer basofacial seta than in female and one additional dorsal spine, spina- tion of rami similar to that of female. Telson more elongate, spines shorter than in female. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Following items similar to B. tattersalli and not illustrated: prebuccal mass, upper lip, outer plate of maxilla 1, maxilliped (but see outer plate illustrated), pereopodal dactyls. Follow- ing parts of male similar to those of female and not illustrated: mandible (but see palp and right lacinia mobilis), maxillae, maxillipeds, gnathopods, pereopods 1-4, coxae 1-3. Male and female lower lips drawn from opposite aspects, that for female from dorsal aspect, that for male from ventral aspect. HOLOTYPE.?NMV, female, 3.9 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?CPBS 23N, 10 Mar 1965, West- ern Port Bay, Victoria, Australia, 10 m, gravel, coarse sand, broken shell. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?CPBS 41N/3: female "b" 4.2 mm (illus). RHM, 22 Oct 1971: male "c," 4.9 mm (illus); male "h," 4.6 mm (illus.). CPBS 32N/ 1270: female "k," 4.3 mm. RELATIONSHIP.?Brolgus millinus differs from B. koongarrus and B. tavelus in the absence of apical scales on the rami of uropods 1-2 and in having 11 instead of 9 spines on the outer plate of maxilla 1, and from B. mahmak in the development of 2 full spines on each lobe of the telson and in the obsolescence or absence of a facial ridge on epi- meron 2. Brolgus millinus is a cryptic species very close to B. tattersalli in which maturation occurs at a small size, not longer than 5.0 mm, but in which there is a full development of body armaments even, in the case of telson and basofacial uropod 1, a superdevelopment in relation to conditions typi- cal of B. tattersalli. Brolgus millinus is further dis- tinguished from B. lattersalli in the short to absent facial ridge on epimeron 2, the more rectangular article 1 of antenna 1, the greater height of female coxa 4. the shorter inner ramus of uropod 3 in the female, and the shorter article 2 on the outer ramus of uropod 3. MATERIAL?CPBS, 71 samples from 21 stations (159); WPBES, 8 samples from 6 stations (II); SBS, 4 samples from 3 stations (II); RHM, 2 samples (8). DISTRIBUTION.?Victoria, Western Port, 0.3-19.2 m, fine and coarse sand, muddy sand, sandy gravel, coarse sand on clay; also nektonic. New South Wales, off Malabar, 39-66 m. Brolgus mahmak, new species FICURES 39 (gT), 4-(l-3)-2-(2-5), short posteriors = 0, long ante- riors = 1-1-0-0, short anteriors = 0-(0-l)-l-l, 1-2 long facials on gnathopods 1-2. Gnathopod 1 with elongate hand, gnathopod 2 with enlarged hand; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 28:40 and 26:54, length ratios = 44:104 and 55:109; palmar humps ordinary to large, palms strongly oblique; article 5 of gnathopod 1 tri- angular, posterior margin short; article 5 of gnatho- pod 2 short, cryptic, triangular. Pereopods 1-2 similar; facial setae formula on article 4 = 1 and 1, on article 5 = 2 and 2, main spine of article 5 extend- ing to M. 100+ on article 6, article 5 lacking proxi- moposterior spines, spine formula of article 6 = 3 + 3, 3 + 4 or 4 + 4, no middistal seta, some spines especially long; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 obsolescent, emergent setule almost fully immersed, midfacial pluseta long. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule formula = 1-2-1. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow, facial spine rows sparse; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereo- pod 3 = 55:30:23:11, of pereopod 4 = 70:25:16:10, of pereopod 5 = 79:15:12:7, length ratios of pe- reopod 3 = 74:37:32:41, of pereopod 4=111: 70:84:115, of pereopod 5 = 124:27:23:33; article 2 of pereopod 5 almost reaching apex of article 4 or slightly beyond; medial apex of article 6 combed, sigmoid. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, posterior margin convex, anteroventral margin with 1-3 medium setae, posteroventral face with one medium seta; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 subquadrate, posterior margin weakly convex, facial ridge short, very weak or absent, facial setae = one; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, posterior margin weakly convex, with 0-2 setule notches, ventral margin naked; epimera 1-2 with small setule on posterodorsal margin set in weak notch. Urosomite 1 with lateral setule at base of uropod 1, articulation line complete; urosomite 3 unprotuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate apical nails, bearing scale, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 2-3 dorsal spines, inner with 1-2, outer ramus of uropod 2 with 1-2 dorsal spines, inner naked; peduncle of uropod 1 with 2-3 apico- lateral spines and one basofacial seta, medially with 2?3 marginal spines, plus special apical enlarged spine; peduncle of uropod 2 with 4-5 dorsal spines, medially with one large apical spine, apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 with comb, coarse dorsolaterally on uropod 1. Peduncle of uro- pod 3 with 6-7 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami masculine, inner extending to M. 100 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 2 setae, medial and lateral mar- gins setose, article 2 of outer ramus ordinary, 0.19, 118 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY bearing one long seta, medial apex of article 1 with one spine, one seta, lateral margin with 3 acclivities, spine formula = 1-2-2-2 or 2-2-2-2, setal formula = 1-1-1-1. Telson long, length-width ratio = 5:4, almost fully cleft, each apex narrow, rounded, lateral acclivity shallow, narrow, bearing shorter lateral and longer medial spine separated by setule longer than lateral spine, lateral spine occasionally reduced to proportions of setule; each lobe with row of denticles, midlateral setules almost alike. Cuticle with sparse ordinary bulbar setules. OBSERVATIONS.?Prebuccal parts moderately ex- tended forward, epistomal region extended as rounded lobe from lateral view, epistome and up- per lip fused together but with remnants of articu- lation dorsally, anterior margin with crescentic rugosity, ventral margin almost truncate, weakly concave, with tiny midhump (visible if rotated properly); lower lip generally like that of B. mah- mak but mandibular lobes broader apically; max- illa 1 generally like that of B. mahmak, (but outer plate with only 9 spines), inner plate and palp like those of B. tavelus; maxilla 2 like that of B. mah- mak; maxilliped generally like that of B. mahmak but lacking additional apical spine, bearing 3 apico- facial setae, no ventrofacial seta (except for one attributed as spine), outer plate with 6 spines, arti- cle 3 of palp with 3 facial and one lateral setae, nail of dactyl much longer than in B. mahmak, like B. tavelus; coxae 1-3 like female of B. mahmak, coxa 4 broader, width-length ratio about 11:12, as in B. tavelus; pereopod 4 about 1.2 times as long as pereopod 4 of B. mahmak in relation to pereopods 3 and 5; setae on epimeron 1 about 50 percent longer than in B. tavelus; uropods 1 and 2 with scales near apical nails as in B. tavelus. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Mostly omitted because of simi- larities to B. tavelus and to B. mahmak as detailed above; seta on medial apex of article 1 of outer ramus of uropod 3 not shown. HOLOTYPE.?AM, male "m," 3.06 mm (with right uropod 3 missing). TYPE-LOCALITY.?AM P.18125, 12 Dec 1939, An- techamber Bay, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, in net at night. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?Type-locality: male "k," 3.60 mm; male "u," 3.44 mm (illus.). Female un- known. RELATIONSHIP.?The specimens assigned to this species, like those of Brolgus tavelus, cannot repre- sent the male of B. mahmak (known only for the female) because the telson in the majority of these males bears two fully developed spines on each lobe and the apical nails on the rami of uropods 1-2 bear scales. Possibly such scales are characters of males of all these species but until such can be demonstrated, the feature is considered as a good taxonomic character. The telson of B. koongarrus resembles that of B. millinus, hence the best gross characters of distinction between the species are the uropodal scales and the 9 spines on the outer plate of maxilla 1 in B. koongarrus. In B. koongarrus the apical spine on article 5 of pereopods 1-2 and the telsonic spines are relatively more elongate than in B. millinus. The majority of specimens of B. koongarrus dif- fers from B. tavelus in the telsonic armament for- mula. Brolgus koongarrus has 2 thick spines separ- ated by a setule, whereas B. tavelus has one spine plus a lateral setule. Occasional specimens of B. koongar- rus have the thick lateral spine transformed into a thin seta-spine and often it is rudimentary, thus approaching the condition in B. tavelus where the telson has simply one medial spine and one lateral setule. The aberrant specimens of B. koongarrus generally have the aberrant condition only on one side of the telson, the other side being normal. Brolgus koongarrus also has a broader distal ramus on the right lacinia mobilis but this feature is so difficult to observe in proper orientation that we have not used it as a taxonomic character nor have we checked it for consistency. MATERIAL.?AM, one sample (11). DISTRIBUTION.?South Australia, Kangaroo Is- land, in net at night. Elpeddo, new genus DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes absent. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female, article 2 of antenna 1 shortened, ventral setae confined apically. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensiform; article 3 with 2 set- ules, facial spines on article 4 in one main row; article 5 ordinary in size. Right mandibular incisor with 3 teeth; molar not triturative, medium, bear- ing 3 long clumped spines with common base, bear- ing fuzz; palpar hump small to medium. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate, inner plate with 3 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary. Inner plate of max- illipeds ordinary; apex of palp article 3 weakly NUMBER 245 119 protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, medium. Gnathopods ordinary, small, similar, gna- thopod 2 weakly enlarged; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 of ordinary length, free, without eusirid attach- ment; palms oblique, hands of gnathopods 1-2 ordinary, ovatorectangular, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 setose posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, weakly tapering distally; articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 nar- row to medium; article 2 of pereopods 3-4 not setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 naked ventrally, article 3 ordinary, dactyls normal. Epimera 1-2 lacking long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 of rounded classification and lacking long setae. Urosomite 1 generally naked except for sparse apicolateral setae near base of uropod 1; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, with special enlarged apicomedial spine, peduncle apices of uropods 1-2 combed, spine(s) on inner ramus of uropod 1 in one row, no rami con- tinuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, elongate article 2 of outer ramus carrying 2 short apical setae. Telson elongate, with 2 apical spines on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed. Article 1 of primary flagellum on male antenna 1 elongate, thickened, densely furnished with aesthetascs, fuzz absent, calceoli absent. Calceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present; flagellum in male without cal- ceoli. Prebuccal parts ordinary, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, flabellate; mandibular palp thin, article 1 slightly elongate, article 2 without outer setae, apex of article 3 oblique. Lower lip bearing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxil- liped poorly armed, thick. Coxae 2-4 without spe- cial anterodorsal humps. AH posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thick and stiff, midapical spine present. Article 2 of pereopod 5 without facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines confined apically, medial spines widely spread; pe- duncle of uropod 2 with only one medial spine con- fined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Elpeddo kaikai, new species. COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?This genus differs from Brolgus and Ganba in the presence of 2 apical setae, albeit short, on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3, and from Kuritus in the stout, weakly diverse gna- thopods with short article 5 on gnathopod 2. El- peddo appears closest to Wildus, from which El- peddo differs in the shortness of apical setae on the outer ramus of uropod 3, in the fully split inner plates of the maxilliped and in the male by the odd, lysianassid antenna 1 which in itself may be simply an aberrancy. The absence of eyes, also a possible aberrancy, distinguishes Elpeddo from its neigh- bors. The presence of double spination on each lobe of the telson suggests affinities with Brolgus koongar- rus, B. mahmak, and B. millinus. The two former species have unserrate right laciniae mobiles whereas B. millinus has the distal branch serrate as in E. kaikai. Brolgus millinus has an extremely short article 2 on the outer ramus of uropod 3, perhaps one of die best distinguishing characteristics be- tween the two species. The unique male is extremely unusual and may be aberrant; it has the first antenna of a lysianassid and irregularities in shapes or armaments of uro- pod 3, urosomite 1, peduncle of uropod 1, antenna 2, and apex of maxillipedal palp, all suggesting that the first antenna may also be an irregularity, unique to this specimen and possibly not typical of the species. Elpeddo kaikai, new species FIGURES 45-47 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 19 per- cent of total body length, greatest width about 63 percent of length; rostrum unconstricted, not reach- ing middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes absent. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.6 times as long as wide, about 1.8 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 9 setules, weakly pro- duced dorsal apex with 2 setules; article 2 about 0.5 times as long as article 1, with apicoventral row of 6 setae; primary flagellum with 10 articles, about as long as peduncle, lacking aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 7 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 7 (or possibly 3-4), dorsal margin with notch bearing 3 setae and one spine, ventral 120 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY yX2 s FIGURE 45.?Elpeddo kaihai, new species, holotype, female "a," 3.40 mm (y ?? male "y," 3.06 mm). NUMBER 145 121 G2 FICIIHE 46.?Elpeddo kaikai, new species, holotype, female V 3-*0 mm (y *> male "y," 3.08 mm). 122 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY -JJLL R2 R1 i7.?Elpeddo.JudkMj,iwm species, holotype, female "a" 3.40 mm ( c - female "c." 3.05 mm; y ? male "y," 3.08 mm). NUMBER 245 123 margin with 2 groups of 2-3 long to short setae, one ventrodistal long thin setal-spine; article 5 about 0.7 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin with 2 sets of 2 medium to short setae, 3 ventro- distal short to medium spines, one subdistal facial spine; flagellum about 1.8 times as long as articles 4?5 of peduncle combined, with 10 articles. Man- dibles with medium palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth and notch; left incisor with 4 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch shorter than proximal, flabellate, denticu- late, proximal branch weakly flabellate but pointed, with marginal denticles; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth plus 2 accessory teeth; right rakers 6 plus 2 rudimentaries; left rakers 7; molar composed of bulb- ous hump demarcated mainly by spines, each molar with 3 long spines, none disjunct, each molar with plume; palp article 1 slightly elongate, article 2 with one short inner apical seta and one other shorter inner seta, article 3 about as long as article 2, oblique apex with 6 spine-setae, basofacial for- mula = 0. Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, bearing one long apical pluseta, one similar apicomedial seta, one apicolateral seta; palp article 2 with 6 apical- medial-lateral marginal spines and setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter than outer, outer not broader than inner, outer with 3 apicolateral setae, inner with one medial seta. Inner plate of maxil- liped with one thin apical spine, 3 apicofacial setae, one medial seta; outer plate with 6 medial and apical spines, no apicolateral setae; palp article 1 naked, article 2 with one apicolateral seta, medial margin of article 2 moderately setose, article 3 with 3 facial setae, no lateral setae, nail of article 4 medium, with one accessory setule. Coxa 1 scarcely expanded distally, anterior margin weakly concave; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 5-5-5-0, poste- riormost seta of coxae 1-2 slightly shortened; ante- rior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, posterior margin convex, posterodorsal corner sharp-rounded, posterodorsal margin short, V- shaped, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 38:45. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = (3-4) A 4-(3-4), short posteriors = (l-2)-S-(3-5)-4, long anteriors = 1-3-0-0, short anteriors = 4-3-4-3. Gnathopods weakly enlarged; wrist of gnathopod 2 short; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 27:40 and 28:44, length ratios = 62:74 and 45:72; palmar humps ordinary, palms strongly oblique; article 5 of gnathopod I ovate, posterior margin flat; article 5 of gnathopod 2 short, triangular, almost lobate. Pereopods 1-2 similar; facial setae formula on article 4 = 1 and 2, on article 5 = 2 and 2, main spine of article 5 ex- tending to M. 75 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines; spine formula of article 6 = 2 and 3, no middistal seta, acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 weak, emergent setule short, midfacial pluseta short. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule formula = 1-1?1. Articles 4?5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow, facial spine rows sparse; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-2 (posterior short); width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 44:27:25:11, of pereopod 4 = 68:31:20:9, of pereopod 5 = 90:19:18:8, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 70:22:30:34, of pereopod 4 = 76:58:37:48, of pereopod 5=110:25:23:27; article 2 of pereopod 5 almost reaching middle of article 5; medial apex of article 6 finely combed, lacking digital processes. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin almost straight, anteroventral margin with 1-3 short widely spread setae, posteroventral face with 0-1 long seta; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin almost straight, facial setae = 3; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 weakly protuberant, with setule sinus, posterior margin convex, with one setule notch, ventral mar- gin naked; epimera 1-3 with setule on posterodorsal margin. Urosomite 1 with lateral setule at base of uropod 1, articulation line complete. Urosomite 3 unprotuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with immersed weak apical nails and accessory scale; outer ramus of uropod 1 with 2 dorsal spines, inner with one; outer ramus of uropod 2 with 1-2 dorsal spines, inner with one dorsomedial spine; peduncle of uropod 1 with one apicolateral spine and one basofacial seta, medially with 4 marginal spines plus apical inner enlarged spine; peduncle of uropod 2 with 3-4 dorsal spines, medially with one apical spine; apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 with comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 3 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami feminine, inner extending to M. 60 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with one seta, medial and lateral margins naked, article 2 of outer ramus elongate, 0.50, bearing 2 short setae, medial apex of article 1 with one seta, lateral margin with 2 acclivi- ties, spine formula ? 2-2-2, setal formula ? 0. 124 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Telson long, length-width ratio ? 6:5, almost fully cleft, each apex narrow, truncate, lateral acclivity weak, bearing ordinary lateral setule, spine next medial of length equal to setule, next spine slightly shorter, midlateral setules subsequal. Cuticle with bulbar setules of varying sizes closely packed on coxae and article 2 of pereopod 5 but rare else- where, surface bearing fine striations in form of linear fingerprint pattern, emergent setules espe- cially short. OBSERVATIONS (female).?One spine on outer plate of maxilla 1 in holotype aberrantly trifid. DESCRIPTION OF MALE (male "y," 3.08 mm, only specimen known, possibly aberrant).?Antenna 1 with thickened articles 2-3; basal article of flagel- lum swollen and bearing rows of long aesthetascs (similar to Lysianassidae). Peduncle of antenna 2 somewhat thinner than in female; anterior triad of spines and setae on article 4 short, spine formula of article 4 = 1-7 or 1-6, one long blunt spine on ventrodistal margin in place of seta found on fe- male; anterior margin of article 5 with 2 giant cal- ceoli; right antenna 2 with female-like flagellum comprising 8 articles about 1.6 times as long as articles 4?5 of peduncle combined, calceoli absent, left flagellum masculine but broken after 4 articles, calceoli absent. Upper lip with small midhump ventrally, otherwise like female. Right mandible with 5 rakers; molar and incisor like female, palps broken and missing, [left mandible lost during dis- section]. Maxillipedal palp article 4 with apical nail setule-like and completely immersed, no acces- sory setules (condition aberrant?). Coxae generally like those of female, setae identical, coxae 2-3 slightly longer than in female, posterodorsal mar- gin of coxa 4 even more dorsad than in female. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = (2-3)-3-2-2, short posterior setae = O-O-l-(2-3), long anterior setae = 1-2-O-0, short anterior setae = 3 4 4 4, short setae straw- like. Pereopods 1-2, setae and spine formulas of article 4 = 1-1, article 5 = 2-2, article 6 = 2 + 3 on both pairs, article 4 thinner than in female, of pereopod 1 with only 2 groups of 4 and 3 setae pos- teriorly, of pereopod 2 with groups of 4, 3, and 1. Article 2 of pereopod 3 slightly thinner than in female; article 5 of pereopod 5 narrower and more elongate than in female, medial apex of article 6 on pereopod 5 with comb composed of much en- larged elements. Shape of epimera generally similar to that of female, epimeron 1 with 2 anteroventral setae and one posteroventral seta, none facial [ven- tral setae probably spread posteriad more than in female, thus 3 of female spread into groups of 2 and 1]; epimeron 2 with 2 facial setae; epimeron S lacking dorsal and posterior setules except at corner sinus. Urosomite 1 with dorsal saddle and invagina- tion similar to that of lysianassids and ampeliscids. Medial margin on peduncle of uropod 1 with spines crowded toward distal margin (see illustra- tion), basofacial setae = 2 elongate; outer ramus of uropod 2 with one dorsal spine. Uropod 3 inter- mediate between masculine and feminine, inner ramus not elongate but bearing medial setae, outer ramus with medial setae on article 1. Telson slightly elongate, bearing irregular basomedial rows of denticles. OBSERVATIONS (male).?Possibly aberrant, only one specimen known. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Inner plate of maxilliped skewed laterally in drawing; coxa of pereopod 4 recon- structed by reference to male "y" and female "c"; illustration of urosome and uropods 1-3 of male "y" partially reconstructed, very slightly shriveled on specimen; head of male dorsally similar to female, not illustrated. HOLOTYPE?AM, female "a," 3.40 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?SBS C6S3, 22 May 1972, off Malabar, New South Wales, Australia, 75 m, sandy gravel. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?SBS CxS4, male "y," 5.08 mm (illus); SBS C6S2, female "c," 3.05 mm (illus.). MATERIAL.?SBS, 3 samples (3). DISTRIBUTION.?New South Wales, off Malabar, 75-92 m, sandy gravel. Ganba, new genus DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes present. Flagella of antenna 1-2 unreduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 espe- cially shortened, ventral setae confined apically. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensiform, article 3 with 2 setules, facial spines on article 4 in one main row, article 5 short. Right mandibular incisor with 3 teeth; molar not triturative, small, bearing 3 long clumped spines with common base, not bearing fuzz; palpar hump medium. Palp of maxilla 1 bi- articulate; inner plate with 2 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 weak. Inner plates of maxillipeds mostly NUMBER 845 125 fused together; apex of palp article 3 not protuber- ant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, medium. Gnathopods dissimilar; gnathopod 2 weakly to moderately enlarged; article 5 of gnathopod 2 very short, cryptic, ordinary on gnathopod 1, without eusirid attachment; palms oblique, hands of gna- thopods 1-2 elongate, basally broadened, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 setose posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow to me- dium, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 not setose posteri- orly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 naked ventrally, article 3 ordinary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 lack- ing long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 of rounded classification and lacking long setae. Urosomite 1 generally naked except for sparse apicoventral setae or spines near base of uropod 1; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, without special enlarged apciolateral-medial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 not combed; inner ramus of uropod 1 naked, no rami continuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying one long apical seta. Telson ordinary, with only one apical spine on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed. [Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male unknown, calceoli on male antennae 1-2 unknown.] Prebuccal parts extended forward, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, thin; mandibular palp thin, article 1 slightly elongate, article 2 without outer setae, apex of article 3 transverse. Lower lip bearing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 9 spines, no spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped poorly armed, thick. Coxae 2-4 with special anterodorsal humps. Some posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin and seta-like, most thick and stiff, midapical spine or seta absent. Article 2 of pereopod 5 with- out facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorso- lateral spines confined apically, medial spines par- tially spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with only one medial spine confined apically, Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Ganba pellati, new species. COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?This genus differs from Kuritus and Wildus in the presence of only one seta on the outer ramus of uropod 3 and from Brolgus in the presence of mostly short and stout spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2, in the much thinner gnathopod 1 and the partially fused inner plates of the maxil- liped. Unlike other members of the Brolgus group of genera, Ganba lacks apical combs on the pedun- cles of uropods 1-2. Ganba pellati, new species FIGURES 48, 49 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 20 percent of total body length, greatest width about 70 per- cent of length; rostrum unconstricted, broad, ex- ceeding apex of article 1 on antenna 1. Eyes me- dium, largely occluded with pigment. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.8 times as long as wide, about 1.5 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 6 apical setules, weakly pro- duced dorsal apex with 2 setules; article 2 about 0.4 times as long as article 1, naked ventrally; primary flagellum with 8 articles, about 0.8 times as long as peduncle, bearing numerous short aesthetascs; ac- cessory flagellum with 5-6 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-2-3 or 2-2-4, dorsal margin with notch bearing one seta and 2 spines, ventral margin with 3 pairs of long to short setae, 2 ventrodistal medium to short spines; article 5 about 0.67 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin with 3 pairs of 2 long to short setae, 3 ventrodistal short to medium spines, one of these set as subdistal facial spine; flagellum about as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 8 articles. Mandibles with medium palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth and notch; left incisor with 4 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch much shorter than proximal, forming cusp, proxi- mal branch simple, pointed; left lacinia mobilis with 4 teeth plus 2 accessory teeth; right rakers 6; left rakers 6; molar of short protrusion demarcated mainly by spines, each molar with 3 long spines, none disjunct; palp article 1 slightly elongate, arti- cle 2 with one short inner apical seta and one other short inner seta, article 3 about 1.2 times as long as article 2, truncate apex with 5-6 spine-setae, basofacial formula = 0-1. Inner plate of maxilla 1 126 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 4S.?Ganba pellati, new species, holotype, female "a," 5.25 mm (q ?- female "q," 4.45 mm). NUMBER 245 127 FIGURE 49.?Ganba pellati, new species, holotype, female V 525 mm. 128 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY especially broad, bearing one long apical pluseta, one shorter similar apicomedial seta, no apicolateral setae; palp article 2 with 2 apical-medial marginal spines and 3-4 submarginal setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and much narrower than outer, outer with 4 apicolateral setae, inner with one medial seta. Inner plate of maxilliped with 4 large thin apical spine-setae, no apicofacial setae, no medial setae, inner plates mostly fused together; outer plate with 4 medial and apical spines, no apicolateral setae; palp article 1 with apicolateral seta, article 2 with one apicolateral seta, medial margin of article 2 moderately setose, article S with 4 facial setae, no lateral setae, nail of article 4 medium-short, with one accessory setule. Coxa 1 expanded distally, anterior margin weakly concave, main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 5-5-5-0, all four with anterodorsal hump, posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 shortest; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, posterior margin almost straight, posterodorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin short, concave, V-shaped, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 1:1. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnatho- pods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 2-(l-3)-(4-5)-(4-5). short posteriors = (2-3)-(2-3)-(^*Hs-^)' l o n g an" teriors = 2-3-0-0, short anteriors = 1-2?2?(1?2), no others. Gnathopod 1 thin, elongate; gnathopod 2 enlarged, weakly elongate, hands tapering distally; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1?2 = 23:28 and 26:39, length ratios = 71:100 and 50:88; palmar humps ordinary, palms strongly oblique; article 5 of gnathopod 1 elongate, ovate, posterior margin rounded-truncate; article 5 of gnathopod 2 short, triangular, cryptic. Pereopods 1-2 similar, facial setae formula on article 4 = (1-2) and (2-3) on article 5 = (1-2) and (1-3); main spine of article 5 extending to M. 50 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines; spine formula of article 6 = 2 + 4 plus midposterior seta, spines especially short, acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereo- pods 1-2 absent, setule fully immersed, midfacial pluseta short, highly proximal. Coxae 5-7 postero- ventral setule formula = 1-1-1, articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 medium narrow, facial spine rows sparse; facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 49:29:25:13, of pereopod 4 = 63:25: 19:12, of pereopod 5 = 79:18:14:9, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 68:30:30:32, of pereopod 4 = 84:40:38:41, of pereopod 5 = 100:25:22:28; article 2 of pereopod 5 reaching middle of article 4; medial apex of article 6 finely combed, truncate. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, pos- terior margin weakly convex, anteroventral margin with 4-7 short to medium setae, posteroventral face with one short seta; posteroventral corner of epime- ron 2 rounded, weakly protuberant, posterior mar- gin straight, facial setae = 3-4, posteriormost pair set vertically if 4 setae present; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 weakly protuberant, with setule sinus, posterior margin weakly convex, with 2 setule notches, ventral margin naked; epimera 1-2 with tiny setule on posterodorsal margin. Urosomite 1 with ventral seta and setule at base of uropod 1, articulation line almost complete; urosomite 3 un- pro tuber ant dor sally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with immersed apical nails; outer ramus of uropod 1 with one dorsal spine, inner with none; rami of uropod 2 naked; peduncle of uropod 1 with S api- colateral spines and one short basofacial seta, medi- ally with 3 marginal spines, apicalmost enlarged; peduncle of uropod 2 with 6-7 dorsal spines, medi- ally with one large apical spine; apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 lacking comb. Pedun- cle of uropod 3 with 5 ventral spines (one disjunct), dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami feminine, inner extending to M. 66 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with one seta, medial margin with one apical seta, article 2 of outer ramus short, 0.14, bearing one long seta, medial margin of article 1 with 3-4 setae, lateral margin with 3 acclivities, spine formula = 0-1-1-1, setal formula = 1-1?1?1. Telson ordinary, length-width ratio "-11:10, al- most fully cleft, each apex narrow, rounded, lateral acclivity deep, bearing ordinary lateral setule, spine next medial of length subequal to setule, midlateral setules diverse. Cuticle with ordinary but sparse bulbar setules. OBSERVATIONS.?Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 with occa- sional short partners or extra short setae between long members, article 2 of pereopods 1-2 with only one anterior setule; pereopods 1-2 with one poste- rior seta on article 6 besides spines; facial setae on article 5 of pereopods 1-2 highly posteriad. Young female: Easily recognizable because of gen- eral specific characters on epimera, head and gnatho- pods but following external observations included: article 6 of pereopods 1-2 with only one posterior spine besides locking spines and one seta; coxae 1-3 NUMBER 245 129 with only S ventral setae each; uropod 1 with one basofacial seta, 2 apicolateral spines, outer raraus with one long spine; peduncle of uropod 2 with 4 spines; outer ramus of uropod 3 with one lateral acclivity bearing one spine only; epimeron 1 with 3 anteroventral and no posterofacial setae, epimeron 2 with 2 setae, epimeron 3 with only 2 posterior setule notches; article 5 of antenna 2 with only one posterior set of spine-setae, article 4 like adult. Juveniles: Smallest 1.47 mm, (Slack-Smith 1), generally recognizable because of distinct elongation of article 6 on gnathopod 1; following notes show- ing reduction in spination on prominent external appendages: spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 1-1-1 (or 2-1 depending on view); coxae 1-3 with one seta each; epimera 1-2 lacking setae; peduncle of uropod 1 with one lateral spine, pe- duncle of uropod 1 with one lateral spine; rami of uropods 1-2 dorsally naked. VARIATIONS.?Smaller female "q," 4.45 mm, from Shepherd 15 (South Australia) better developed morphologically than holotype female from West- ern Australia, generally more spinose and setose, up- per lip with heavy crescentic rugosity, eyes larger but following parts not compared because of dam- age to female "q": articles 6-7 of pereopods 1, 2, 4, 5 and uropod 3; holotype with aberrantly vestigial outer plate of maxilla 2. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Whole views of gnathopods 1-2 with article 6 not fully flattened, this shape shown on setoseless outline views; distinctions between spines and setae on palp of maxilla 1 described mainly by their positions because these armaments highly similar to each other; view of left pereopod 3 reconstructed from right appendage; setule on coxa 7 omitted. HOLOTYPE.?WAM, female "a," 5.25 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?Slack-Smith 1, 4 Dec 1968, Cheyne Beach, Albany, Western Australia, on weedy rocks, intertidal. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?Shepherd 15, female "q," 4.45 mm (illus.); JLB AUS 13, juvenile "c," 3.34 mm; /Slack-Smith 1, juveniles, smallest 1.47 mm (6). Male unknown. MATERIAL.?Slack-Smith 1, one sample (7); JLB AUS, one sample (1); Shepherd 15, one sample (1). DISTRIBUTION.?Albany, Western Australia to Pearson Island, South Australia, 0-8 m. Kuritus, new genus DIAGNOSIS OF MALE.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in male. Article 2 of an- tenna 1 especially shortened, ventral setae confined apically. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensiform, arti- cle 3 with 2 setules, facial spines on article 4 weakly in 2 rows, article 5 ordinary in size. Right mandibu- lar incisor with 3 teeth; molar not triturative, small, conical, bearing 3 long clumped spines, lacking fuzz; palpar hump small. Palp of maxilla 1 biartic- ulate; inner plate with 2 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 weak. Inner plates of maxillipeds ordinary; apex of palp article 3 not protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, elongate, Gnathopods small, similar; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 of ordinary length, free, without eusirid attachment; palms oblique, hands of gnathopods 1-2 ordinary, ovato- rectangular, elongate, poorly setose anteriorly. Ar- ticle 5 of pereopods 1-2 setose posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow to medium, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 not setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 naked ventrally, article 3 ordi- nary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 lacking long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ven- tral facial ridge; epimeron 3 of rounded classifica- tion and lacking long setae. Urosomite 1 generally naked; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, with special enlarged apicomedial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 combed; spine(s) on inner ramus in one row, no rami continuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, elongate article 2 of outer ramus carrying 2 medium apical setae. Telson elongate, with 2 apical spines on each lobe plus setules, without special dorsal and lateral spines or setae. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Rostrum fully developed. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male present; calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present. Calceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present, flagellum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts extended forward, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis in 2 parts; mandibular palp thin, article 1 short, article 2 without outer setae, apex of article 3 oblique. Lower lip bearing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 9 spines, one spine especially thick- 130 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY ened. Inner plates of maxilliped poorly armed, thick. Coxae 2-4 without special anterodorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin and stiff, midapical spine present. Article 2 of pereopod 5 without facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines confined apically, medial spines widely spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with only one medial spine confined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Kuritus nacoomus, new species. COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?Kuritus differs from Brolgus and Ganba in bearing 2 apical setae on the outer ramus of uropod 3 and from Wildus and Brolgus in the thin gnathopods that are identical to each other and on which the wrists are not cryptic. See Para- phoxus for further relationships. The type-species has an unusual right lacinia mobilis in which the two main elements are sepa- rate, the so-called distal branch being fully articu- late and the proximal branch therefore resembling a raker spine. The proximal branch of the right lacinia mobilis in most phoxocephalids resembles a raker spine and may actually be a raker spine fused to the primitive lacinia mobilis. In the case of Kuritus nacoomus the proximal branch is sepa- rate but is not counted as a raker spine. In other respects morphological similarities lie with Brolgus, the telsonic spination, coxal setation, and epimeral setation indicating a relationship to B. millinus and B. mahmak. Kuritus nacoomus, new species FIGURES 50, 51 DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Head about 19 percent of total body length, greatest width about 60 per- cent of length; rostrum unconstricted, broad, reach- ing apex of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes large, largely occluded with pigment, ommatidia especially large. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.8 times as long as wide, about 2.2 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 10 setules, strongly produced dorsal apex with 3 setules; article 2 about 0.37 times as long as article 1, with apicoventral cycle of 5 setae; primary flagellum with 8 articles, about 1.1 times as long as peduncle, bearing several aesthetascs and calceoli on articles 1-4; accessory flagellum .with 4 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-5-1, spines thin, dorsal margin with 2 notches bearing 3 and 1 spines, ventral margin with 3 groups of 1-3 long to medium setae, 2 ventrodistal medium and short spines; article 5 about 0.9 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 1, dorsal margin bearing 2 groups of male setae and 2 calceoli, ventral margin with 2 pairs of medium and short setae, 2 ventro- distal medium spines; flagellum elongate, flagellar formula = 20, 1-3, 5, 7 . . . 19 or 1, 3, 5 Man- dibles with weak palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth, weak notch; left incisor with 2 teeth and hump; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch shorter than proximal and fully articulate, broad, subbifid, proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles; left lacinia mobilis with 5 teeth plus one accessory tooth; right rakers 3; left rakers 4; molars short, conical, demarcated mainly by spines, each molar with 3 clumped medium spines; palp article 1 short, article 2 with one long inner apical seta and one other shorter inner seta, article 3 about 0.95 times as long as article 2, oblique apex with 7 spine-setae, basofacial formula = 0-3. Inner plate of maxilla 1 ordinary, bearing one short stout apical pluseta, one similar apicomedial seta; denticles on spines of outer plate very thin; palp article 2 with 2 apical spines and one apico- medial spine. Plates of maxilla 2 extending sub- equally, outer slightly broader than inner, outer with 2 apicolateral setae, inner with one medial seta. Inner plate of maxilliped with one thin short apical spine, 2-3 apicofacial setae; outer plate with 4 medial and apical spines, palp articles 1-2 naked laterally, medial margin of article 2 weakly setose, article 3 unprotuberant, with 2 facial setae, nail of article 4 long, with one accessory setule. Coxa 1 scarcely expanded distally, anterior margin almost straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 9-8-8-8, posterior most seta of coxae 1-3 slightly shortened; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, posterior convex, posterodorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin long, V-shaped, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 18:19. Long poste- rior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereo- pods 1-2 = 2-1-1-2, short anteriors = 2-2-1-1, long anteriors = 1-1-0-0, no others. Gnathopods slender, weakly elongate, nearly identical; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 22:29 and 22=28, NUMBER 245 131 FIGURE 50.?Kuritus nacoomus, new species, holotype, male "a," 4.16 mm. 132 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY P5 FIGURE 51.?Kuritus nacoomus, new species, holotype, male "a," 4.16 mm. NUMBER 245 133 length ratios = 46:74 and 45:74; palmar humps absent, palms oblique; article 5 of gnathopod 1 ovate, posterior margin rounded-lobate, article 5 of gnathopod 2 similar. Pereopods 1-2 similar; facial setae formula on article 4 = 1 , on article 5 = 1 ; main spine of article 5 extending to M. 75 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines; spine formula of article 6 = 3 + 2 plus mid- distal spine; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 obsolescent, emergent setule short, partly immersed, midfacial pluseta ordinary. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule formula = 1-1-1. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow, facial spine rows sparse, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereo- pods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 50j29:26:10, of pereopod 4 = 64:22:15:8, of pereopod 5 = 75:14:13:7. length ratios of pereopod S = 71:32:28:40, of pereopod 4 = 90:54:59:53, of pereopod 5=110:24:23:25; article 2 of pereopod 5 reaching apex of article 4; medial apex of article 6 finely combed. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, posterior margin straight, anteroventral margin with one medium seta; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin straight, facial setae = 3 in horizontal tan- dem anteriad, facial ridge absent; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, with setule, poste- rior margin convex, with one setule, ventral margin naked. Urosomite 1 with articulation line complete, urosomite 3 weakly protuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate apical nails, outer ramus of uropod 1 with 2 dorsal spines, inner with one, outer ramus of uropod 2 with one dorsal spine, inner with one dorsomedial spine; peduncle of uropod 1 with one apicolateral spine and 4 baso- facial setae, medially with 5 marginal spines, apical- most enlarged and set medially; peduncle of uropod 2 with 4 dorsal spines, medially with one apical spine; apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 with comb, weak on uropod 1. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 6 ventral spines, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami submasculine, inner extending to M. 85 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 2 setae, medial and lateral mar- gins setose, article 2 of outer ramus elongate, 0.30, bearing 2 medium setae, apicomedial margin of article 1 with 2 setules and one seta, lateral margin with 4 acclivities, spine formula = 1-2-2-2-2, setal formula = 1-1-1-1-1. Telson long, length-width ratio = 18:11, not fully deft, each apex narrow, lateral acclivity weak, with one lateral and one medial spine separated by setule, midlateral setules ordinary. Cuticle with ordinary bulbar setules, emergent setules ordinary, long. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Lateral view of eyes reconstructed from damaged condition; dorsal view of head omitted, like that of male Brolgus millinus but eyes larger; upper lip shown from oblique ventral view; apex of right pereopod 2 showing smallest medial distal spine hidden from lateral view on illustration of pereopod 1, spine next adjacent considered as middistal spine hiding distalmost lateral spine. HoLOTYPE.?WAM male "a," 4.16 mm. Unique. TYPE-LOCALITY.?WAM 414-73, 2 Sep 1954, Bar- row Island, Western Australia, presumably surface. DISTRIBUTION.?Western Australia, Barrow Island, neritic. Wildus, new genus DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 especially shortened, ventral setae confined apically. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensiform, article 3 with 2 setules, facial spines on article 4 in 2 or more rows, article 5 especially short. Right mandibular incisor with 3 teeth; molar not triturative, small, bearing 3 long clumped spines with common base, not bearing fuzz; palpar hump medium. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate, inner plate with 2 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 weak. Inner plates of maxilli- peds mostly fused together; apex of palp article 3 not protuberant; dactyl elongate, apical nail dis- tinct, elongate. Gnathopods scarcely dissimilar, gnathopod 2 weakly enlarged; article 5 of gnatho- pod 2 very short, cryptic, slightly more elongate on gnathopod 1, without eusirid attachment; palms oblique, hands of gnathopods 1-2 rectangular, slightly elongate, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 setose posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, articles 4-5 of pe- reopods 3?4 narrow to medium, article 2 of pereo- pods 3-4 not setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 ordi- nary, article 2 naked ventrally, article 3 ordinary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 lacking long posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 of rounded classification and lacking long setae. Urosomite 1 generally naked; 134 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY urosomite 5 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, with special enlarged apicome- dial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 combed; spine(s) on inner ramus of uropod 1 in one row, no rami continuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordi- nary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying 2 medium to long apical setae. Telson ordinary to elongate, with only one apical spine on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male present; calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present. Cal- ceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present; flagel- lum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts ordi- nary, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, thin; man- dibular palp thin, article 1 slightly elongate, article 2 without outer setae, apex of article 3 almost transverse. Lower lip bearing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 9 spines, no spine especially thick- ened. Inner plates of maxilliped thin, poorly armed. Coxae 2-4 without distinct anterodorsal humps. $ome posterior spines on article 6 of pereo- pods 1-2 thin and seta-like, others thick and stiff, midapical spine or seta absent. Article 2 of pereo- pod 5 without facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines confined apically, medial spines widely spread, peduncle of uropod 2 with only one medial spine confined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Wildus thambaroo, new species. COMPOSITION.?Wildus mullokus, new species; Parharpinia fuegiensis Schellenberg, 1931; Para- phoxus waipiro J. L. Barnard, 1972b. RELATIONSHIP.?Wildus differs from Brolgus and Ganba in bearing 2 setae on the outer ramus of uropod 3 and differs from Kurilus in the stouter and more diverse gnathopods with cryptic article 5 on gnathopod 2. See Elpeddo for further differ- entiation. Key to the Species of Wildus 1. Epimeron S with S ventral setae W.t fueglentis, new combination Epimeron 3 lacking ventral setae 2 2. Inner rami of uropods 1-2 dorsally naked, peduncle of uropod 2 with 2 apicolateral spines WJ waipiro, new combination Inner rami of uropods 1-2 with one dorsal spine each, peduncle of uropod 2 with one api- colateral spine S 3. Coxa 4 with long setae, article 6 of pereopods 1-2 with one elongate setal spine W. mullokus, new species Coxa ? lacking long setae, article 6 of pereopods 1-2 with three elongate setal spines W. thambaroo, new species Wildus thambaroo, new species FIGURES 52-54 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 18 per- cent of total body length, greatest width about 60 percent of length; rostrum unconstricted, broad, short, reaching middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium, largely occluded with pigment. Arti- cle 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.4 times as long as wide, about 1.7 times as wide as article 2, ventral margin with about 4 apical setules, weakly produced dorsal apex with one setule; article 2 about 0.5 times as long as article 1, with apico- ventral cycle of 4-5 setae; primary flagellum with 6 articles, about 0.75 times as long as peduncle, bearing aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 4 arti- cles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 3-3-2-1, dorsal margin with notch bearing seta and 2 spines, ventral margin with 3 groups of 1-2 long to medium setae, one ventrodistal long spine; article 5 about 0.65 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 0, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin with 2 pairs of long to short setae, 4 ventro- distal short to medium spines, 2 of these set as subdistal facial spines; flagellum 1.1-1.25 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 6-7 articles. Mandibles with medium palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth and notch; left incisor with notch and 4 humps in 2 branches; right la- cinia mobilis bifid, distal branch much shorter than NUMBER 245 155 FIGURE 52.?Wildus thambaroo, new species, holotype, female "a," 2.43 mm (q - male "q." 2.56 mm; to ? female "w," 2.47 mm). SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 53.?Wildus thambaroo, new species, holotype, female "a," 2-43 mm (q ? male "q," 2.36 mm; w ? female "w," 2.47 mm). NUMBER 245 137 FicimE. 54.?Wildus thambaroo, new species, holotype, female "a," 2.43 mm. proximal, narrow, simple, proximal branch simple, pointed, with marginal denticles; left lacinia mo- bilis with 5 teeth plus accessory hump; right rakers 4; left rakers 4; molar in form of short protrusion demarcated mainly by spines, right molar with 3 long spines, none disjunct; left molar with 3 long spines, none disjunct; palp article 1 slightly elon- gate, article 2 with one medium inner apical seta and one other shorter inner seta, article 3 about as long as article 2, weakly oblique apex with 5 spine-setae, basofacial formula = 0. Inner plate of maxilla 1 large, bearing one apical pluseta, one longer apicomedial seta; palp article 2 with 5 apical-lateral-medial marginal spines and setae. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter and slightly nar- rower than outer, outer with 3 apicolateral setae, inner with one medial seta. Inner plates of max- illiped partly fused, each with one large, thin apical spine-seta, 3 apicofacial setae, no medial setae; outer plate with 4 medial and apical spines, no apicolateral setae; palp articles 1-2 laterally naked, medial margin of article 2 weakly setose, article 3 with 2 facial setae, no lateral setae, nail of article 4 medium, with one accessory setule. Coxa 1 ex- panded distally, anterior margin straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 4 5 4-0, posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 slightly shortened; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, poste- rior margin convex, posterodorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin short, V-shaped, width-length ratio of coxa 4 ? 8:9. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 2-(2-3)-<1-SH4-5)' s h ? r t posteriors = 1-0-0-0, long anteriors = 1-2-0-0, short an tenors = 2-2-1-1, no others. Gnathopods weakly enlarged, gnathopod 2 larger, wrists very short; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 24:36 and 21:40, length ratios = 44:72 and 35:72; palmar humps ordi- nary, palms strongly oblique; article 5 of gnatho- pod 1 triangular, posterior margin rounded, lobate; article 5 of gnathopod 2 short, triangular. Pereo- pods 1-2 similar, facial setae formula on article 4 = 0 and 1, on article 5 = 1 and 2; main spine of article 5 extending to M. 67 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines; spine formula of article 6 = 4 + 3 and no middistal seta, some spines especially thin; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls of pereopods 1-2 obsolescent, emergent setule long, midfacial pluseta ordinary, highly proximal. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule formula = 1-2-1; articles 4?5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow, facial spine rows sparse, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereo- pods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 55:27:24:11, of pereopod 4 = 76:26:19:11, of pereopod 5 = 82:16:14:9, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 75:25:29:34, of pereopod 4 = 90:48:40:49, of pereopod 5 = 103:20:22:28; article 2 of pereopod 5 reaching middle of article 4; medial apex of article 6 finely combed and trun- cate. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 narrowly rounded, posterior margin weakly convex, antero- ventral margin with one short seta, posteroventral face lacking setae; posteroventral corner of epi- meron 2 rounded, posterior margin weakly convex, facial setae = 2; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 weakly protuberant, with setule sinus, posterior margin weakly convex, with one setule notch, ven- tral margin naked. Urosomite 1 naked, articula- tion line almost complete; urosomite 3 unprotuber- ant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articulate enlarged apical nails, outer rami of uropods 1-2 and inner of uropod 1 with one accessory setule, outer ramus of uropod 1 with one dorsal spine, inner with one, outer ramus of uropod 2 with one dorsal spine, inner with one dorsomedial spine; 138 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY peduncle of uropod 1 with one apicolateral spine and one basofacial seta, medially with 3 marginal spines, apicalmost enlarged, plus one larger spine at base of inner ramus; peduncle of uropod 2 with 2 dorsal spines, medially with one small apical spine; apicolateral corners of peduncles on uro- pods 1-2 with comb. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 5 ventral spines, one of these elongate, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami feminine, inner extending to M. 45 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with one seta, medial and lateral mar- gins naked, article 2 of outer ramus elongate, 0.34, bearing 2 medium and long setae, apicomedial mar- gin of article 1 with one seta, lateral margin with 3 acclivities, spine formula = 2-2-2-2, setal for- mula ?? 0. Telson weakly elongate, length-width ratio = 12:11, not fully cleft, each apex narrow, rounded-truncate, lateral acclivity broad, shallow, bearing ordinary lateral setule, spine next medial longer than setule, midlateral setules subequal in size. Cuticle with ordinary but sparse bulbar setules. DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Immature, similar to female but eyes larger, rostrum slightly constricted subapicad (dorsal view). Antenna 1 like female, no medial fuzz on article 1. Antenna 2 scarcely elon- gate, flagellum 9-articulate, spine formula on arti- cle 4 = 3-3-2-1, on article 5 = (1 tiny setule). Right mandible with 3 rakers and one rudimentary; molar with 2 spines and one rudimentary; palp with only 4 apical setae on article 3. Inner plate of maxilliped with only 2 dorsofadal setae, palp article 3 with only one facial seta. Coxa 4 larger than in female but of similar shape. Article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 each with 2 long posterior setae; article 6 of these gnathopods slightly thinner than in female. Article 2 of pereopods 1-2 with 2 long posterior setae each, facial setal formulas on article 4 of pereopods 1-2 = 0-0, on article 5 = 2-2 (1 long, 1 short), on article 6 = (3-1) and (3-1), with one seta next to each of 2 proximal spines in the row of 3. Article 2 of pereopod 3 narrower than in female (see illustration); pereopod 5 relatively larger than in female but shape of article 2 gener- ally similar. Uropod 3 with inner ramus elongate, reaching to apex of article 1 on outer ramus, naked except for 2 apical setae. Telson elongate, length- width ratio = 16 : 11. DESCRIPTION OF JUVENILE (smallest 1.36-1.40 mm).?Eye very small. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 2-3-1. Setae of coxae 1-3 = 3-3-3. Facial setae on article 5 of pereopods 1-2 = 1-2; spines on article 6 = 2 + 2 and 2 + 2. Articles 4-6 of pereopod 3 lacking posterior spines and setae. Epimera 1-2 lacking setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with one apicolateral spine; rami of uropods 1-2 naked or outer ramus with one dorsal spine; pe- duncle of uropod 2 with 1-2 apicolateral spines. Outer ramus of uropod 3 with 0-1 lateral acclivity and 0-1 lateral spine, article 2 of outer ramus relatively longer than in adult. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Article 3 of maxillipedal palp not flattened; pereopod 4 illustrated in 2 sections joined together, articles \-4 from left side, articles 5-7 from right side (medial view on latter portion); uropod 3 of female holotype aberrant (Figure 53: R3), bearing excessive total of 2 dorsolateral spines and no elongate ventral spine, one seta on article 2 of outer ramus missing; see normal peduncle of right uropod 3 in Figure 53: nR3t. HOLOTYPE.?WAM, female "a," 2.43 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?JLB AUS 13. 30 Sep 1968, Middleton Beach, Albany, Western Australia, inter- tidal wash of sandy rocks, coralline algae. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?Type-locality: male "q," 2.36 mm (illus.); juvenile "c," 1.40 mm; female "w," 2.47 mm (illus.). Slack-Smith 1: juvenile "j," 1.36 mm. RELATIONSHIP.?See Wildus mullokus. MATERIAL.?JLB AUS. 3 samples (14); Slack- Smith 1, one sample (7). DISTRIBUTION.?Western Australia, Albany, inter- tidal. Wildus mullokus, new species FIGURES 55-57 DESCRIPTION OF MALE.?Head about 19 percent of total body length, greatest width about 60 per- cent of length; rostrum unconstricted, broad, reaching middle of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes medium, clear of pigment core, but stained eosin in preservative. Article 1 on peduncle of antenna 1 about 1.4 times as long as wide, about twice as wide as article 2, apicoventral margin with about 9 setules, strongly produced dorsal apex with 3 setules; article 2 about 0.45 times as long as article 1, with apicoventral cycle of 5 setae; primary flagel- lum with 7 articles, about 0.85 times as long as peduncle, bearing several aesthetascs and one NUMBER 245 139 calceolus each on articles 1-3; accessory flagellum with 5 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of an- tenna 2 = 1-5-1, dorsal margin with notch bear- ing 2 spines, and proximally another spine, ventral margin with 3 groups of 1-3 short-medium setae, 2 ventrodistal long to medium spines; article 5 about 0.8 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 1, dorsal margin bearing 2 calceoli and 3 groups of male setae, ventral margin with 1-2 sets of 1-2 setae, ventrodistally with 2 medium spines and 2 setules; flagellum elongate, (lagcllar formula = 21. 1-3. 5. 7 . . . 21 or 1. 2. 4, 6 . . . 20. Mandibles with weak palpar hump; right incisor with 3 teeth and midnotch; left incisor with 5 humps in 2 branches; right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch little shorter than proximal, distal branch narrow, weakly subbifid, proximal branch simple, weakly pointed; left lacinia mobilis with 5 teeth and 2 accessory teeth; right rakers 5; left rakers 6 plus one rudimentary; molar in form of short protrusion crowned with 3 long spines; palp article 1 slightly elongate, article 2 with one long inner apical seta and one other shorter inner seta, article 3 about as long as article 2, weakly oblique apex with 6 spine-setae, basofacial formula = 0-2. Inner plate of maxilla 1 ordinary, bearing one medium long apical pluseta, one similar apico- medial seta, no apicolateral setae; palp article 2 with one apical spine on protrusion, 2 apicolateral spine-setae, one apicomedial seta and one facial seta. Inner plate of maxilla 2 shorter than outer, outer plates slightly broader than inner, outer with 3 apicolateral setae, inner with one medial seta. Inner plate of maxilliped with 3 large apical spine- setae, one medial seta, one small apicomedial seta, plates fused medially more than normally; outer plate with 5 medial and apical spines, no apico- lateral setae; palp articles 1-2 without apicolateral setae, medial margin of article 2 weakly setose, article 3 with 2 facial setae, no lateral setae, nail of article 4 long, with one accessory setule. Coxa 1 scarcely expanded distally, anterior margin almost straight; main ventral setae of coxae 1-4 = 6-7-6-2, posteriormost seta of coxae 1-3 slightly shortened; anterior and posterior margins of coxa 4 almost parallel, posterior margin convex, posterodorsal corner rounded, posterodorsal margin ordinary, V- shaped, width-length ratio of coxa 4 = 5:6. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 1-2-2-3, long anteriors = 0-1-0-0, short anteriors = 2-2-1-1. Gnathopods generally ordinary, subequal in size; width ratios of articles 5-6 on gnathopods 1-2 = 24:40 and 25:41, length ratios = 55:88 and 47:80; palmar humps ordinary, palms strongly oblique; article 5 of gnathopod 1 with posterior margin rounded; article 5 of gnatho- pod 2 with posterior margin triangular. Pereopods 1-2 similar, posterior margin of article 4 moder- ately setose on both pairs, facial seta formula on. article 4 = 1 and 1, on article 5 = 1 and 1; main spine of article 5 extending to M. 75 on article 6, article 5 lacking proximoposterior spines; spine formula of article 6 on pereopods 1-2 = 2 + 3 plus middistal seta, some spines long; acclivity on inner margin of dactyls on pereopods 1-2 obsolescent, emergent setule short, mid facial pluseta long. Coxae 5-7 posteroventral setule formula = 1-1-1. Articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow, facial spine rows sparsely developed, facial ridge formula on article 2 of pereopods 3-5 = 0-1-1; width ratios of articles 2, 4, 5, 6 of pereopod 3 = 53:28:25:10, of pereopod 4 = 66:24:14:8, of pereopod 5 = 75:14:13:7, length ratios of pereopod 3 = 7 4 : 32:29:36, of pereopod 4 = 92:63:58:60, of pereo- pod 5=120:25:25:28; article 2 of pereopod 5 reaching middle of article 4; medial apex of arti- cle 6 coarsely combed. Posteroventral corner of epimeron 1 rounded, posterior margin convex, corner naked, anteroventral margin with one long seta, posteroventral face naked; posteroventral corner of epimeron 2 rounded-quadrate, posterior margin weakly convex, facial ridge absent, facial setae = 2 anteriad in tandem; posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 rounded, posterior margin convex, with one setule notch, ventral margin and face naked; epimera 1-2 with setule on posterodorsal margin set in weak notch. Urosomite 1 with lateral setule at base of uropod 1, articulation line com- plete, protuberant basodorsally and then forming weak posterior saddle. Urosomite 3 weakly pro- tuberant dorsally. Rami of uropods 1-2 with articu- late large apical nails, outer ramus of uropod 1 with one dorsal spine, inner with one, outer ramus of uropod 2 with one dorsal spine, inner with one; peduncle of uropod 1 with one apicolateral spine and 3 basofacial setae, medially with 2 ordinary marginal spines plus thick medial spine at base of inner ramus; peduncle of uropod 2 with 3 dorsal spines, medially with one apical spine; apicolateral corners of peduncles on uropods 1-2 with comb. SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY XI FIGURE 55.?Wildus mullokus, new species, holotype, male "a," S.19 mm. NUMBER 245 141 FIGURE 56.?Wildus mullokus, new species, holotype, male "a," 3.19 mm. 142 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 57.?Wildus mullokus, new species, male "v," 3.44 mm. Peduncle of uropod 3 with 4 ventral spines, one elongate, dorsally with one lateral spine, one medial spine; rami submasculine, inner extending to M. 80 on article 1 of outer ramus, apex with 2 setae, medial margin setose, lateral margin with one subapical seta, article 2 of outer ramus ordi- nary, 0.22, bearing 2 medium to long setae, apico- medial margin of article 1 with one short spine-seta, lateral margin with 2 acclivities, spine formula = 1-1-2, setal formula = 1-1-1, medial margin setose. Telson elongate, length-width ratio = 19:11, not fully cleft, each apex narrow, lateral acclivity broad, bearing ordinary lateral setule, spine next medial longer than setule, base bearing short denticle rows, midlateral setule pairs short. Cuticle with ordinary sparse bulbar setules of varying sizes, sur- face bearing fine striations in form of linear finger- print pattern, emergent setules elongate, branched. OBSERVATIONS.?Prebuccal parts, left mandible and lower lip missing or damaged on holotype. VARIATIONS.?Male "c," 4.02 mm: Outer ramus of uropod 1 with 2 dorsal spines, peduncle with 3 NUMBER 245 143 basofacial setae, lateral apex of peduncle with one spine. Forming intergrade between holotype and large aberrant male "v." Large, aberrant male "v," 3.44 mm, from type- locality: Missing parts include: left mandible, pre- buccal parts, right uropod 3, inner rami of uropod 1, right pereopod 3, left pereopod 1, and most of both members of pereopod 4. This specimen prob- ably combining features of senility and regenera- tion; spines and setae more numerous than on holotype except on uropod 1 basofacially, left uro- pod 3 apparently regenerant. Head similar to that of holotype but eye slightly larger and more elon- gate. Article 2 of antenna 1 with 7 ventrodistal setae; accessory flagellum 5-articulate; primary fla- gellum 8-articulate, with 3 calceoli. Facial spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 1-6-1, dorsal notch with 3 setal spines, dorsoproximal group with 3 members; flagellum 25-articulate, bearing calceolus only on article 1 or articles 1-4 (right or left, thus aberrant or senile). Distal branch on right lacinia mobilis broader and more distinctly bifid than on holotype; article 2 of mandibular palp with 3 long apical setae in tandem, article 3 with 8 apical setae. Inner plate of maxilliped lacking medial seta; outer plate with 6 spines; article 3 of palp with one midlateral spine and 2 facial spines. Anteroventral corner of coxa 1 bulging more than in holotype; long setae on coxae \-A = 9-9-9-6; coxa 4 broader than in holotype. Long posterior setae on article 2 of gnathopods 1-2 and pereopods 1-2 = 2-2-2-3, long anteriors = 1-2-0-0, short anteriors = 2-2-1-1. Article 6 of gnathopod 1 larger relative to articles 4 and 5 than in holo- type; gnathopod 2 much better developed (see illus- tration). Pereopods 1-2 more setose than in holo- type; article 5 with 2 and 3 apicolateral setae; article 6 with rows of 3 and 4 spines plus midpos- terior seta. Article 5 of pereopod 3 slightly thinner than in holotype. Peduncle of uropod 1 with only one basofacial seta, peduncle with 3 apicolateral spines, 4 mediomarginal spines plus distal medial spine at base of inner ramus; peduncle of uropod 2 with 6 dorsal spines; outer ramus of uropod 1 with 2 spines, inner ramus missing, outer ramus of uropod 2 with 2 dorsal spines, inner naked. Uropod 3 aberrant, probably regenerant (see illus- tration), noting deep setal sheaths. Telson shorter than in holotype, apicolateral setule on each lobe elongate. ILLUSTRATIONS.?Holotype: Top of head prob- ably flattened slightly from preservational effects, eyes displaced, drawn in outline only on dorsal view. Male "v," 3.44 mm: Views of molar and inner plate of maxilla 1 corresponding to those of holo- type, not duplicated for latter; minor differences noted in palp of maxilla 1 and much broader dis- tal branch of right lacinia mobilis; part of lower lip reconstructed, noting short mandibular lobe; rudimentary bulbar setule of cuticle more fre- quently occurring than on holotype. HOLOTYPE.?AM, male "a," 3.19 mm. TYPE-LOCALITY.?AM P. 18125, 12 Dec 1939, Antechamber Bay, Kangaroo Island, South Aus- tralia, with light in net at night. VOUCHER MATERIAL.?Type-locality, aberrant- senile male "v," 3.44 mm (illus.); EBS 31, male "c," 4.02 mm. Female unknown. RELATIONSHIP.?This species differs from Wildus thambaroo in the broader spread of the setae on coxae 1-3, in the presence of setae on coxa 4, in the larger distal branch of the right lacinia mobilis, in the spine formula on the posterior margin of article 6 on pereopods 1-2, and the highly elongate pereopod 4. By disregarding the distal spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 one counts a long seta and a pair of stout spines, whereas in W. tham- baroo the count is 3 long setae and 2 short spines in tandem. Wildus mullokus has many similarities to Brol- gus tavelus and B. tattersalli. Wildus mullokus dif- fers from B. tavelus in the presence of 2 apical setae on article 2 of uropod 3, the absence of a facial ridge on epimeron 2 and the presence of a long seta on article 6 of pereopods 1-2. Male "v" of W. mullokus is attached here rather than to B. tavelus on the characters of epimeron 2 and pereopods 1-2, although uropod 3 is aberrant and has the single apical seta characteristic of B. tavelus. Wildus mullokus differs from B. tattersalli in the absence of a facial ridge on epimeron 2, the pos- terior seta of pereopods 1-2, the presence of only one seta on epimeron 1, and the presence of 2 api- cal setae on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3. In addition, the main setal spine on the telson is short and thick, not elongate and seta-like. MATERIAL.?AM, one sample (one specimen and aberrant specimen); EBS, one sample (1). DISTRIBUTION.?South Australia, Kangaroo Island, 144 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY neritic; New South Wales, Jervis Bay, Murray's Beach, 6.1 m. Wildus? fuegiensis (Schellenberg), new combination Parharpinia fuegiensis Schellenberg, 1931:78-80. fig. 40.? Stephensen, 1949:5-6. Paraphoxus fuegiensis.?]. L. Barnard, 1960:271, pi. 42. REMARKS.?This species has the definitive attri- butes of Wildus but 3 characters might be analyzed further as to their generic value: the presence of 3 ventral setae on epimeron 3, the odd placement of basal setae on uropod 1 and the unusual antenna 1 of the male resembling that of male Elpeddo kaikai. Parharpinia fuegiensis appears to differ more strongly from Elpeddo than from Wildus in the absence of basal spines on article 4 of antenna 2 but if the length of setae on article 2 of the outer ramus on uropod 3 were discounted, P. fxiegiensis could be assigned provisionally to Elpeddo. Evalua- tion of male antenna 1 must be extended further as this is a rarely encountered situation and may be a recurrent aberrancy. DISTRIBUTION.?Magellanic, 0-91 m; South Geor- gia, 73-311 m; Tristan da Cunha, surface. Wildus? waipiro (J. L. Barnard), new combination Paraphoxus waipiro J. L. Barnard, 1972b: 143-145, figs. 79, 80. REMARKS.?This species is distinguished in the key to Wildus, but several characters must be eval- uated with fresh material; the presence of a special apicomedial spine on the peduncle of uropod 1 is not confirmed. DISTRIBUTION.?New Zealand, intertidal. Paraphoxus Sars Paraphoxus Sars, 1895:148-149.?Stebbing, 1906:137.?Bar- nard and Drummond, 1976:524. Not Pontharpinia Stebbing, Parharpinia Stebbing, Proto- phoxus K. H. Barnard, Trichophoxus K. H. Barnard, nor Metharpinia Schellenberg. DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes present. Flagella of antennae 1-2 unreduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 especially shortened, ventral setae confined apically. Article 1 of antenna 2 not ensiform, article 3 with 2 setules, facial spines on article 4 in one main row, with rudimentary second row, article 5 short. Right mandibular incisor with 3 teeth; molar not tritura- tive, small, conical, bearing 3 long clumped spines with common base, not bearing fuzz; palpar hump small. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate, inner plate with 2 setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary; apex of palp article 3 weakly protuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail distinct, elongate. Gnathopods small, similar, gnath- opod 2 weakly enlarged; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 very short, almost cryptic, with eusirid attach- ment; palms oblique, hands of gnathopods 1-2 weakly enlarged, ovatorectangular, elongate, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 5 of pereopods 1-2 setose posteroproximally. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow, article 2 of pereopods 3-4 not setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 naked ventrally, article 3 ordi- nary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 lacking long pos- terior setae, without midfacial setae above ventral facial ridge; epimeron 3 of rounded classification and lacking long setae. Urosomite I generally naked; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elongate, without apicoventral spike, without special en- larged apicolateral-medial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 combed; spine(s) on inner ramus of uropod 1 in one row, no rami continuously spi- nose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 especially elongate, article 2 of outer ramus carrying 2 short to medium apical setae. Telson ordinary, with only one apical spine on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed. Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male present; calceoli on male primary flagellum of antenna 1 present. Cal- ceoli on article 5 of male antenna 2 present; flagel- lum in male with calceoli. Prebuccal parts ordi- nary, extended forward, massive, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, flabellate; mandibular palp thin, arti- cle 1 slightly elongate, article 2 without outer setae, apex of article 3 almost transverse. Lower lip bear- ing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of max- illiped poorly armed, thick. Coxae 2-4 without spe- cial anterodorsal humps. All posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin and stiff, midapical spine or seta absent; dactyls of pereopods 1-2 lack- ing inner tooth, bearing raphe, apical nail distinct NUMBER 245 145 but immersed. Article 2 of pereopod 5 without facial setae. Peduncle of uropod 1 with dorsolateral spines confined apically, medial spines widely spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with medial spines and setae sparse but widely spread. Peduncle of uropod 3 lacking extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Phoxus oculatus Sars, 1879 (mon- otypy). COMPOSITION.?Possibly Parharpinia simplex Gur- janova, 1938. RELATIONSHIP.?Paraphoxus differs from Brolgus and Ganba in the presence of two apical setae on the outer ramus of uropod 3. It differs from Kuri- tus, Elpeddo and Wildus in the absence of the spe- cial apicomedial spine on the peduncle of uropod 1. See Barnard and Drummond (1976) for an expo- sition on the nomenclatural history of Paraphoxus, the revival of its synonyms, and notes on the place- ment of species to be rejected from Paraphoxus. Also see "Allocation of Species in Paraphoxus" below. Paraphoxus oculatus (Sars) Phoxus oculatus Sars, 1879:441; 1885:154-156, pi. 13: figs. 4. 4a-e. Paraphoxus oculatus.?Stebbing, 1906:137-138 [with refer- ences]. -Oldevig, 1959:S8.-J. L. Barnard, 1960:240-243, pis. 27, 28 [with references]; 1966a:89; 1967:138; 1971: 7O.-Nagata, 1965:156.?Karaman, 1973:91-98, figs. 25- 28.?Griffiths, 1974b:321. Phoxus maculatus Chevreux, 1888:2-3. Paraphoxus maculatus.?Chexreux, 1900:34-36, pi. 5: fig. 5; 1911:187, pi. 10: figs. 12, 13.-Chevreux and Fage, 1925: 103-104, fig. 97.?Ledoyer, 1968:191. DISTRIBUTION.?Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans, to depths of 860 m. Paraphoxus? simplex (Gurjanova) Parharpinia simplex Gurjanova, 1938:272-274, 385-386, fig. 10. Pararpinia [sic] simplex.?Gurjanova, 1951:392-394, fig. 238. Paraphoxus simplex.?J. L. Barnard, 1960:278. REMARKS.?Many characters of this species need confirmation for its relegation to Paraphoxus; one possible mark of its distinction from Paraphoxus oculatus is the stoutness of spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2. DISTRIBUTION.?Japan Sea. Allocation of Species in Paraphoxus Paraphoxus abronius J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Protophoxus australis K. H. Barnard, 1930, to Protophoxus. Pontharpinia barnardi Pirlot, 1932, to a genus to be de- scribed. Phoxus batei Haswell, 1879, to Birubius. Paraphoxus bicuspidatus J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Pontharpinia calcarata Gurjanova, 1938, to a genus to be de- scribed. Trichophoxtis capillatus K. H. Barnard, 1930, to Tricho- phoxus. Pontharpinia centralis Schellenberg, 1938, to a genus to be described. Paraphoxus chelatus Cooper, 1974, to a genus to be de- scribed. Paraphoxus cognatus J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Metharpinia cornuta Schellenberg, 1931, to Metharpinia. Paraphoxus daboius J. L. Barnard, 1960 to a genus to be described. Pontharpinia epistoma Shoemaker, 1938, to a genus to be described. Paraphoxus fatigans J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Pontharpinia floridana Shoemaker, 1933, to a genus to be described. Parharpinia fuegiensis Schellenberg, 1931, to Wildus. Paraphoxus gemmatus J. L. Barnard, 1964a, to a genus to be described. Phoxus geniculatus Stimpson, 1856, dubious. Phoxus grandis Stimpson, 1857, dubious. Paraphoxus heterocuspidatus J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Pontharpinia intermedia Schellenberg, 1925, to Basuto stimp- soni. Paraphoxus jonesi J. L. Barnard, 1963, to a genus to be de- scribed. Metharpinia longirostris Schellenberg, 1931, to Metharpinia. Paraphoxus lucubrans J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Phoxus maculatus Chevreux, 1888, to Paraphoxus oculatus. Pontharpinia maxima Stephensen, 1947, possibly to Para- phoxus pyripes. Pontharpinia milleri Thorsteinson, 1941, to a genus to be described. Pontarpinia [sic] nasuta Gurjanova, 1936, to a genus to be described. Parharpinia obliqua K. H. Barnard, 1932, to a genus to be described. Pontharpinia obtusidens Alderman, 1936, to a genus to be described. 146 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY Phoxus obtusus Stimpson, 1855, dubious. Pararpinia [sic] ochotica Gurjanova, 1953, to a genus to be described. Urothoe pinguis Haswell, 1880, to Pontharpinia. Parophoxus pyripes K. H. Barnard, 1930, to a genus to described. Paraphoxus rakiura Cooper and Fincham, 1974, to Waitangi. Paraphoxus robustus Holmes, 1908, to a genus to be de- scribed. Urothoe rostratus Dana, 1853, to a genus to be described or Birubius. Parharpinia rotundifrons K. H. Barnard, 1932, to a genus to be described. Paraphoxus similis J. L. Barnard, I960, to a genus to be described. Parharpinia sinuata K. H. Barnard, 1932, to a genus to be described. Paraphoxus spinibasus Cooper, 1974, to a genus to be de- scribed. Paraphoxus spinosus Holmes, 1908, to a genus to be de- scribed. Paraphoxus stebbingi J. L. Barnard, 1958. to Tipimegus. Paraphoxus stenodes J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Pontharpinia stimpsoni Stebbing, 1908, to Basuto. Paraphoxus subuncigerus Kudrjaschov, 1965, to a genus to be described. Paraphoxus tattersalli J. L. Barnard, 1958, to Brolgus. Pontharpinia tridentata J. L. Barnard, 1954, to a genus to be described. Parharpinia uncigera Gurjanova, 1938, to a genus to be de- scribed. Pontharpinia uncinata Chevreux, 1912a,b, to a genus to be described. Phoxus unicirostratus Giles, 1890, to Mandibulophoxus. Paraphoxus variatus J. L. Barnard, 1960, to a genus to be described. Paraphoxus vigitegus J. L. Barnard, 1971, to a genus to be described. Phoxus villosus Haswell, 1879, to Parharpinia. Paraphoxus waipiro J. L. Barnard, 1972b, to Wildus. Paraphoxus sp. Australia, J. L. Barnard, 1960, to Matong matong. Paraphoxus sp. South Africa, J. L. Barnard, 1960, dubious. Pontharpinia sp., Falkland Islands, (= P. rostratus, Stebbing, 1914), dubious. Pontharpinia sp., Flores Sea, (= P. rostrata, Pirlot, 1932, fig. 15 only), dubious. LEONGATHINAE DIAGNOSIS.?Article 2 of antenna 1 ordinary; mandibular molar semitriturative, bearing one ex- tended and toothed margin; palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; setation on maxilla 2 ordinary; gnatho- pod 2 significantly enlarged; article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form, tapering distally; pereopod 5 ordinary. DESCRIPTION.?Article 5 of antenna 2 reduced in size; epimeron 3 of nonrounded classification; apices of peduncles on uropods 1-2 not combed. TYPE GENUS.?I.eongathns, new genus. COMPOSITION.?Unique. Leongathus, new genus DIAGNOSIS.?Eyes obsolescent. Flagella of anten- nae 1-2 unreduced in female. Article 2 of antenna 1 ordinary, ventral setae confined proximally. Article 1 of antenna 2 weakly ensiform; article 3 with 2 setules; facial spines on article 4 in 2 in- distinct rows, plus special apical spines; article 5 short. Right mandibular incisor with S teeth; molar partly triturative, medium broad, conical, bearing 7 or more splayed nonarticulate teeth, bearing fu/z; palfMi hump medium. Palp of maxilla 1 biarticulate; inner plate with I setae. Setation of maxilla 2 ordinary. Inner plate of maxillipeds ordinary; apex of palp article 3 not or weakly pro- tuberant, dactyl elongate, apical nail mostly im- mersed, short. Gnathopods highly dissimilar, gnathopod 2 strongly enlarged; article 5 of gnatho- pod 2 very short, cryptic, ordinary on gnathopod 1, without eusirid attachment; palms oblique, hand of gnathopods 1-2 elongate and broadened respec- tively, poorly setose anteriorly. Article 5 of pereo- pods 1-2 with posteroproximal setae. Article 2 of pereopod 3 of broad form but tapering distally, articles 4-5 of pereopods 3-4 narrow to medium, article 2 of pereopod 4 setose posteriorly; pereopod 5 ordinary, article 2 naked ventrally, article 3 ordi- nary, dactyl normal. Epimera 1-2 bearing numerous posterior setae, without midfacial setae above ven- tral facial ridge; epimeron 3 ordinary. Urosomite 1 bearing one or more midvemral crescents or bun- dles of setae; urosomite 3 without dorsal hook or special process. Peduncle of uropod 1 normally elon- gate, without apicoventral spike, without special en- larged apicolateral-medial spine; peduncular apices of uropods 1-2 not combed; uropod 2 with long setae on peduncle, spines if present on inner ramus of uro- pod 1 in one row, no rami continuously spinose to apex, inner ramus of uropod 2 ordinary. Uropod 3 ordinary, article 2 of outer ramus carrying 2 long apical setae. Telson ordinary, with only one apical spine or seta on each lobe plus setules. DESCRIPTION.?Rostrum fully developed, uncon- stricted. [Fuzz on article 1 of antenna 1 in male NUMBER 245 147 unknown, calceoli on male antenna 1 and antenna 2 unknown.] Ventral setules on article 1 of antenna 1 widely spread. Prebuccal parts ordinary, poorly separated from each other, upper lip dominant. Right lacinia mobilis bifid, distal branch flabellate; mandibular palp medium to thin, article 1 short, article 2 with outer setae, apex of article 3 oblique. Lower lip bearing cones. Outer plate of maxilla 1 with 11 spines, one spine especially thickened. Inner plates of maxilliped thick, ordinarily setose. Only coxa 2 with special anterodorsal hump. Some posterior spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2 thin and seta-like, midapical spine or seta absent. Article 2 of pereopod 5 with facial setae. Peduncle of uro- pod 1 with dorsolateral spines confined apically, basofacial setae dispersed, medial spines widely spread; peduncle of uropod 2 with only one medial spine confined apically. Peduncle of uropod 3 lack- ing extra subapical setae or spines. Telson with ordinary pair of midlateral or dorsal setules on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.?Leongathus nootoo, new species. COMPOSITION.?Unique. RELATIONSHIP.?The mandibular molar of Leongathus appears to be transitional between the fully triturative form of Pontharpinia and the spinose kind of the Matong and Birubius groups of genera. Leongathus differs from Pontharpinia in the apomorphic right lacinia mobilis bearing a fully fused proximal branch and in the ordinary kinds of maxilla 1, telson, article 3 of antenna 2, labial cones, dactyl of pereopod 5, article 5 of pereopods 1-2, reduced rows of spines on article 4 of antenna 2, tapering article 2 of pereopod 3, fewer facial setae on article 2 of pereopod 5, these not formed into bundles, apically confined dorsal spines on the peduncle of uropod 1, widely dispersed basofacial setae on uropod 1, and absence of the special pe- duncular spine, presence of posterior setae on epi- mera 1-2, and elongation of peduncular spines on uropod 2. From Matong, Kotla, and Yammacoona, Leon- gathus differs in the unusual molar, the poor nail of the maxillipedal palp, the much shortened, al- most vestigial article 5 of gnathopod 2, the taper- ing article 2 of pereopod 3, the facial setae on article 2 of pereopod 5, the normal coxae 1-3, the elongate setal-spines on the peduncle of uropod 2, and the numerous and dispersed basofacial setae on uropod 1. Leongathus furthermore differs from Matong and Kotla in the thick antenna 1 with proximal ventral setae on article 2, the long and free inner ramus of uropod 2, and in the confine- ment of most spines on article 4 of antenna 2 into one row. Leongathus also differs from Yammacoona in the normal plates of maxilliped, absence of a facial brush on epimeron 3, presence of posterior setae on epimera 1-2 and the wide spread of me- dial spines on the peduncle of uropod 1. Leongathus differs from Mandibulophoxus and Basuto in the smaller palpar hump on the mandi- ble, the well developed molar, the absence of a special peduncular spine on uropod 1, the more elongate article 2 of antenna 1 with the ventral setae situated proximally, the weak nail on the maxilliped, and the noncontinuous dorsal spina- tion on the rami of uropods 1-2. Leongathus nootoo, new species FICURES 58-60 DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE.?Head about 17 percent of total body length, greatest width about 55-60 percent of length; rostrum unconstricted, elongate, almost reaching apex of article 2 on antenna 1. Eyes small, apparently present, clear of pigment, ommatidia apparently absent. Article 1 on pe- duncle of antenna 1 about 1.5 times as long as wide, about twice as wide as article 2, ventral mar- gin with about 7 setules, weakly produced dorsal apex with 2 setules; article 2 about 0.5 times as long as article 1, with ventral, proximal cycle of 3-6 setae, primary flagellum with 9-10 articles, about 0.45 times as long as peduncle, bearing short aesthetascs; accessory flagellum with 7-8 articles. Spine formula on article 4 of antenna 2 = 1-4-4 or 1-3-6 or 1-3-5, dorsal margin with one proxi- mal seta and notch bearing 2 setae and one spine, ventral margin densely setose distally, with 2 ven- trodistal long to medium spines; article 5 about 0.7 times as long as article 4, facial spine formula = 1-1 or 1-1-1, dorsal margin naked, ventral margin densely setose, with 2 ventrodistal long to medium spines, one of these subdistal and facial; flagellum about 0.8 times as long as articles 4-5 of peduncle combined, with 8-9 articles. Mandibles with me- dium palpar hump; right incisor with 3 weak teeth; left incisor with 3 humps in 2 branches; right la- 148 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY FIGURE 58.?Leongathus nootoo, new species, holotypc, female "a," 7.4 mm (w